What is a citation diversity statement?

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Thu Dec 18 2025

At Springer Nature, our commitment to excellence in science remains central to all we do. The quality of the science conducted is the most important factor in determining which content we publish.   

Scientific evidence (Yang et al., 2022; Hofstra et al., 2020) demonstrates that research drawing on a broad spectrum of perspectives and experiences is strongly associated with more novel insights, more innovative results and greater impact.  A citation diversity statement encourages authors to do just that – acting as a reminder to look anew at their underlying research and to expand their references rather than relying only on sources with which they are most familiar. We know that when citation practices concentrate on the same authors, institutions and regions, the result is in many instances, a skewed perspective that does not accurately reflect the breadth and state of a field of research.

For this reason, we allow authors to include along with their manuscript a citation diversity statement. This is purely optional and does not affect the evaluation of their research.

A citation diversity statement is a nudge that can help authors capture recent innovations, discoveries and breakthroughs, differing viewpoints and methods, and contributions from varying disciplines and regions. This encourages, though it does not require, authors to broaden the lens through which their research is undertaken. Literature that is more comprehensive and balanced can be of greater usefulness to readers and to science.

Citation diversity statements are not about quotas or identity. Rather, they are focused on helping to ensure a more rigorous scientific method and a more complete scientific record – a fuller picture. When new papers engage with the breadth of scientific understanding, including orthogonal views or contrary findings, everyone benefits. 

Science advances in part due to a researcher’s openness to new information and their engagement with as much relevant research as is available. When research encompasses a fuller scope of available literature, irrespective of what is familiar, scientists build a stronger foundation for future discoveries.


References:

  • Hofstra, B., Kulkarni, V. V., Munoz-Najar Galvez, S., He, B., Jurafsky, D., & McFarland, D. A. (2020). The diversity–innovation paradox in science. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 117(17), 9284–9291. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.191537811
  • Yang, Y., Tian, T. Y., Woodruff, T. K., Jones, B. F., & Uzzi, B. (2022). Gender-diverse teams produce more novel and higher-impact scientific ideas. PNAS Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 119(36), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2200841119

Digital twins in R&D: Bridging the GAP between simulation and experimentation

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Dec 16 2025

Over 50 years ago, Apollo 13’s safe return relied on simulators, a precursor to what we now call digital twins. Today, these virtual replicas are transforming R&D by bridging simulation and real-world experimentation. In this post, we explore how digital twins accelerate innovation, improve reproducibility and support decision-making. We’ll hear from Victor Richet, Nuclear Engineer at Assystem, on how this technology is shaping processes in one of the most complex and regulated industries.

The Apollo 13 mission faced a life-threatening crisis when its main engine was damaged. Engineers relied on simulators to model scenarios and guide the astronauts safely back to Earth, a pioneering glimpse into what we now call digital twins. Fast forward to today, and this concept has evolved into a powerful tool reshaping research and development across industries. But what makes digital twins powerful?

Digital twins are virtual representations of physical systems, processes or objects, continuously updated with real-time data. They act as a dynamic bridge between simulation and experimentation, enabling researchers and engineers to predict outcomes, optimise designs, and make informed decisions before committing to costly physical trials. By integrating AI and automation, digital twins create standardised environments that improve reproducibility, accelerate innovation and reduce time-to-market.

Their impact is particularly significant in sectors where precision, safety and compliance are non-negotiable, such as nuclear engineering. Here, the stakes are high, and experimentation is expensive and heavily regulated. Digital twins can help minimize risk, streamline workflows and support compliance with stringent safety standards while improving efficiency.

To understand how this technology is being applied in one of the most challenging engineering environments, we spoke with Victor Richet, Nuclear Engineer and Head of Digital at Assystem. In the conversation that follows, Victor shares how digital twins are transforming R&D in the nuclear industry, the benefits and limitations of this approach, and what the future holds for this technology.

How does Assystem define a digital twin in the context of its work, and what prompted you to adopt this technology?

Digital twins are a model which is fed with data in order to provide added value to processes. Our processes in the nuclear industry aren’t as up-to-date as those in, say, the automotive sector, which has fewer regulatory barriers and faster iteration. Our industry is heavily regulated for reasons of safety, and this makes us less agile in the adoption of new methods. Assystem were one of the industry’s first movers in the digital twin space as we recognised the huge scope this technology has to offer. Our mission is to accelerate the energy transition throughout the world and digital twin technologies play a major part in this, they advance digital transformation by addressing challenges throughout the full life-cycle of complex systems.

Digital twins are often described as the bridge between simulation and experimentation. How do you see that playing out in practice at Assystem?

At Assystem, digital twins aren’t just virtual simulations. They are digital ecosystems that integrate simulation tools, real-world data, and life-cycle management into one collaborative environment. In the specific case of nuclear engineering, the cost of experimenting is huge compared with other industries. Digital twin technologies aren’t a replacement for experiments, but they do reduce trial and error, they’re a way of increasing the likelihood of getting things right the first time.

How do you validate your digital twin models to ensure confidence in their predictions?

We run extensive test case processes to ensure the data provided by digital twin models is relevant and accurate. A good illustration of this is a project we carried out in the South of France to redesign a decommissioned nuclear facility. It involved moving potentially contaminated flows and irradiated materials out of the facility to be treated elsewhere and establishing temporary barriers, all in a seamless process. There are specific regulatory constraints which the safety authority issues for rooms in a nuclear facility, depending on the amount of radioactivity, red, orange or green zones. To complete this project, a 2D digital twin of the facility was built so that we could quickly, efficiently and reliably know where a barrier should be established, and what the radioactive zones of the rooms we then created would be. We validated the digital twin early in its development by comparing its results with the engineers’ calculations.

How do AI and machine learning enhance the predictive power and adaptability of your digital twin models?

The use of AI in the nuclear industry is still limited due to its probabilistic nature, precision and explicability are strict requirements for the safety authorities. Nevertheless, putting safety-related applications aside, there are several ways to use AI within the framework of digital twins. It’s mainly used to generate synthetic datasets and produce expected outputs, these don’t of course constitute proofs, but they are key insights for the early stages of the twin’s development. In a nutshell, we can generate synthetic data for a test case, use AI to simulate a wide range of results, and identify any key flaws in the twin.

When we’re developing and refining our digital twin models, access to trusted research and scientific data is absolutely crucial. The nuclear industry is not the most advanced, so there’s a strong consensus that it would benefit heavily from research conducted in other industries.

What measurable impact have digital twins had on your R&D process?

Digital twins have had a significant impact on our R&D process. They’ve contributed to reduced time to market and improved reproducibility by making processes more consistent and traceable. They’re also enabling us to achieve traceability and improve the quality of our experiments, which are long and extremely expensive.

Can you share an example of how collaboration with academia or industry partners has helped refine your digital twin models?

At Assystem we collaborate a lot with academia. Our partnership with the prestigious French School of Engineering IMT Mines Alès is a good example of this. In 2019 we set up a five-year R&D programme together dedicated to Model-Based Systems Engineering (MBSE), to refine and establish common methodologies (a ‘grammar’) for nuclear modelling systems. This model-based approach facilitates the handling of complex and stringent requirements in critical infrastructure projects, ultimately forming the basis for the use of digital twins industry-wide.

What are the biggest challenges in integrating digital twins in the R&D process, and what have you learned from this?

Surprisingly, the biggest challenges we’ve seen are not related to technology. Regulation, complexity, high cost and long timelines means there aren’t as many projects per year in nuclear as there are in other industries. Change management and the ability to integrate existing engineering processes is therefore the biggest challenge.

Secondly, nuclear is still a heavily siloed industry by discipline. You need seamless access to quality data, but as soon as you bridge silos is where difficulties arise.

There are three things we learned about the successful adoption of digital twins in our processes. Sponsorship and endorsement are critical; you need strong support to navigate the high-level safety requirements and regulatory barriers we face. It’s also crucial to have a clear vision of what you want to achieve, and what this would unlock in quantifiable terms.

Lastly, there’s no magic wand. With digital twins there’s no ‘plug-and-play’. Every project has different requirements, so you need to align your vision, resources (such as data and subject matter experts) and sponsorship, not to mention regulatory pathways and change management plans.

Where do you see digital twin technology heading in the next 3–5 years for R&D?

Digital twins will become more prevalent, regardless of industry. In nuclear the experiments are long, inefficient and expensive, so there will be a gradual increase in their relevance in the design process. For instance, the digital twin for the last generation of Advanced Modular Reactors (AMR) should facilitate the TRL evolution management and the move from First of a kind to Nth of a Kind. On another side, Digital twin will facilitate the simulation acceleration through the concept of PINN Physic Informed Neural Network. In a nutshell, there won’t be a digital twin revolution, this will happen gradually - all journeys start with a single step.

For those looking to adopt digital twin technologies, my advice would be to start small and ensure you have your sponsorship in place, being overly ambitious can increase the risk of failure and lead to significant cost. There are also a wide range of actors involved in the digital twin journey. The most successful projects I’ve seen have resulted from the efficient collaboration of stakeholders all working in their own area of expertise, whether that’s engineers, facility operators, solution providers or tools integrators. Digital twins are like a puzzle, everything and everyone, has to be in the right place.

Digital twins bridging simulation and experimentation

As Victor emphasized, adopting digital twin technology is a progressive journey that thrives on clear objectives, strong sponsorship and collaboration across disciplines. In highly regulated industries such as nuclear engineering, these virtual models can deliver substantial value by helping enhance reproducibility, accelerate design cycles and support informed decision-making.

The benefits for R&D are significant: streamlined timelines, improved traceability, and greater confidence in experimental outcomes. Assystem’s experience shows that success comes from starting with focused goals, aligning resources effectively and building partnerships with academia and industry experts to realise the full potential of this technology.

For those ready to explore digital twins further and strengthen research workflows, access to trusted methods and protocols is essential. Springer Nature Experiments offers a comprehensive portfolio of reliable resources to support innovation and reproducibility. Text and data mining (TDM) can also help by revealing patterns and connections across large research datasets, enabling deeper insights, identifying relationships and supporting semantic analysis. You can also discover more about the rise of digital twins and their growing role in sectors from healthcare to advanced engineering.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts

Are we entering a new renaissance in innovation, one grounded in responsibility and collaboration? Reflections on the 2025 Innovation Tournament

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Thu Dec 11 2025

Discover how Springer Nature’s 2025 Innovation Tournament celebrates curiosity, collaboration, and people-first ideas shaping the future of research.

Springer Nature’s Innovation Tournament is more than an annual initiative; it is a reflection of our culture. Now in its sixth year, it’s an employee-led initiative that invites staff across the globe to showcase their innovations that improve how we work, support researchers, and serve our communities. It offers a moment to step back and consider: What does innovation look like when it is driven by curiosity, collaboration, and the needs of our communities and colleagues?  

At this year’s finals, keynote speaker and guest judge, Jude Pullen1, helped frame the tournament’s broader significance. His talk invited jury members and finalists to consider: Are we living through a new Renaissance? The keynote at finals is designed to spark reflection and connect our innovation efforts to a wider context. Drawing on historical parallels, he reminded us that true innovation stems not just from technology, but from human insight and curiosity - as well as our proximity to other industries which may seem tangential, but in time, unlock new potential. The Renaissance was an era defined by exploration, learning, and cross-disciplinary thinking. Our Innovation Tournament showcases how creativity and collaboration can lead to meaningful change. It’s a reminder that innovation is not just about new tools, but equally about new ways of seeing and solving.   

What began as a small initiative has grown into a global event within Springer Nature for sharing ideas, solving problems, and celebrating creativity. In 2025, we received over 100 entries representing a strong range of ideas: from responsible AI tools that enhance editorial workflows while supporting, not replacing, the expertise of our colleagues and researchers to grassroots initiatives that promote wellbeing, and process improvements that save time and resources. 

Amongst the winners this year were projects that exemplify our people-first approach. One introduced a live chat function via WeChat to support open access authors in China, meeting researchers where they are, on platforms they already use. Another improved accessibility by offering a cleaner, more intuitive reading view. These innovations are practical, people-first solutions developed from a deep understanding of researchers and community needs.   

What continues to stand out is the breadth of ideas; from the bold and transformative to the small but powerful in their impact. That’s why we recently introduced the Little Gem Award, to recognise those clever, often quiet innovations that make a real difference. These are the kinds of ideas that improve workflows, enhance user experience, or help us make better use our content. They might not grab headlines, but they are no less important.  

Innovation, at its core, is about engagement with people, ideas and challenges. It begins with listening to the needs of our communities, users, and colleagues, and responding with solutions that resonate. When we innovate with purpose, we strengthen our role as a trusted source of knowledge and deepen our connection with the communities we serve.   

The Innovation Tournament is more than a showcase, it is a signal that innovation is everyone’s business, and that every contribution counts. It brings Springer Nature’s promise to life: with us, you can develop your curiosity, stretch your horizons, and be yourself. The tournament creates space for experimentation, encourages new thinking, and supports colleagues to grow. And, of course, not every idea can win, and that is okay. Innovation is a process of exploration and learning. 

As the research landscape continues to evolve, so too must the ways in which knowledge is discovered, accessed, used and built upon. Keeping pace with change means thoughtfully exploring new technologies and innovation where they can add value, while staying close to the people we serve and the problems they are trying to solve.  

So, are we in a new Renaissance? The signs are promising and what is clear is that we’re in a moment of opportunity. And if the 2025 Innovation Tournament is any indication, Springer Nature is well-positioned to meet it with creativity, insight, and a shared commitment to advancing discovery and serving our communities.  

--> Check out the highlights from our finals of the Innovation Tournament 2025 here 

Footnotes

1. Jude Pullen is a Creative Technologist and Prototyping Expert. He is a chartered engineer, and a featured inventor on BBC2’s Big Life Fix, is passionate about inclusive design, and helping companies shape their futures through design thinking, and novel use of technologies. His work includes medical, consumer goods, toys, automotive, education. He has worked with NHS, Dyson, Sugru, RS Group, IKEA, NVIDIA, LEGO. For more information visit: https://www.judepullen.com/

Related Tags:

Publishing with purpose: How quartile three and four journals support research in lower- and middle-income countries

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Dec 5 2025

All validated, peer-reviewed research contributes to science even if the journal it appears in “doesn’t rank highly” in citation metrics. This can be especially true when the research comes from, or applies to, situations in lower- and middle-income countries (LMICs). This type of research might not be “buzzy” enough to generate outsized citation counts, but it really matters. That’s where journals — especially open access (OA) ones like BMC’s AIDS Research and Therapy — shine. Journals like these are platforms for the kinds of important, sometimes incremental, research that makes a difference but might not make a flash.

Why citation “rank” does not equal “importance”

A recent Springer Nature white paper, Demonstrating Journal Value Beyond Rankings, looked at the value that journals ranking in the third or fourth quartile (Q3/Q4 journals) by citations bring to the communities they serve. The white paper includes cases studies, and one of those case studies looked at the BMC journal, AIDS Research and Therapy.

To talk about this, and get some more context on that case study, I recently had the chance to catch up with AIDS Research and Therapy’s Editor-in-Chief, Dr. Barbara Castelnuovo, about how her journal does this. Born and trained in Italy, Dr. Castelnuovo now carries out research on AIDS and HIV, and treats patients in Uganda.

AIDS Research and Therapy, by “traditional citation measures,” ranks in the third or fourth quartile. Yet the research it publishes helps save lives on the ground in places like Uganda and other LMICs. For example, over the last two years, the journal has published important work on injectable antiretroviral therapy (ART) in LMICs. Says Dr. Castelnuovo, “[I]njectable ART from LMIC, particularly aimed to address patient preferences… is a very important topic as we advocate for access to injectable drugs.”

Serving research communities — regardless of size

Because a journal like AIDS Research and Therapy focuses on one specific topic, it, almost by definition, can’t earn the same scale of citation numbers that a broader-scope journal (like one publishing research broadly on all pathology-causing viruses) can. And because the work published here — and in journals of similar scope — gets used in the field by practitioners (who don’t in turn publish and cite), looking only at citation rankings can mask these journals’ true importance.

In the case study, Dr. Castelnuovo noted that, “A lot of data that comes out of Africa will be a single case study, with limited population sizes… But when there are 20 published [articles] showing differentiated service delivery is working well, then you can have countries or organisations adopting these practices.”

AIDS Research and Therapy serves a smaller, but critical, community which is itself more concentrated in LMICs. And as part of bigger OA imprint dedicated to serving these communities, a journal like this can offer more waivers so researchers from LMICs can publish OA. Dr. Castelnuovo told me:

I like to think our journal gives an opportunity for studies that cannot be published in journal[s] with very high impact factors but still provide very important information for clinicians and program managers… [S]cientists from LMIC[s] can request waivers for publication fees. This is a service that we provide because they will not otherwise have opportunities to publish their work [OA]… While research from LMICs may not always provide ground-breaking information, it is very relevant for those working in LMIC settings, where [the] majority of people living with HIV live. 

Publishing essential research

AIDS Research and Therapy is just one example of the important service these quartile three/quartile four journals provide to global research. Springer Nature recently published a white paper Demonstrating Journal Value Beyond Rankings, that goes into more depth and looks at journals across disciplines. (Dr. Castelnuovo contributed a case study for this white paper.)

Find out more in the white paper: Demonstrating Journal Value Beyond Rankings.

Related content

On the occasion of Human Rights Day

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Dec 4 2025

There’s a cliché that says: It’s darkest before the dawn. Each year on 10 December, we commemorate the anniversary of the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Today, 77 years later, this year’s Human Rights Day theme is, “Our Everyday Essentials.” And Springer Nature, as part of our focus on the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), actively supports researchers working directly on these issues.

The theme of this year’s Human Rights Day shows how human rights shape our daily lives. Human rights are far from abstract ideas but are essential elements of our everyday lives.

The 2025 Human Rights Day

The UN proclaimed the Universal Declaration of Human Rights on December 10th, 1948 — just three years after the end of World War II — and we celebrate Human Rights Day on the anniversary of that day each year. On this 77th anniversary, the theme of “Our Everyday Essentials” spotlights that human rights are positive, essential and attainable. In times of growing conflict and divided societies, “Our Everyday Essentials” seeks to reconnect people with human rights and bridge “the gap between human rights principles and everyday experiences”. The aims of this year’s Human Rights Day are threefold and strive to

  1. Strengthen the understanding of human rights, 
  2. Engage people to advocate for human rights, and
  3. Inspire and encourage individual and collective action.

The Intersection of Human Rights Day and SDG 16: Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions 

The preamble of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights sets out that “recognition of the inherent dignity and of the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the world”. This makes promoting human rights an inherent part of the Sustainable Development Goals’ (SDGs’) agenda, especially SDG 16. SDG 16 is dedicated to the promotion of peace, justice, and strong institutions.

Springer Nature’s Human Rights Portfolio

The researchers we work with (from across disciplines), and the work they publish with us, cover the whole range of research into human rights protection, tying directly into Human Rights Day 2025’s themes. Springer Nature’s portfolio reflects the importance and tangible nature of human rights. Some examples of the books we have published — some of which you will also find on this page —include research on (1) contemporary challenges to human rights, (2) foundations of human rights law and theory, (3) human rights in (everyday) practice and (4) regional human rights regimes.

In times of growing conflict and societies marked by divisions, our titles explore solution strategies to these contemporary Challenges to Human Rights from a scientific and often interdisciplinary lens. Titles include: 

Foundations of Human Rights Law and Theory: This theme covers titles that offer foundational texts on human rights. Our titles cover conceptual approaches and philosophical aspects of human rights as well as legal institutions at the international level. Titles include:

Human Rights in (Everyday) Practice: Central to this year’s theme, our titles address human rights in (everyday) practice and spotlight the protection of specific human rights. Our titles span a wide range of human rights, including children’s rights, minority rights, participatory rights, and rights vis-à-vis the environment.

Regional Human Rights Regimes: Protecting human rights requires strong legal institutions. Our titles explore the protection of human rights not only at the international level but also spotlight regional protection regimes. Titles include:

You’ll also find even more essential research in Springer Nature’s ongoing book series, including: 

as well as in the journals we publish, for example:

Add your voice to Springer Nature’s Human Rights programme

The work that human rights researchers publish with Springer Nature are part of the efforts to create a better day. Editors from across Springer Nature have curated human rights-related research on a dedicated hub, which I invite you to explore.

SN SDG logo © Springer Nature 2019
Here you’ll also read about how you can work with our editors to publish your research, too. Partner with a publisher that is committed to amplifying SDG research— we would look forward to working with you.


Explore human rights-related publications and more on our dedicated hub.

Related content: 

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source!

Research integrity audits - the routine check-up for journals

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Wed Dec 3 2025

Every year, millions of us take our vehicles for an annual check-up, and that check-up is far more than just a mechanic kicking the tyres and asking us whether we’ve heard any funny noises.  Not only do we not want to break down on a motorway, we want to catch problems early, before they turn into bigger issues (and bigger bills). That requires a comprehensive service that looks at all parts of the machine. And this applies whether we are talking about a racing bike that offers transport to a few, or a mighty double-decker bus that carries thousands every day.     

The same principle of taking a careful look at how things are running is true when it comes to research integrity and our journals.  Last year we established our Assurance team, an audit team within the Springer Nature Research Integrity Group (SN RIG) that reviews how research integrity-related policies and procedures are applied across journals.  SN RIG Assurance audits are independent from the teams being audited, they are modelled on methods used by SN Internal Audit team, and they're designed to provide a strong layer of accountability.  Our audits benchmark against internal policies and industry standards such as COPE.  They assess the submission to publication process, including editorial and collection management, and aim to reduce research integrity risks, identify areas for improvement and share best practice.      

Case Study: Cureus Journal of Medical Science

One of Assurance’s first projects was a four-month audit of the Cureus Journal of Medical Science (Cureus JMS). Springer Nature acquired Cureus in late 2022, recognising its potential to expand open access, peer-reviewed research, in particular clinical case reports, and support improved health outcomes globally. Cureus JMS follows a unique publishing model that helps researchers from underserved communities to publish their findings rapidly in a freely accessible format and allows approved institutions to showcase research through Academic Channels that are fully overseen by Cureus JMS’ independent editors.

As a relatively recent acquisition, we decided that it would be a good place to begin our work. The audit reviewed a representative sample of published Cureus JMS articles from 2023 to 2024, including both Academic Channel and non-Channel content. We examined submission processes, peer review management, editorial oversight and channel management to identify gaps and opportunities for improvement. To ensure that our work was reliable and accurately represented the journal, we used a sample size large enough to provide 95% confidence in our findings, giving us strong evidence to guide recommendations. In agreement with Cureus JMS, we then undertook an audit of an even larger sample to provide us with an 99.9% confidence in our findings, which supported the same findings and recommendations.

Findings and improvements: From Tune-up to Upgrade

The audit confirmed that Cureus JMS operates with robust controls and effectively safeguards research integrity in the vast majority of cases. These controls include: 

  • rigorous single-blind peer review by at least two independent reviewers 
  • strong editorial oversight throughout the publishing process 
  • established systems that effectively mitigate research integrity risks.

However, much like a mechanic's full service, we identified opportunities to fine-tune performace, and Cureus JMS was receptive to our recommendations. 

Clarifying Processes and Strengthening Transparency

The audit highlighted opportunities to make Cureus JMS’ processes clearer for authors, reviewers, and Channel staff—particularly around declarations for ethics, informed consent, and conflict of interest disclosures. While authors were prompted to submit declarations during the submission process, we occasionally found them to be incorrect or missing. Cureus JMS acted quickly by refining author guidelines, improving submission workflows to capture accurate disclosures, and strengthening training for editors and Academic Channel teams.

Addressing Misconceptions

One important finding was that some terminology used by Cureus JMS - in relation to Academic Channels ‘article adviser’ roles - could lead to misconceptions about rigour and bias. Channel processes were found to be robust and, to remove any ambiguity, Cureus JMS publicly clarified:

  • Channel operations:  Each submission is managed by an independent Cureus JMS editor, who oversees peer review using vetted reviewers. Safeguards are in place to prevent Channel members from accessing manuscripts and influencing decisions.
  • Channel roles: Channel Admins manage the channel homepage. Curators, who are specialists in their field, perform an initial screening for scope, language, and formatting before manuscripts enter formal peer review.
  • Adviser roles: Authors can invite peers for feedback while their manuscript undergoes independent peer review. This advisory input is separate from the formal peer review process, which remains managed by Cureus JMS editors and conducted by vetted reviewers.

These refinements, alongside enhanced training, reinforce Cureus JMS’ strong foundation and commitment to transparency.

Strengthening Channel Governance

Academic Channels allow institutions to showcase research with added visibility. All content published through Channels undergoes independent peer review managed by Cureus JMS editors, who retain final publication decisions.

Assurance recommended additional vetting for institutions and Channel staff prior to participation, and committing these checks to written guidance documents, so that vetting would be consistently accurate. Cureus JMS acted promptly and created internal guidance that includes up-to-date integrity checks. Today, all institutions and Channel staff are verified against integrity checks, and Cureus JMS maintains oversight of Channel conduct and content.

Looking Ahead

Research integrity is not a one-time effort — it’s a continuous journey. Like regular check-ups keep vehicles safe, audits help journals run smoothly and reliably. By working collaboratively and transparently, we help journals like Cureus JMS strengthen their processes and continue to uphold high standards. This reflects Springer Nature’s broader approach: investing in technology and expert teams, harnessing new AI and other tools, and continually evolving. At the heart of this is a focus on building and maintaining trust—through openness and working together.

Learn more about our research integrity work here.


Insights from USRAC with David Rosowsky on research and innovation

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Dec 2 2025

As the research ecosystem undergoes rapid transformation, from the rise of AI to the push for open science, institutions and publishers are rethinking how knowledge is created, shared and valued. This blog features insights from David Rosowsky, Senior Advisor to the President at Arizona State University and member of Springer Nature’s US Research Advisory Council (USRAC), as he explores how AI is reshaping scholarly communication, the importance of rebuilding public trust and the role of early career researchers in leading change toward a more inclusive and innovative research future.

The pace of change in the global research landscape is accelerating, driven by technological breakthroughs, shifting funding models and a growing demand for openness and accountability. Against this backdrop, academic institutions and publishers are rethinking their roles in shaping the future of science. At the heart of this transformation is a renewed focus on collaboration, innovation and trust.

Springer Nature’s US Research Advisory Council (USRAC), launched in 2021, was created to foster dialogue between publishers and key stakeholders across the research ecosystem, including funders, institutions, policymakers, scholarly societies, and early career researchers. The council provides a platform to share perspectives on research culture and the societal impact of science, helping Springer Nature align its publishing activities with the evolving priorities of the academic community.

David Rosowsky, Senior Advisor to the President at Arizona State University and a member of USRAC, brings a unique perspective to these challenges. His reflections build on themes explored in recent blogs on The Link, such as the growing role of open science in reshaping research culture and the urgent need to rebuild public trust in science. From transparency in peer review to empowering early career researchers, these blogs have spotlighted how institutions and publishers can work together to foster a more inclusive and impactful research ecosystem. In this interview, Rosowsky adds his voice to that conversation, sharing insights on AI, innovation and the future of scholarly communication.

What’s your role at Arizona State University?

I serve as Senior Advisor to President Michael Crow and as Senior Fellow in the University Design Institute (UDI) at ASU. As senior advisor, I assist the president in visioning and planning for several enterprise-level design and implementation strategies. This is a fascinating role and opportunity for me, at this stage in my career, to be part of a truly remarkable institution. In addition to getting to work with a remarkable university president and his leadership team, helping to vision and build an ever more innovative and impactful “New American University,” I am here at a time of great challenge and change for higher education. In my role at ASU, I am leveraging all of my experience as a faculty member, researcher, department head, dean, provost, and VPR. Being at ASU also provides a unique and powerful platform from which I continue to write and speak about higher U.S. higher education.

What led you to join USRAC, and what’s your experience been like?

I was invited to join and was quickly compelled by the opportunity to join other university leaders in advising and perhaps guiding one of the world’s leading scientific publishers as they, too, evolve vision and strategies for a rapidly changing world. This includes how to work most effectively in partnership with research institutions and researchers, but also how respond responsibly to political and technological shifts affecting both the conduct of research and the dissemination of new knowledge. I am impressed to see Springer-Nature getting out in front of the real challenges that lie ahead for researchers, research institutions, and the broader scientific community. My experience to-date (my first year on the USRAC) has been wonderful. My thinking has evolved, my views have expanded, and my professional network has grown thanks to this opportunity to serve as a member of the USRAC.

The latest USRAC theme explored AI and open science. What impact are you seeing on research practice?

The introduction of AI is a once-in-a-lifetime phenomenon, one that is quickly impacting (and will forever alter) the entire scientific research landscape. Everything from the conduct of research to the dissemination of results to grant-writing to information/data access and even the once human-only endeavors of discovery and innovation are being upended. This is something to celebrate and be excited about, not to be resisted or feared. What an exciting time. Open science is the future, and it’s here. And scientific communication will be radically different in this new world of AI and open science.

What challenges do researchers face today, and how can institutions help?

Researchers are understandably nervous about securing the resources they need, now more than ever. There is considerable uncertainty and angst. Universities will not be able to make up the projected decline in federal support for research. Neither will philanthropy or the private sector (business). Institutions will need to approach the expected new reality from both sides: (1) assist researchers and research teams in identifying sources of support (traditional and new) and putting the best proposals forward, and (2) adjusting performance expectations and Review, Promotion, and Tenure (RPT) requirements to reflect the radically altered federal funding opportunity space. Other policies and practices that may require changes include those around university-industry partnerships, priority placed on (and support for) IP and tech transfer activities, and acknowledging the new vectors for scientific communication beyond the peer-reviewed journal article that can and should be counted in RPT decisions.

What inspires you about the future of research, and how can early career researchers and publishers help shape it?

Everything inspires me! I am a science geek first and foremost. I get excited every time I see a new technology, and new gadget, or a new discovery. And my brain quickly goes to “what does this make it possible to achieve NOW or NEXT?”. But we have serious work to do. First, we need to rebuild some very important relationships with the broader public. Whether it’s science, research, universities, or higher education broadly, all have lost public trust and confidence. So, while we all figure out how to continue to drive research and discovery in a changed world, we also must commit to restoring public trust and public support.

Our newest researchers are the ones who will show their colleagues not only the newest technologies and techniques, but also the newest ways of sharing both excitement and the findings from their work. They are also going to be explorers, pioneers and first-adopters in leveraging new sources of funding and new partnerships to conduct their research.

Great publishers, those that are both forward-looking (seeing changes on the horizon for their industry and for the scientific communities that support them) and genuinely committed to the success of faculty and researchers, can help respond to all the issues I mentioned above. I am honored to be part of the USRAC and, I hope, helping to make these partnerships happen, succeed, and matter.

P_David Rosowsky_140x140 px © Springer Nature 2025
About David Rosowsky

David Rosowsky is Senior Advisor to the President at Arizona State University, Senior Fellow at the University Design Institute, and Foundation Professor in the Ira A. Fulton Schools of Engineering. With over 20 years in senior leadership roles, including Provost at the University of Vermont, Vice President for Research at Kansas State University, and Dean of Engineering at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, he brings deep expertise in institutional strategy, research innovation, and academic leadership.

As a frequent speaker and writer, Rosowsky focuses on topics such as higher education governance, change management, research strategy, public university transformation and the future of scholarly publishing. His work has been featured in Forbes, The Chronicle of Higher Education, Inside Higher Ed, and AGB Trusteeship magazine.


Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Four Things to Know about Springer Nature's New Preprint Policy

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Nov 28 2025

This article was originally published in 2019 and was last updated in November 2025.

Preprints are known to provide a number of benefits for the research community and that is why their usage and sharing is rapidly growing in the field; from getting community feedback on your work as a researcher, enabling you to claim priority for a discovery to granting you with free and speedy access to research findings.

At Springer Nature we always supported preprint sharing in our imprints, and now we are pushing the envelope even further to make it easier for researchers and the community to use and share preprints by introducing a new unified policy across all Springer Nature journals.

Here are the four essential things to know about our new policy:


You can choose the license you prefer for your preprint: We support all varieties of licenses for preprints including Creative Commons (CC) licenses. The type of CC-license chosen will affect how the preprint may be shared and reused. More information to help guide licensing choices can be found in these resource documents developed by an ASAPbio licensing taskforce.


You should cite preprints as per scholarly norms for citation: Preprints may be cited in the reference list of articles under consideration at Springer Nature journals, as shown here;  Babichev, S. A., Ries, J. & Lvovsky, A. I. Quantum scissors: teleportation of single-mode optical states by means of a nonlocal single photon. Preprint at http://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0208066 (2002).


You can submit your preprint to any legal preprint sharing platform of your choice: Publishing your research manuscript on a preprint server will not affect the way your article is handled when it is submitted: Posting of preprints of research manuscripts is not considered prior publication and will not jeopardize consideration at Springer Nature journals. Furthermore, research manuscripts posted on preprint servers will not be taken into account when determining the advance provided by a research study under consideration at a Springer Nature journal.


You are free to respond or clarify if the media ask you questions about a preprint manuscript: We advise you to be clear with journalists that preprints are not peer reviewed so the claims made in the research manuscript are provisional and may change. Researchers should also be aware that media coverage of preprint material may reduce or pre-empt coverage by other media at the time of publication.


Preprints are a great way to share your research early and get feedback from the community. Start sharing and track your manuscript’s review progress with our In Review service.

How SDG research drives policy: A special report

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Mon Nov 24 2025

The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) have become a powerful lens through which we understand and address society’s most urgent challenges. SDG research has grown faster than the broader research market, with SDG-related articles currently accounting for almost 25% of all research published. But does SDG research have impact beyond academia?

A new Springer Nature report, titled From publications to policy: the impact of research towards achieving the Sustainable Development Goals, explores how SDG research is cited in policy. It draws on more than 19 million policy documents, and offers a new perspective on the relationship between science and real-world decision-making.  

The results are encouraging, as Ritu Dhand, Springer Nature’s Chief Scientific Officer, tells us. 

What is the significance of the Sustainable Development Goals and how much published research is related to one of the 17 SDGs?

SN SDG logo © Springer Nature 2019
The SDGs address some of our biggest global societal challenges - these include public health, climate change, renewable energy, environmental protection, economic growth, and societal inequality. All of these were already active areas of academic research long before the introduction of the SDGs in 2015. The Goals provide a common framework for researchers, funders, policymakers, and institutions to measure progress and to demonstrate the real-world impact of research. Nearly one quarter of all published research is related to the SDGs, and this area is expanding at a faster pace than the overall research landscape. Indeed, in 2024 over 1.2M articles contributing to resolving our global societal challenges were published - an increase of ~1000% since 2000.

Is SDG research used and cited more than non-SDG research? 

Yes, our own publishing data, as outlined in the report, shows that SDG-related research is used, cited, and downloaded more, especially when published open access. In other words, SDG research demonstrates higher academic impact. This trend reflects the global relevance and urgency of SDG topics such as health, climate, and social development, which attract significant scholarly engagement and visibility.  

Recent research from Springer Nature has also shown that a majority of researchers would like “public good” to be taken into account in assessments of their research contributions, in terms of the effect of their work on society, the economy, or global challenges more broadly. 

What about the impact of SDG research beyond academia?

When we consider research impact we usually think article citations and journal impact factors, however surely the highest measure of research is when it is seen to have societal impact and lead to new policy measures. The UN’s 2030 Agenda also calls for science to inform policy and deliver societal outcomes, but, until now, there has been limited evidence showing how published research is actually taken up in policy. The report from publications to policy, published in partnership with Overton, is groundbreaking, focusing on how research is being used. 

And the results are encouraging! Academic research is cited in SDG-related policy more often than in wider policy, and we see think tanks, Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), and Intergovernmental Organisations (IGOs) playing an important role in bridging the gap between research and policy. This is significant, because it can be challenging for research to find its way into policy. In this light, we are more than proud of our SDG journals when >50% of the published articles are directly addressing one or more of the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

"This new report offers a new perspective on the relationship between science and real-world decision-making. The results are encouraging: Academic research is cited in SDG-related policy more often than in wider policy.” 

You mentioned that when SDG research is published open access, it is used, cited, and downloaded more. Can you elaborate on the role of open access with regard to the SDGs?

Publishing open access makes research accessible to anyone, anywhere. Open access supports the UN 2030 Agenda by ensuring that knowledge essential to sustainable development is accessible, reusable, and actionable. It removes barriers to knowledge, increasing visibility.  

The report shows that SDG-related research is more likely to be published open access and that open access articles are more likely to be cited, with a higher average number of policy citations. Our findings indicate that the visibility and reach of SDG research in policy is amplified when published open access. 

Findings from the report show that other editorial models influence SDG policy impact. What’s the story there?

I’ve just touched on the role open access plays, but we see that other factors play a role too. For instance, inclusive journals play a critical role in advancing the Goals. As the report shows, from a sample of 100,000 articles from Springer Nature’s journals, inclusive journal articles received slightly more SDG policy citations than comparative selective journal articles. This is a notable finding, as it suggests that while selective journals are more highly cited in academia than inclusive journals, they are not necessarily more influential in policy. 

We also saw that policy documents cite a high proportion of non-primary research content, including reviews, letters, and news, indicating that summaries and syntheses are valued in policymaking.

The report discusses the underrepresentation of research from the Global South. What is the issue and which factors have contributed to it?

Indeed, a major challenge is the underrepresentation of research from the Global South and low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) in policy, even within their own domestic contexts. Most SDG-related policy documents in these regions rely heavily on research from high-income countries, particularly the US and UK, while South-to-South knowledge exchange remains minimal.  

This imbalance reflects structural barriers such as limited visibility of Southern research, linguistic divides, and systemic inequalities in global publishing systems. As a result, policies often lack contextually relevant evidence, reducing their effectiveness in addressing local priorities and lived realities. 

How can Springer Nature work to strengthen the research-policy connection for the SDGs and address some of the recommendations from the report?

We are actively working to strengthen the research-to-policy connection by expanding open access publishing, supporting inclusive journals, and commissioning content such as reviews that policymakers value.  

We also invest in training, widening geographic representation to amplify research from the Global South, and partnerships with think tanks, NGOs, and IGOs.  

Through initiatives like the Science for a Sustainable Future event series, Springer Nature brings together policymakers and researchers to foster collaboration and ensure that evidence-based science informs decisions aligned with the UN’s 2030 Agenda. 

And from the side of researchers, how can they help their research inform policy decisions? 

Researchers can improve the chances of their work influencing policy by focusing on accessibility, inclusivity, and relevance.  

The report shows that open access significantly accelerates and amplifies policy impact, with open access articles cited in SDG-related policy both sooner and more frequently than non-open access articles. Inclusive journals are cited in policy at similar or even higher rates than selective journals, making them a valuable route for impact.  

Policymakers also favour synthesised and accessible formats, such as reviews, commentaries, and summaries, over lengthy primary research. Finally, building partnerships with knowledge brokers such as think tanks, NGOs, and IGOs can help bridge the gap between research and decision-making, ensuring evidence is translated into actionable policy.

Read the report: From publications to policy: the impact of research towards achieving the Sustainable Development Goals

Ritu Dhand © springernature 2023
Ritu Dhand, Chief Scientific Officer, Springer Nature

Ritu Dhand is responsible for championing our editors, focusing on promoting and driving external editorial excellence, in partnership with all the journal publishers across Springer and BMC journals.

Before taking on the role of Chief Scientific Officer in January 2022, Ritu served as VP Nature Editorial, overseeing editorial strategy and management of Nature, Nature Communications, and the Nature Research and Review Journals.

Ritu holds a PhD in cancer research from University College, London.

Related content:

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source!

Solving complex problems in logistics and transportation with Operations Research

T
The Link
By: undefined, Mon Nov 24 2025

Operations Research is a field focused on solving complex, real-world problems using analytical methods. From transportation and logistics to healthcare and supply chains, its applications are wide-ranging and increasingly important. This blog introduces Springer Nature’s new Operations Research eBook collection and explores how it supports teaching, research and professional practice across disciplines.

Operations Research helps industries manage complexity and make smarter decisions. It’s especially valuable in logistics, transportation, supply chains, manufacturing and energy, fields where systems are interconnected and data-driven decisions matter. Also known as Management Science, it uses analytical methods and modelling to solve real-world problems, from pricing and financial planning to healthcare and disaster response. It’s also central to business education: around 30% of Springer Nature’s Operations Research portfolio includes professional books used in MBA case studies, and 11% are textbooks used in core curricula.

As its relevance grows, Operations Research is gaining fresh attention. Springer Nature’s new eBook collection brings together content from business, mathematics, computer science and engineering, making it one of the most interdisciplinary resources available. We spoke with editorial directors William Achauer and Christian Rauscher about the thinking behind the collection and why it’s a timely resource for academic libraries, research offices and corporate teams.

What motivated the launch of the Operations Research eBook collection and who is it for?

Operations Research is a core sub-discipline within Springer Nature’s business and management publishing portfolio. The decision to launch a dedicated eBook collection was driven by the success of the broader business and management collection and the opportunity to serve a growing audience focused on quantitative, data-driven approaches. With contributions from applied mathematics, computer science and engineering, the collection is highly interdisciplinary and reflects the expanding relevance of Operations Research across sectors.

This collection is designed for a wide range of users: researchers in business, logistics, supply chain management, analytics, economics (especially Game Theory), applied mathematics and engineering; professionals working in industries such as healthcare, manufacturing, sports and tourism; and students studying these disciplines. It supports both academic inquiry and practical application, making it a valuable resource for institutions and individuals alike.

Which research areas and expert contributors shape the Operations Research eBook collection?

The Operations Research eBook collection covers a wide range of research areas, including industrial production, logistics, routing and scheduling, supply chain management, multicriteria decision making, game theory and the management of large complex systems. It also explores cutting-edge topics such as artificial intelligence, big data, distributed ledger technology, smart grids, and adaptive systems, reflecting the latest trends in both research and industry.

The collection features contributions from leading experts in the field, including:

  • Frederick Hillier (Stanford), founding editor of the flagship series ISORMS
  • Michel Gendreau (Montreal), current ISORMS editor and top-cited scholar in operations research
  • Grazia Speranza (Brescia), former president of EURO
  • Panos Pardalos (Florida), EURO Gold Medal winner
  • Dmitry Ivanov (Berlin), co-author of Global Supply Chain and Operations Management
  • Gilbert Laporte (Montreal), Order of Canada recipient and one of Canada’s most influential management researchers

Together, these contributors help shape a collection that is both academically rigorous and practically relevant.

Which subject areas are closely related to Operations Research and why do they matter?

Operations Research overlaps significantly with applied mathematics, computer science and engineering, disciplines that provide the analytical and technical foundation for its models and methods. These connections enable the development of tools for optimization, decision-making and systems analysis across industries.

Its interdisciplinary nature also links it to several other subject areas. Research into the fields of production, logistics and supply chain can be expanded by the Springer Nature Business & Management eBook collection, applied science has crossovers with the Mathematics collection, the field of big data analytics is also covered by the Computer Science collection, industrial management is an interdisciplinary field within Mechanical Engineering and game theory, financial management and investment and distributed ledger technology (DLT) are also part of the Economics & Finance collection.

These crossovers make Operations Research a powerful framework for tackling complex challenges across academic and professional domains.

What content will the first books in the Operations Research eBook collection cover?

The initial titles in this new eBook collection bring together core works from the business and management program, alongside key contributions from applied mathematics, computer science and engineering. The content reflects the breadth of the field, with applications in mobility, retail, healthcare management, disaster response and more.

Covering nearly every product category, from SpringerBriefs and Palgrave Pivots to monographs, proceedings and textbooks, the collection supports undergraduate, graduate and advanced learning, as well as professional practice through case studies and applied research. As William Achauer, Editorial Director for eBooks in Operations Research, notes:

“Springer Nature is the leading publisher of Operations Research, both in terms of journals and in books. This eBook collection represents the largest set of contributions of methods, cases, and applications in Operations Research there is on the planet.”

This collection offers a unique opportunity to access high-quality, interdisciplinary content that supports teaching, research and innovation. To explore the full scope of the Operations Research eBook collection or to discuss how it can enhance your library’s offerings, visit the collection or get in touch.

Related content:

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Dos and don’ts of AI for social media

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Nov 20 2025

AI tools make it easy to generate content, and you can use this content to talk about your research on social media. However, the tricky part about using these tools (including ChatGPT, Copilot, Gemini, and others) is that while they offer opportunities, they also have potential pitfalls. They’ll help you say more in less time; but without investing time in checking, editing, and adding your own authentic voice, you won’t get the attention you’re looking for.    

In this blog, we’ll talk about some of the best ways to use AI on social media, including how to make sure you keep that authentic voice, how to avoid posting AI hallucinations, and more. 

Common AI tools 

First, which AI tools are researchers using? As part of an ongoing effort to understand researchers’ needs, Springer Nature recently surveyed researchers on the AI tools that they’re using in their work. Although that survey focused on the tools researchers use in finding and consuming information, you would also use those same tools to create social media content about your work.  

The survey found that the tools researchers use include some of the most known and common ones, including: 

  • ChatGPT (OpenAI)  
  • DeepSeek  
  • Gemini (Google)  
  • Copilot (Microsoft, but which runs on OpenAI’s models)  
  • Perplexity  
  • Claude (Anthropic) 

Most of these are generative, however Perplexity is more of a search engine, and also provides an AI-enhanced web browser. (There are more AI-enhanced browsers coming on the market, but they’re not aimed at generating content.)   

They all generally work in a similar way, with an easy-to-use interface where you can ask the system what you want it to generate for you. These “prompts” can range from the very simple to rather detailed; but the more detailed your prompt, the more likely you are to get the output you’re looking for.   

(It is also worth noting that some social media platforms are building their own AI tools directly on their platforms, as well.)   

The tools listed here are most frequently thought of as generating text, but they can also generate images. And there are some others, not listed here (including Sora), that specialise in generating video. The best practice suggestions we’ll discuss will generally apply across all of them.   

AI best practices   

All of the best practices come down to, and derive from, trust and authenticity. The most important piece is to make sure that what you post is factually true and accurate, talks about your research correctly, avoids bias, and is authentically your voice. Doing this relies both on careful prompting, as well as checking, editing, and revising the output before you post it.   

Even so, these tools will save time and help generate new ideas. You can: Ask AI for inspiration as to what to post; upload your work into tools like Copilot or ChatGPT and ask it to generate draft posts for you; write your thoughts about your work in your own voice, and then upload that, and ask these tools to generate “remixes” to give you more to post. And, you can include character limits in your prompts — so you can tell the AI to keep its outputs to limited character counts, which is helpful when generating material for microblogging sites like BlueSky or Mastodon (these sites similar to platform X).   

One additional note: You should also edit out words that AI commonly uses that could flag your posts as AI — words like, “unlock,” “delve,” “leverage.” You can also keep your eyes open to words you frequently see online from possible AI-generated material, and keep a list of these. You can actually include, in your prompts, instructions that the tool you’re using should avoid those words.  

You can also train some of these tools on your voice so that its initial output sounds more like you, but you should still edit it before you post. And that’s to say nothing about checking it over for accuracy, to make sure you’re not posting inaccurate or misleading AI-generated information, and to follow the guidelines for responsible AI use. (You should also follow some general safety guidelines. These would include prioritizing human well-being and dignity, editing the output for bias, and being accountable for what you post.) But the key step comes after that, and that’s to edit these outputs to add your own individual voice — to make it yours, and to make it have a better chance at standing out.   

How to get started

Of course, the best practices and advice for using social media that we’ve discussed in past blog posts still apply here. Just that using these tools can help give you inspiration, can help you get a volume of material to post with less effort, and can help you get the word out about your research. It’s just one more puzzle piece to getting your work the attention it deserves. 

And remember to check out the previous blogs in this series:    

Related Content

From publications to policy

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Thu Nov 20 2025

This is an extract from Springer Nature's new report: From publications to policy: the impact of research towards achieving the Sustainable Development Goals. 

Created in partnership in Overton, the study analyses over 12 millon documents to offer the most comprehensive picture yet of how academic research is influencing real-world policy tied to the Goals. 

Here, Ritu Dhand and Nicola Jones from Springer Nature introduce the report and what it set out to achieve. 

The UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) have become a powerful lens through which we understand and address society’s most urgent challenges and they now make up 24% of all published research. The issues they address – public health, climate change, renewable energy, environmental protection, economic growth, and societal inequality – were already active areas of academic research long before the introduction of the SDGs in 2015. Recent research from Springer Nature has also shown that a majority of researchers would like “public good” to be taken into account in assessments of their research contributions, in terms of the effect of their work on society, the economy, or global challenges more broadly.1 The Goals provide a common framework for researchers, funders, policymakers, and institutions to measure progress and to demonstrate the real-world impact of research. 

At Springer Nature, we see this reflected in our own publishing data. SDG research has grown faster than the broader research market and is more likely to be used, cited, and downloaded, especially when published open access (OA). But the real question is, what impact does SDG research have beyond academia? While the UN’s 2030 Agenda calls for science to inform policy and deliver societal outcomes, there has been, until now, a paucity of evidence showing how published research is actually taken up in policy.

That brings us to this latest report, published in partnership with Overton, the world’s largest policy document database. Drawing on more than 12.3 million policy documents published between 2015 and 2025, it explores where, when, and how SDG research is cited in policy, offering a new perspective on the relationship between science and real-world decision-making. This is groundbreaking: while previous studies of the SDGs have considered what an individual research output is about, this study focuses on how research is being used, “on the ground”, to support evidence, justify recommendations, or shape policy directions. 

The results are encouraging: academic research is cited in SDG-related policy more often than in wider policy, and in particular, we can see think tanks, Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), and Intergovernmental Organizations (IGOs) playing an important role in bridging the gap between research and policy. 

This is significant, because we know that policymakers are not – nor should they be expected to be – research experts. It can, therefore, be challenging for research to find its way into policy.3 By understanding the types of research that policymakers cite, we can begin to understand the role that we as publishers play in facilitating greater knowledge exchange. 

The report also lays out challenges that require our attention. Research from high-income countries in the Global North makes up the majority of worldwide policy citations. Meanwhile, research from low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) in the Global South is less likely to be cited in domestic policy and is also often excluded from the international conversation – aligned with previous findings that development research is dominated by authors from the Global North, even when focused on Global South settings.4 In addition, few countries examined in the Global South cite each other’s research, highlighting a gap in South-to-South knowledge exchange. This gap risks creating an evidence base for global policy that overlooks the knowledge, priorities, and lived realities of the communities most affected by the SDGs. 

As publishers, we have a responsibility to help address this imbalance, collaborating with stakeholders from across the research ecosystem – libraries, institutions, funders, and researchers – to ensure that contextually relevant research is visible, accessible, and actionable. That means supporting journals that value foundational and rigorous science over selectivity (inclusive journals), widening OA options, investing in editor and researcher training to reduce bias, and experimenting with different content formats, as well as working with partners to make research policy-ready so that decision-makers can engage with it effectively. 

This report is both a snapshot of progress and a call to action. With 2030 fast approaching, we must collectively do more to ensure that research not only aligns with the SDGs but also extends beyond research communities, to reach the people and places where it can make a real difference. 

Footnotes

1. Springer Nature. (2025, April). The state of research assessment: Researcher perspectives on evaluation practices. https://stories.springernature.com/state-of-research-assessment/index.html

2. United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda

3. Pearson, H. (2024, December 4). Science could solve some of the world’s biggest problems. Why aren’t governments using it? Nature, 636, 26–30. https://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-024-03906-0

4. Liverpool, L. (2021, September 17). Researchers from global south under-represented in development research. Naturehttps://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-021-02549-9

Related Tags:

Trust in science and media in the age of AI

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Wed Nov 19 2025

In an era of rapid technological change and information overload, trust in science and media is facing unprecedented challenges. AI brings powerful tools for discovery and communication, but it can also be used by some for distortion. Responsible communication means preserving context, verifying claims before amplification, and being transparent about limitations. It is a shared responsibility across publishers, journalists, and readers.

At this year’s Frankfurt Bookfair, Joyce Lorigan, Group Head of Corporate Affairs at Springer Nature, and Daniel Lingenhoehl, Editor-in-Chief at Spektrum der Wissenschaft, shared their perspectives on combating false narratives and maintaining public trust in the context of science communication. Below is a summary of the key discussion points made during this session.

Thank you both for joining us today. To begin with, can you tell us a bit about how the increase in social media and usage of AI tools has impacted the spread of misinformation over the past few years? 

Joyce: Perhaps for some context: Nearly two-thirds of people worldwide (63%) say they struggle to distinguish trustworthy media from deceptive sources (Edelman Trust Barometer 2025). I also heard earlier this week at the Book Fair that in the US, 60% feel that science is influenced by government, corporates or the self-interest of scientists. We see that trust in the information people are reading is under immense pressure. Deepfakes and misinformation can now circulate at lightning speed, making it harder for people to verify facts. The sheer volume of content and the sophistication of AI-driven tools mean misinformation can look extremely convincing and spread widely before it’s challenged.

Daniel: Fake News isn’t new, but as Joyce pointed out, the scale and speed are. Social media combined with AI has made it a lot easier to spread misinformation. While 60% of Germans think they can spot fake news, 80% don't check whether posts are true. We’ve even seen very sophisticated attacks, such as the “Doppelgänger website”, when whole websites were faked including Spektrum and Spiegel, among others, to spread misinformation. Luckily, it was removed, and the outreach was neglectable, but it is concerning, nonetheless.

This is a fast-paced changing landscape, as you say. So, from your experience, what can media outlets and publishers do to counter misinformation?

Joyce: At Springer Nature, we invest significantly in talented people and sophisticated AI tools to detect and then stop integrity issues in research. Since 2021, we have invested over 650 million euros in various technologies, including those with a focus on research integrity, and with the help of tools like these, we can detect problematic submissions more quickly and accurately. We are committed to ensuring that this statistic stays as low as possible. This is made more difficult by fraudulent actors in the system trying to manipulate research for their own gain. They too have advanced AI tools, and so we always have to stay one step ahead. This means constant investment and also sharing, where we are able, our learnings with or publishing peers such as via our collaborations with the STM Integrity Hub, to address these challenges together. Most recently Springer Nature donated a unique AI tool that identifies problematic text to the publishing community via this collaboration. Beyond safeguarding integrity, we work to make science accessible. We organize policy events such as our event series Science on the Spree, host regular media briefings where researchers can explain findings to policymakers, media and the general public, and work collaboratively with organisations such as the Science Media Centre. These efforts help ensure responsible science communication via clear, transparent engagement.

Daniel: Media education must start in schools. As media, we need to be where readers are, build trust, and explain facts repeatedly: how science works, where uncertainties lie, and why questioning is part of progress. Many people don’t know that scientific questioning of specific aspects of climate change or vaccines does not mean that the general science beyond that has been wrong. Similarly, we have to demystify AI: how it works, its benefits, biases, and risks. Enlightened people are harder to mislead, so constant engagement and transparency are key. 

You touched upon this aspect of incorporating the community, which raises the point around responsible communication, and the role you play in ensuring accuracy. How do you both address this and perhaps engage with your communities when it comes to supporting responsible communication? 

Joyce: As a publisher, we are the digital custodian of scientific research that dates back to the 17th century. We hold a huge library that is constantly being updated to ensure that it reflects the most recent editorial comments. This is a huge responsibility that we don’t take lightly. To keep pace with the continuous growth in articles and to maintain high-quality levels in publishing, the use of AI offers a huge opportunity – to help editors find peer reviewers, for example, streamline workflows, and make research more discoverable. All of this is done with a human at the helm. Our colleagues are highly skilled, highly educated and very passionate, purpose driven individuals – and we are lucky to have them. They are united in the desire to accelerate discovery and help find solutions to the world’s biggest problems. They are also very connected to their communities, and this extends to the online world. We have, for example, over 40 discipline focused Research Communities providing a platform for researchers and research-interested communities around the world to connect, generate discussions and explore research findings that matter to them. Circling back to how AI helps us in our work; we continue to invest in a number of AI tools that help advance discovery and protect the integrity and trust of research, underscoring our commitment to rigour and excellence. We’re also about to pilot AI driven summaries of research that can be added to the top of a piece of research. These are AI generated but signed off by the author and are designed to be easily understood so that the research is more accessible to others.

Daniel: Science journalism continues to be highly trusted, in part because of its close-knit, expert-driven community and the quality of its journalists. One of Spektrum’s unique values is scientists writing about what they know best, reinforcing credibility. Most of our editors have a degree in natural sciences and a profound knowledge of the things they report about, and many Nobel laureates have written for us. On top of that, both Spektrum and Springer Nature are active on social media, a vital tool for engagement and community-building, but one that also requires careful oversight. To build trust among readers Spektrum regularly invites subscribers to come and visit us, so that people can directly talk to editors. We go to events and talk about science, the media and society. And we promote our people with a specific expertise e.g. on climate change, AI or health issues as trusted sources. We are not an anonymous mass, but real people with profound knowledge. At the end of the day, however, we are people and mistakes happen. To build trust, we not only correct these but make the process transparent. At Spektrum we do this through remarks underneath an affected article. Because of the great community we have, readers detect mistakes or misleading interpretations pretty fast, which allows us to react fast too.

Thank you both for your insights - any final thoughts or comments?

Joyce: Transparency is key in science communication in the age of AI across publishers and the media. In today’s fast-moving digital environment, the relationship between science and journalism is more crucial than ever. Essentially, it’s on all of us to collaborate as publishers, journalists, scientists, and readers to maintain a healthy and trustworthy information ecosystem.

Daniel: I couldn’t agree more. I have great faith and hope in the active role of readers and communities. Challenge your reading behaviour, thought produces – check back on trusted sources before commenting, engaging or spreading misinformation. Challenge misinformation when you see it - and always be careful with viral content.

Ensuring this level of transparency, especially when AI tools are involved, remains a central challenge. These important topics of Trust and Science Integrity in the Age of AI were further discussed at Falling Walls by Alice Henchley, Director of Communications, Integrity, Ethics and Editorial Policy at Springer Nature, and Chris Graf, Director of Research Integrity at Springer Nature. Find out more about these panels here: AI Age & Trust: Ethics and Perspectives for Scicomm and Science Integrity in the Age of Artificial Intelligence.



Exploring AI futures in libraries with the Futurescape Workshop community

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Nov 18 2025

Following my reflections from ALA 2025, where the evolving role of librarians in research management took centre stage, I recently had the opportunity to explore another frontier shaping our profession: artificial intelligence. At the Futurescape Libraries AI Workshop hosted by Carnegie Mellon University, librarians from across North America gathered to critically examine how AI might reshape discovery, access and trust in scholarly information. This column builds on the themes of partnership and proactive engagement I discussed previously, turning our attention to how librarians can help steer AI development toward values-driven outcomes.

In September, I attended the Futurescape Libraries AI Workshop under the auspices of the Association of Research Libraries (ARL) and the Coalition for Networked Information (CNI) in Pittsburgh. The workshop was grounded in the newly released toolkit designed to walk librarians through an exploration of the AI scenarios released by ARL and CNI in June 2024. There’s a lot of speculation and debate about AI right now. The workshop offered a welcome chance to dig deeper than the headlines and reconnect with fellow librarians. It gave us space to think critically about the range of possible futures ahead. We also explored what we, as librarians, can do to support each other, our patrons, and our institutions in preparing for those futures, both the promising and the challenging ones.

If you’re not familiar with the scenarios, I encourage you to check them out for yourselves, but I will summarize them briefly here (paraphrasing from the report):

  • Scenario 1: Democratized and Socially Integrated AI, where the key players in government, industry, and education have come together to develop a robust and equitable framework for responsibly integrating the benefits of AI into all aspects of human society;
  • Scenario 2: Consumer-Oriented AI Focused on Education and Entertainment, where large technology companies lead the field of AI development and focus on profitable direct-to-consumer applications;
  • Scenario 3: Laissez-Faire AI, where widespread adoption of AI and an absence of functional regulation result in an erosion of trustworthy information, amplification of bias, and deliberate manipulation by bad actors;
  • Scenario 4: Autonomous AI, where the scarcity and rising cost of human expertise leads key players to focus on developing AI to operate independently from human input, creating a world in which the benefits of AI are realized by ceding human agency.

Exploring the cone of possibilities for AI in libraries

As we were reminded at the beginning of the workshop: the purpose of these scenarios is not to predict which one will become our future reality, but to help us explore the “cone of possibilities” and identify the levers in our current reality that we can push on to try to steer away from the worst outcomes and towards the better ones. 

“For me, this open-ended and values-oriented approach to thinking about AI was a welcome tonic to the frequent hype and presentism that can dominate social media conversations about the wide range of technologies that are shoehorned under the capacious (and sometimes misleading) AI label.” 

And I found that my fellow attendees, who came from a wide range of libraries around North America, had a lot of insight to share about the challenges libraries are already facing as a result of new AI technologies, but also some of the excellent opportunities it offers us.

How AI is reshaping discovery in academic libraries

Interestingly, a lot of the challenges and opportunities AI brings to libraries seem to center around discovery. On the plus side, AI tools are getting really good at describing large digital archive collections. That means researchers, students and the public can access materials that were previously hard to find. Projects like the “Exploring Computational Description” at the Library of Congress and Yale’s “Digital Collections AI” show how fast these human-in-the-loop tools are improving. On the other, AI is being used to generate mediocre and, frequently, misleading content in volumes that threaten to swamp our human capacity for evaluation and curation. 

This use of AI poses a special problem for scholarly publishers as well, and Springer Nature is actively investing in (and sharing with the publishing community) AI tools to help identify and counter the rise of AI-driven misinformation in the scholarly publishing ecosystem.”

In fact, one of my big takeaways from this workshop was that there is already significant agreement between scholarly publishers, libraries and research institutions on the need to bring our shared, human-centered values to guide us towards a responsible use of AI. Transparency, accountability, fairness and dignity, coupled with strong data governance and a concerted effort to prevent harm to society and the environment, these are at the core of Springer Nature’s AI Principles. They align closely to the values expressed in ACRL’s AI Competencies for Academic Library Workers, particularly those expressed in the “Ethical Considerations” section of that document. The ACRL’s AI Competencies highlight the need to understand how different AI tools work and what they’re used for. They also encourage librarians to help patrons figure out when and how to use these tools to meet their information needs.

Strengthening scholarly trust through better AI tools

Clearly generative AI has added to the size of this challenge, and I was pleased to see attendees of the workshop lean into thinking about ways to address it. Ultimately, if researchers, librarians and academic publishers want to strengthen trust with the broader public, we need to rethink how we use AI. That means finding ways to give users better access to reliable information. Our discovery tools should meet people where they are.

“Everyone of us attending the workshop was under no illusions about the scope of the challenges academic libraries face right now and how to increase trust in scholarly sources of information is one of the greatest.”

At the same time, discovery tools need to do more than just deliver information. They should encourage users to think critically. That means prompting them to look at key sections of source texts and compare different perspectives. In other words, we need to support critical information literacy, so users can judge the quality and accuracy of what they find. This means being innovative in the interfaces we design while ensuring that the underlying architecture is solid, and that the technical and descriptive metadata we generate is robust and standards-compliant to support interoperability.

It’s a big challenge, but the good news is that several initiatives are already underway. Groups like STM, COUNTER, and NISO are working on the technical details, while keeping shared values front and center. And while many librarians harbor some skepticism about AI, it's important to note that being able to ask tough questions about how we can harness AI well is actually a strength. You’re already practicing one of the ACRL’s AI competencies: critical engagement!  So I encourage you to learn more about these efforts. Your constructive engagement will help make the solutions we build even stronger.

If you're interested in how the broader scholarly ecosystem is responding to AI, I encourage you to explore Perspectives on AI in scholarly communications, a report that brings together voices from several library leaders and Springer Nature experts reflecting on the opportunities and challenges ahead.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Putting Integrity at the Heart of Springer Nature

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Mon Nov 17 2025

It’s becoming increasingly common to stumble upon news stories reporting on bad science – papermills, manipulative scientists, flawed data.  However, these narratives only give us a narrow insight into the world of research, focusing on individual stories. They are just a tiny fraction of the robust published research that’s changing the world, reflecting the actions of a very small minority in a vast community of committed researchers.  Yet efforts to subvert the publication process do to persist and evolve, and we are committed to preventing them

Why Integrity Matters

Addressing the world’s most urgent challenges—from global health to food security—requires research that is trustworthy and ethically conducted.  Research integrity means using honest and verifiable methods in proposing, performing, and evaluating research, and reporting results in line with established guidelines. It is grounded in professional norms and codes developed by the research community itself, ensuring that findings can be trusted and built upon. 

Trust is the foundation of this process, and it is the most important commodity we have. That is why Springer Nature is committed to remaining the trusted home for ethically undertaken and reported research. By protecting the integrity of the scholarly record, we safeguard not only research itself but also public confidence in science, so that research can inform policy, guide responsible innovation, and contribute meaningfully to society. 

We approach this responsibility with a focus on continuous assessment and improvement, and are grateful to those across the research ecosystem whose invaluable support reflects a shared commitment to this stewardship. 

We believe in transparency and accountability.  In 2024, we received over 2.3million submissions and published over 482,000 articles (translating to an acceptance rate of 21%), reflecting the scrutiny we – and our editors – apply through our editorial and publishing processes.  

And we retracted 2,923 publications — these retractions representing just 0.6% of our 2024 published content (but covering publications from multiple years). We’re proud to be the first publisher to publicly release our retraction data, reinforcing our commitment to accountability.   

A Shared Responsibility Across Springer Nature 

This is why we have embedded integrity throughout our organisation. From editorial and production to technology and legal teams, we’ve woven integrity into every workflow, and into the support we provide our global network of 180,000 editors, all working together to uphold rigorous standards. 

Our teams conduct technical checks to ensure submissions meet high standards. Our technology teams develop tools to screen content at scale. And our Research Integrity Group (SN RIG)—a dedicated team of over 55 experts—leads integrity tool and pattern development, investigations, training, audit, and policy development to safeguard the quality of our publications. The teams produce important results.  As an example, our Prevention team has identified over 83,000 paper mill papers in the last two years alone, using a combination of integrity tools and pattern detection initiatives. 

Investing in Integrity 

We’ve tripled our investment in research integrity over three years, and our commitment to investing in this important area won’t change. Since 2021, we’ve invested over €650 million in technology, including €177 million in 2024 alone. A significant proportion of this funding supports the development of AI-powered toolssubmission screening systems, and training platforms that help us detect and prevent fraudulent content.  We continue to develop our AI-powered tools to help detect manipulated text, images, and references. Designed with human oversight, these tools uphold research integrity while streamlining editorial workflows. We use AI and other technology to verify author and reviewer identities, detect image manipulation, and flag citation issues—ensuring that only high-quality, credible research is published. 

Training and Empowerment 

Integrity is not just about technology, it’s about people. We offer a comprehensive training platform with over 20 courses, and many additional resources, supporting more than 31,000 registered editors and other key users. Topics range from peer review fundamentals to plagiarism and citation manipulation, as well as many other topics. We also train our internal staff in these key topics, and in 2024 alone our internal staff completed over 1,300 courses. 

We also work to reach the wider research community through specific, freely accessible, training, most notably through Nature Masterclasses and recent initiatives in India.  We have developed a free, self-paced Nature Masterclasses course on publication ethics, delivering around 8 hours of learning through modular components and, over the past three years, have promoted research integrity in India through nationwide outreach—delivering workshops, roadshows, and training across institutions to champion ethical, transparent, and inclusive research practices

Additionally, we provide targeted support for editors in vulnerable disciplines, equipping them with the skills to identify and respond to integrity concerns and auditing to find areas where improvements can be made.  

Collaboration  

Ensuring research integrity is a community-wide challenge and addressing it requires collective action and shared solutions. That’s why we collaborate with organizations such as COPEDORAORCID, and STM. We also work closely with national bodies like UKCORI and ISTIC and contribute to global initiatives, including United2Act, to combat paper mills and misinformation. 

Notable examples of our work include chairing the governance board of the STM Integrity Hub, actively participating in its working groups and sharing one of our AI tools to support the development of shared technology and intelligence.  

The “sleuth” community—independent researchers who identify indicators of problematic content—plays an important role in spotting trends. We value their contributions and collaborate with them on investigations. 

Looking Ahead 

Ensuring integrity is a long-term commitment. As the research landscape evolves, so do the threats to integrity. At Springer Nature, we remain vigilant, proactive, and committed to continuous improvement. By placing integrity at the heart of our business, we protect the scientific record, support our communities, and ensure that the research we publish can be confidently built upon.  We invite institutions, funders, and all stakeholders across the research ecosystem to work together—not only to address underlying root causes of misconduct but to foster a culture of transparency and deter unethical behaviour. Through collaboration, we can create an environment where ethical research thrives and trust in science endures. 

More about our work in research integrity can be found here.  

Opening doors to discovery

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Mon Nov 17 2025

The Springer Nature Opening Doors internship is a paid opportunity for students and recent graduates to gain experience in research, education and science news publishing in our journals, books or magazines.

Many group perspectives are currently underrepresented in the publishing industry. We believe that diverse perspectives drive progress, which is why we created this internship. We welcome applicants from all backgrounds and particularly encourage candidates from groups historically underrepresented in publishing to apply.

Since its inception, the programme has welcomed interns in the UK, US, Germany, China and the Netherlands, with the successful applicants gaining the chance to learn more about the publishing industry and its different career pathways.

To celebrate Work in Publishing week 2025, we asked Prerna Shetty, Editorial Data Analyst intern based in London, to talk us through the highlights of her placement with Springer Nature.

Over the past five months, I have had the privilege of working as an Editorial Data Analyst Intern with Nature Portfolio as part of Springer Nature’s Opening Doors internship scheme. I was immediately drawn to the programme and its purpose when I first came across it. Having completed my Masters in Business Analytics, where my dissertation examined how socio-economic inequities shape access to healthcare through data-driven methods, I was eager to apply those skills in a setting where data could make a broader social and structural impact and Springer Nature’s mission to make research useful for and usable by all reflected that.

During my internship, I worked on a couple of projects that looked at the intersection of data, inclusion and publishing practice. One of them was the Early Career Researcher (ECR) Co-review Programme, an initiative giving early-career researchers hands-on peer review experience under the guidance of senior reviewers. It supports professional growth and helps build a more inclusive, sustainable reviewer community.

My work focused on analysing how participation in the programme varies by career stage, gender, country, and discipline, using editorial and reviewer data. The findings were both encouraging and illuminating. We found that the programme, in addition to training ECRs, has helped close gender gaps in peer review, including in fields where participation is currently uneven. It also revealed how research communities differ across countries and disciplines, showing the importance of local context. What stood out to me was that involving ECRs didn’t affect the efficiency of the review process, showing that inclusion and performance can go hand in hand.

Presenting these findings to my team has been one of the most rewarding moments of my internship. Seeing how results from the analysis shaped discussions about the programme’s impact and future direction made me realise that the work I was doing could directly inform how Springer Nature supports research communities. It was fulfilling to know that my analysis could highlight the value of initiatives like the ECR Co-review Programme across Nature Portfolio journals.

Personally, what I’ve loved about working at Springer Nature is how open and supportive everyone is. From the start, I felt comfortable asking questions, sharing ideas, and learning by doing. The editors, data analysts, and mentors I worked with were generous with their time and genuinely cared about helping me grow. Being in that kind of environment made learning new things easy and the experience deeply rewarding.

As my internship comes to an end, I find myself reflecting on how much this experience has shaped me. It has strengthened my interest in using data to inform inclusion, policy, and accessibility within research. I’ve always loved analytics as a discipline, but I’ve realised that I find it most meaningful when it helps create more equitable systems.

I’m really grateful to my manager, Nathalie Le Bot, and my mentor, Anna Patterson, for believing in me from the start and supporting me throughout the internship. Their guidance and encouragement made all the difference. I also want to thank Joshua Nwaogu, my employee network buddy, who was such a great support to have outside the teams I worked with and was always a kind ear beyond work. And a big thanks to Sonja Schmid, Riikka Jokinen, Sowmya Swaminathan, and Niki Scaplehorn for being so generous with their time and making learning such a positive experience.

To anyone considering applying to Opening Doors, I’d say absolutely go for it. You’ll gain first-hand insight into how academic publishing works in practice. It’s a community that values curiosity, collaboration, and compassion, which makes the experience both inspiring and rewarding. It’s shown me that inclusion and innovation go hand in hand, and that when publishers make space for a wide range of perspectives and experiences, the entire research ecosystem becomes stronger and more impactful.

Related Tags:

Why the Social Sciences matter now more than ever

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Nov 14 2025

Since its inception in 2015, the blog Social Science Matters has grown into a dynamic platform for interdisciplinary dialogue, global collaboration, and public engagement – amplifying the voices of scholars tackling the world’s most urgent challenges. 

In celebration of the tenth anniversary of the blog, ten authors reflect on why social science research matters more than ever in light of current issues society faces.

Imagining a Better Future

9781137463449
Social science matters because it helps us make sense of the complex, interdependent, and uncertain world we live in, and because it offers resources for imagining and enacting better futures. Social science research illuminates the social conditions that make such creativity possible: how agency is exercised, how traditions are transformed, how people engage with one another and their environments to create change. Without these insights, we risk reproducing myths that disempower people and ignore their potential to shape society. 

By rethinking creativity socioculturally, we gain a deeper appreciation of everyday human agency and a clearer vision of how collective imagination and action can address the pressing challenges of our time. Read the blog 
 
Vlad Glăveanu, Professor of Psychology and Director of the DCU Centre for Possibility Studies, Dublin City University, Ireland

Exploring the ‘Why’ Behind Statistics

9783030042486
As a college student, I loved statistics. I liked the way hard numbers told a story. I could use statistics to inform people about the ways that societal ills plagued various communities. Right now, statistics are being used to deny opportunities to people who desperately want them. Political commentators cite statistics as weapons to identify people who should not be allowed to pursue the American Dream.

Hard data is not enough to help us understand the ways in which human communities unfold. Humans are complex and societies are layered with human error and achievement. The American story reflects complications and setbacks that can be explained through the study of social behavior.  Social science teaches us to explore the “why” behind the statistic. It explains the ways that societies work and do not work. Social science contributes to a thriving society. Read the blog 

Hope C. Rias, Bridgewater College, VA, USA

Opposing the Erosion of Democracy

9783030004972
In an increasing number of countries, we observe the political phenomenon known as backsliding, whereby the bases of democratic polity are being eroded through the actions of democratically-elected far-right politicians. 

Social sciences disciplines have been a kind of collateral damage in this far-rightward drift, as a growing number of universities around the world eliminate social sciences degree programmes and even entire departments and faculties. Meanwhile, far-right politicians have shown a propensity to pursue and attack social scientists, not least by denigrating their work and/or by cutting funding for their research.  

In such a climate, we need the social sciences more than ever because without them, we descend onto a dystopian world with no oppositional force to contest the forward thrust of far-right ideology and political action. Read the blog 

David Block, Honorary Professor of Sociolinguistics, Universitat Pompeu Fabra, Barcelona, Spain

Seeing Past the Headlines

14670
Social science research matters profoundly for understanding immigration policy because it helps us see past headlines and grasp how narratives are constructed.

The current controversy over “asylum seekers in hotels” illustrates the point. At first glance it appears to be about numbers and costs. But research shows the real driver is media amplification: a handful of cues (crisis, cost, control) reverberate between digital platforms, print, and broadcast outlets, hardening into the “common sense” of the moment. This dynamic burdens vulnerable people with responsibility for systemic policy failure. Social science provides evidence for rebalancing attention: amplifying first person voices, investing in better decision making, and creating safe and legal routes. With it, we gain the tools to design policies that are just, sustainable, and informed by context rather than spectacle. Read the blog 

Nasar Meer, Professor of Social and Political Science, University of Glasgow, UK

Dismantling Inequalities

9783030048525
In 2019, I wrote about an “activism of inclusion”, arguing that universities must dismantle systemic inequities. Six years on, the urgency of that claim has only intensified. In higher education, women represent the majority of staff but only 20% of full professors in the UK. Recent research demonstrates that even in institutions with gender equity awards, women experience silencing, disproportionate “academic housework” and inconsistent policy implementation, while gender‐washing creates the illusion of equality and fuels backlash from colleagues who perceive themselves as disadvantaged.     

Social science research matters now more than ever because it unmasks these contradictions, documents the lived effects of gendered regimes, and offers pathways for collective disruption. Without this work, universities risk reproducing the very inequalities they claim to dismantle. Read the blog  

Gail Crimmins, Associate Professor of Communication, University of the Sunshine Coast, Maroochydore, Australia

Promoting Education about Diversity

9781137400338
As researchers and educators who have been inhabiting contested terrain throughout our careers, we are not surprised when education becomes politicised. But we are surprised by the intensity and spread of the current attacks on social sciences and sexuality.

Neither social sciences nor sexuality education can hope to combat these attacks using logic and rationality because such debates are, at their heart, highly affective, transactional and political. Despite the attacks, sexuality education and social sciences continue. Governments desire to control them, to defund them, to ban them and remove academics and students who defend their disciplines. But sexuality and the social sciences are rhizomic, undisciplined and reliably ungovernable. While governments declare that there are only two genders, scientists, social media platforms, people of all ages and diverse embodiments across species and time tell us otherwise. Read the blog  

Mary Lou Rasmussen, Professor of Sociology, The Australian National University and Louisa Allen, Professor of Critical Studies in Education, University of Auckland, New Zealand

Acting as Lighthouses in Difficult Times

9783319419749
Social Scientists are in a unique position to speak truth to power both within and outside academia. The study of LGBTQIA+ rights, experiences, and identities represents a case in point to this regard. Social Scientists and activists have helped us to understand the social, political, and legal struggles of LGBTQIA+ persons, affording scholarly and cultural dignity to this heterogeneous constellation of groups and individuals.  

Social Scientists can act as ‘lighthouses’ of knowledge in sombre times: shedding light on the pressing global issues of our societies and building the collective confidence to challenge them both in our personal and public lives. Read the blog 

Francesca Romana Ammaturo, Senior Lecturer in Sociology and International Relations, London Metropolitan University, UK

Understanding Healthy Relationships with Technology

9783319567174
The rapid development of digital and mobile technologies means we need social sciences now more than ever to understand the impact of technological advances on our lives, relationships and personal wellbeing.

The social scientific notion of ‘affordances’ recognises that technology does not determine behaviour but affords certain possibilities that are taken up in different ways across communities. For example, messaging apps afford immediate and intimate communication between individuals who are physically apart, akin to chatting privately to a loved one in the same room. These design decisions tap into social pressures to be constantly available to friends and family – or ‘always on’. It is only through social science research that we can understand how people maintain healthy relationships and attend to their own wellbeing in a technologically advanced society, and design and deliver the necessary policy and support. Read the blog 

Caroline Tagg, Senior Lecturer in Applied Linguistics, The Open University, UK

Offering Foresight in Climate Change and Environmental Debt 

9783030533250
Natural science has definitively documented that contemporary climate change is caused by human activities, especially those based on fossil fuels.  Social science also matters to understand even a biophysical problem like climate change as well as possible solutions.    

Fossil fuel producing companies and countries are using their massive resources to drill, pump and frack, thereby transferring carbon from the ground where nature had safely stored it to the sky where it results in greenhouse gases and global warming.  Social scientists won a Nobel Prize for proposing a polluter-pays solution, namely pricing carbon pollution so that an environmental debt does not accumulate.  Pay more now upfront in gas prices, plane and cruise tickets, etc., for the pollution fossil fuels cause to avoid paying much more debt over the next century for the wildfires, floods, insurance premiums, etc., they also cause.  Without foresight, the choice is to discount danger, defer payment, prioritize short-term over long-term affordability and support short-sighted leaders. Read the blog 

Raymond Murphy, Emeritus Professor, School of Sociology and Anthropology, University of Ottawa, Canada

Fostering Critical Thinking and Freedom of Expression

9783030037031
We live in an increasingly complex, interconnected—yet divisive—world. Researchers face intense political and financial pressures from multiple directions: policy narratives, government initiatives, funders and funding availability, the rapid emergence of artificial intelligence, and the ongoing neoliberalisation of academic work. These forces wield considerable influence and, arguably, determine who gets to conduct research, what topics are explored, and for what purpose. This increasingly restricts individual autonomy, critical thinking, and freedom of expression. 

On one hand, social science research has been co-opted by big business and transformed into a competitive tool for shaping how we understand the world. It has the power to generate both innovative ideas and significant profits. On the other hand, it can become a mechanism of “cancel culture,” fostering self-censorship, silence, intolerance, and fear of dissent. Our challenge as social science researchers is to continue listening—and to ensure our voices are heard authentically. Read the blog 

Geetha Marcus, Senior Lecturer in Teacher Education, The University of Edinburgh, UK

Blog: Social Science Matters

9781137269928
Launched with the publication of the first edition of Why the Social Sciences Matter in 2015, the blog Social Science Matters marks Palgrave Macmillan’s commitment to championing original and authoritative research within the Social Sciences. 

It provides a platform for our researchers, commissioning editors and practitioners to discuss developments in the social science community and to promote research impact.

If you’d like to contribute, or suggest new topics, please get in touch

Take a closer look at these – and other – articles published on Social Science Matters and don’t miss the 2025 Palgrave Annual Lecture Series.

Related Content

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source!

How libraries and publishers are shaping the future of AI in research

T
The Link
By: undefined, Thu Nov 13 2025

Artificial intelligence (AI) is already transforming the way research is conducted, published, and discovered. Once seen as futuristic, it is now a driving force in scholarly communication. In a new report from Springer Nature, Perspectives on AI in scholarly communications: A discussion with libraries and publishing professionals, library leaders and publishing professionals share how AI is being used across the research ecosystem, what ethical considerations are emerging, and how collaboration can help ensure responsible implementation.

This blog summarises key insights from the report, offering reflections and examples from those working at the intersection of research, publishing and library services.

What can library perspectives tell us about AI?

Library professionals are uniquely positioned to reflect on the impact of AI within an academic setting, as they are not only experts in information discovery, but also increasingly guiding researchers in effective and ethical use of AI tools.

While quantitative data, such as usage statistics and survey results, can reveal broad trends in AI adoption, hearing directly from librarians brings greater depth and nuance to our understanding. These conversations offer a human lens on how AI is being experienced and implemented by those working on the front lines of scholarly communication and reveal learnings and considerations to support others within the community.

Our thanks go to the library staff who were interviewed for this report:

  • Letícia Antunes Nogueira, Head of Section Resources & Digital Service, Norwegian University of Science & Technology Library, Norway
  • Dr Santhosh KV, Deputy Director Research, Manipal Academy of Higher Education, India
  • Beth Montague-Hellen, Head of Library & Information Services, Francis Crick Institute, United Kingdom
  • Keith Webster, Dean of University Libraries and Director of Emerging and Integrative Media Initiatives, Carnegie Mellon University, United States of America

Researchers are already using AI and libraries and publishers are responding

AI tools are becoming embedded in the research lifecycle. A Springer Nature survey of over 2,000 researchers found that more than half have used AI to read or write research papers, and the vast majority (80%) plan to continue doing so. Across the interviews, three core areas emerged where AI is already delivering value.

  1. Enhancing information discovery: AI is transforming how researchers find and engage with scholarly content, through tools which help researchers find relevant literature faster and more intuitively. Libraries are seeing growing demand for platforms that offer summarisation, synthesis, and recommendation features. Letícia Antunes Nogueira noted that students increasingly expect AI-powered search tools: “We are seeing now, especially with students who are coming from high school, they have been used to searching using AI systems […] so these tools become ever more ubiquitous in making recommendations and finding literature.” Springer Nature is also investing in AI-driven discovery solutions to help researchers find the content they need, faster.
  2. Streamlining manual processes: AI is helping researchers and librarians save time on repetitive tasks, with a wide range use-cases including literature reviews, grant applications, data analysis, and coding support. In publishing, Springer Nature’s peer review platform Snapp uses AI to streamline manual processes such as finding a suitable journal to submit a paper, and matching manuscripts with suitable reviewers, improving the overall submission experience.
  3. Supporting research integrity: AI can also help safeguard the scholarly record. Chris Graf, Springer Nature’s Director of Research Integrity, described how large language models are being used to detect fake articles generated by paper mills and other types of suspicious submissions such AI-generated nonsense text, irrelevant references, and problematic images, but always with human oversight.

Ethical implementation: A shared responsibility

Whilst AI offers clear benefits, its implementation must be grounded in ethics, transparency, and collaboration. Interviewees highlighted several areas where librarians and publishers can lead the way.

  • Educating researchers: With AI tools becoming ubiquitous, libraries are playing a critical role in educating researchers about responsible use. Training programmes are evolving to include guidance on AI tools, helping users understand both their potential and their limitations. Santhosh KV stressed the importance of awareness: “Good or bad, [AI has] already penetrated in a large sense. So now the only thing is educating and creating awareness of what are the good things in terms of AI, what are the do-nots.” Publishers also have a role to play in educating researchers about their own AI guidelines and policies. Springer Nature’s AI Principles, fairness, transparency, accountability, privacy and minimising harm, offer a framework for ethical development and use, and can serve as a reference point for institutional policies.
  • Keeping humans in the loop: AI should augment human intelligence, not replace it. Across the board, contributors emphasised the importance of maintaining human oversight in research and publishing workflows. Critical thinking, judgement, and accountability remain essential, even as AI takes on more administrative tasks.
  • Ensuring data quality: The effectiveness of AI tools depends on the quality of the data they are trained on. Libraries and publishers alike are working to ensure that datasets are diverse, representative, and ethically sourced. Poor data leads to poor outcomes, and both sectors recognise the need for robust data governance.
  • Collaboration is key: Realising the full potential of AI requires collaboration across stakeholder groups. Publishers, libraries, and researchers each bring unique perspectives and when these are aligned, the results can be transformative. Libraries are engaging with researchers to understand their needs and working with publishers to co-create tools that serve the community. Keith Webster summarised: “Being able to represent some of the researcher needs we hope can help product development more broadly.”
  • AI for equity and accessibility: Interviewees all noted that AI has potential to democratise access to knowledge - for example, helping non-native English speakers write and consume research, and making research content more accessible to non-specialist audiences. However, this is only possible if AI tools are developed and reviewed responsibly, and all the considerations above are taken into account.

Beth Montague-Hellen noted: “I had quite a lot of hopes that it would help level the playing field […]” however that has not necessarily been the case.”

Libraries at the centre of AI innovation

AI is transforming scholarly communications, and libraries and publishers are central to ensuring it is done ethically, responsibly, and collaboratively. From improving discovery to safeguarding integrity, libraries have a unique opportunity to lead in this space.

As AI tools continue to evolve, the role of the library will evolve with them – not as passive adopters, but as active partners in innovation to shape the future of research. As Letícia Antunes Nogueira summed up: “AI doesn’t change the mission of libraries, but it does change the environment where knowledge is produced. That also gives us the opportunity to renew our role as a library in the university system.”

To read further insights from librarians and publishing professionals, including their visions and hopes for the future, read the full report, Perspectives on AI in scholarly communications.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Rethinking research assessment: Why null results matter

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Nov 11 2025

Researchers tell us they want credit for more of the work they do. In 2025, we published the results from two large-scale surveys on research assessment and the sharing of null results (where research outcomes did not confirm the desired hypothesis). Both white papers signpost what is holding back – or might drive forward – open science. Here, we show why updating research assessment is essential if we want more researchers to share rigorously conducted null results.

Open science practices are on the rise

The research landscape looks markedly different to a decade ago: research output is on the rise leading to many more articles being published each year; our author base is more diverse; and open science is gaining momentum. In 2024, 50% of Springer Nature’s primary research was published open access, with signs that open sharing is nearing a global tipping point

So, what drives open sharing? Over several years, our State of Open Data survey, conducted in partnership with Figshare and Digital Science, has pointed to lack of credit as an ongoing blocker. As Figshare’s founder, Mark Hahnel, explained in his blog, we need to be able to measure the impact of open data sharing, and we need to reward researchers for doing so. The same applies beyond data to methods, code, protocols, and null results. If we want researchers to share more of their outputs, we need to make it fit naturally with their existing workflows, in ways that can be measured and credited.

Measuring and rewarding open science 

Research assessment is an important incentive for open practices. Our State of Research Assessment survey found that researchers worldwide want to be evaluated against a wider range of contributions that are more reflective of the work that they do. They also want research evaluation to consider the impact that they make beyond metrics, taking into account interdisciplinarity, impact on society, internationality, and openness, for example. Yet 55% of respondents stated that their work was evaluated entirely or mostly using metrics, of which publication metrics, such as citations or article-level metrics, were most common.

This focus on traditional metrics – based on the research article – makes it harder to credit the contributions that underpin rigorous, reproducible science. These reward systems are too narrow, and an emphasis on high impact research with high numbers of citations inevitably means that there is less incentive to share outputs that don’t align with this metric. This includes null results.

Why null results matter 

Sharing all outcomes of research, including null results, is a core tenet of open science. Sharing null results increases transparency, improve rigour, and reduces the significant wastage of research budgets. In our State of Null Results white paper, nearly all researchers recognised the benefits of sharing null results: 72% reported positive outcomes from publishing a null result, and 68% had used null results shared by others to refine their own work. They told us that sharing null results can help lead to better hypotheses, more rigorous methods, and new inspiration for their research. Sharing these results also helps to advance science, saving researchers from spending time or resources on paths that have already been explored.

Researchers who published null results in a journal shared examples of ways they had benefitted.

Challenging the status quo and opening new directions: 

  • In medicine, one early career researcher commented how their publication “changed the false information held for many decades.”  
  • A biologist in Canada found that sharing nulls led to collaborations and “three back-to-back papers… the publication transformed null results into positive results.” 

Supporting methodological rigour: 

  • For another biologist, null results “helped other groups adjust their hypothesis and experimental approach,” and in another case, “opened a new research field.” 

Saved time and money: 

  • A Swiss team’s paper was “widely cited,” saving others “from spending time on unproductive methodologies.”  
  • An engineering researcher in Finland commented that a peer “cancelled a planned study” after reading their results.  

Benefits to research careers: 

  • 20% reported a positive career impact and 20% a reputation boost. 
  • 18% gained new collaborations with other research groups. 
  • 17% saw others attempt replication. 

Despite these positive benefits, only 68% of those who have generated null results have shared them in some form. Only 30% submitted them to a journal, despite this being seen as the most useful way to share them.

The perception-reality gap 

For many, our survey showed that fear of rejection was a major factor holding researchers back from submitting to journals, along with low familiarity with journals that proactively accept this type of paper (like the Discover journals). Fear of negative consequences and low awareness of institutional or funder support are other factors.

There is a real gap here between perception and behaviour. Sharing null results is seen as highly beneficial, but researchers are not being incentivised to do so. Assessment reform can narrow these gaps.

Reforming research assessment is key to supporting null results 

The focus on traditional article or journal-level metrics is a key factor in the low sharing of null results in journals. When promotion, hiring and funding all reward high-impact positive advances, there is a lack of incentive to document or share foundational or incremental findings. Yet null results are essential in an inclusive and rigorous research culture. Broadening out evaluation criteria to consider null results is key to delivering open science, enabling all rigorous research, regardless of outcome, to be shared. 

A reform of research assessment could help to reward all rigorous work, including null results. Publishing these in peer-reviewed journals offers the most optimal way to globally share, evaluate, and reward these findings. 

What research assessments could recognise 

Open science practices advance rigorous, trustworthy science. If we continue to only recognise and reward novelty and citation, researchers will continue to deprioritise null results, even when they acknowledge the value in sharing them. A reform of research assessment could help to reward all rigorous work, including null results. Publishing these in peer-reviewed journals offers the most optimal way to globally share, evaluate, and reward these findings.  

For a deeper dive into the full analysis and recommendations, we invite you to read the white papers The State of Null Results and The State of Research Assessment

Related content:

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source!

Reflections on 25 Years in Open Access: From niche model to publishing standard

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Mon Nov 10 2025

This piece was originally published by Research Information on 24th October 2025. Syndicated here with permission

When I first stepped into the world of open access (OA) publishing the landscape looked very different.  I was one of the early employees at the new ‘startup’ BioMed Central (BMC) (the first commercial OA publisher) in the early 2000’s, and at that time, OA was very much a fringe concept. Whilst OA has a longer history than 25 years – the first major OA repository for preprints was launched in 1991 (arXiv) – in the early 2000’s OA was still a model very much in its infancy and we spent a lot of time explaining what it was, advocating for its value, and building awareness. Whilst people ‘got’ the ethos of OA and the benefits for researchers/ research, it was met with scepticism. Was it vanity publishing? Could OA be scalable, could it be trusted?

I still remember to this day the whiteboard we had in the office where we would track article submissions – reaching 30 felt like such a milestone! The growth in OA and awareness started to change in the early 2000s with initiatives such as The Budapest Open Access Initiative (BOAI) which formally defined OA and called for global action and The Bethesda Statement and Berlin Declaration which further solidified OA principles and in 2005 when the Wellcome Trust introduced its OA policy with funding.Support for the new model still took a while. In 2004, globally the percentage of OA articles was under 4% (31,486 OA articles) of research output for that year, and now the market is at around 50% (48.1%) with around 1.4million+ OA papers published in 2024 [1]  — a milestone that reflects not just a shift in publishing models, but a transformation in how the world values and shares research. For me, this isn’t just a statistic. It’s a moment to reflect on the journey, the progress we’ve made – as a community - and the work still ahead.


A Snapshot of Progress

Today, OA is no longer a niche initiative — it’s the dominant publishing model. It is no longer a fringe concept it is a reality and the future of publishing. It is also not just about access to articles. It’s part of a broader shift toward open science: making all parts of the research lifecycle — from data to methods to peer review — more transparent, reusable, and impactful.

The 50% OA milestone in the market, is a powerful signal of this transformation. It shows that a sustainable and effective OA transition is possible — but it also reminds us that there’s no single path to get there. Instead, it takes a combination of levers, collaboration, and adaptability.

Our latest OA report offers a compelling view of the momentum behind OA. Articles published in fully OA journals at Springer Nature receive an average of 6.3 citations—higher than those from mixed-model or other pure OA publishers. Downloads of OA book and journal content rose by over 31% in 2024, reflecting growing engagement across disciplines and regions.

What’s particularly encouraging is the global reach. Downloads of OA content increased by 21% in lower-middle-income countries and 14% in low-income countries. These figures highlight the expanding accessibility of research and the growing participation of researchers worldwide in the OA ecosystem.

The growth of our OA portfolio has also been significant. Sixty-eight new fully OA journals were launched last year, and our full OA portfolio now accounts for 73% of our OA primary research output. We saw a 31% increase in OA articles published, with particularly strong growth in India—a sign of the increasing demand for open publishing options in emerging research economies.


Scaling through collaboration

Transformative agreements (TAs) have been one of the most effective tools for scaling OA. They provide a structured, scalable way to support researchers and institutions in making the transition.

We have seen great growth in TAs over the last ten years, starting within Europe, but quickly expanding globally - our signed agreements including US, Mexico, Colombia, South Africa, Egypt, Portugal, Greece, Japan and Australia.

As our latest OA report has shown, 82% of OA articles in our hybrid journals were published via TAs in 2024, with some countries seeing up to 70% OA uptake in the first year of their agreements. In South Africa and Slovenia, OA publishing in the humanities and social sciences increased by over 600% in the first year of their agreements — a powerful example of how TAs can support OA publishing across disciplines.

While TAs have no doubt accelerated the shift to OA, they do come with challenges. The global transition does remains uneven, ensuring equity is critical—particularly for researchers in underfunded regions—and disciplinary imbalances can limit impact. TAs should not be seen as a one size fits all approach, they need to be tailored to reflect local contexts and funding structures and ensure that they support that region with the pace and scale of a transition that works for them.

In Japan, our TA expanded from 10 to 60 universities in just two years, resulting in over 2,400 OA articles. In the US, new partnerships are helping to accelerate uptake. These kinds of results show what’s possible when adaptation is put front and centre and when funders, institutions, and publishers work together.


Equity remains a key focus

Despite great progress within OA, it would amiss to not note that disparities in funding, infrastructure, and support still persist. These all have an impact on the equity of OA and are a longer thread to address. Whilst strong steps have been taken in terms of waivers, adaptation of models such as TAs and experimentation with regional pricing models. And the growth of OA globally demonstrates this is having some positive impact, they’re not enough on their own

A truly equitable OA future will require ongoing collaboration across the research ecosystem — publishers, funders, institutions, and researchers — to ensure that all voices can be heard and all research can be shared.


Infrastructure and the ecosystem  

OA continues to evolve, and with it, the infrastructure that supports scholarly publishing must evolve too. Technology and innovation are a critical part of this next phase.

At Springer Nature, we’re investing heavily in technology—over €470 million since 2021—to deliver faster, smarter, and more integrated experiences for researchers, reviewers, and editors. From launching Snapp, our peer review platform, to acquiring protocols.io and expanding early sharing tools, we continue to invest in and develop a support system for authors to support, and scale up, for the growth in OA publishing.

Innovation, however, must go hand in hand with trust and always with a human at the centre. OA must also mean open, reliable, and high-quality research. That includes investing in research integrity, peer review, transparency and AI-powered tools that support authors and reviewers alike– as maintaining trust in science has never been more important.


The work ahead – collaboration is key

Reaching over 50% OA across the sector is a milestone—but it’s not the finish line. The path to the next 50% will be faster, not just because of the infrastructure we’ve built, but because of the collective experience we’ve gained. Yet, ensuring the path to OA is sustainable and scalable for everyone, requires more than infrastructure—it demands genuine collaboration and adaptability.

Every country, institution, and community has its own pace, priorities, and challenges. It is not about a top-down approach and expecting everyone to join that same path, it is about working with our customers, with our communities, with regional funders and institutions and ensuring that what is put in place is right for them.

We are all working towards the same goal, but growth in OA is about recognising that each region is on a different journey to that same destination.


Final thoughts

OA has been part of my (and Springer Nature’s) DNA for over 20 years. When BMC was acquired by Springer Nature it felt like a great validation for what we were doing - OA was something worth investing in and was going to be viable and scalable. Moving into Springer Nature and being part of some of the great OA milestones we have had - flipping Nature Communications to OA, signing the first ever TA in 2015, reaching our 50% of primary research articles published OA  - we’ve consistently pushed boundaries and worked with our community to ensure that all those who want to publish OA and benefit from the reach and engagement it brings, can do so. These milestones weren’t just strategic—they were driven by a belief in the power of openness to accelerate discovery and solve global challenges.

After more than two decades in this space, I’m more convinced than ever that OA is not just the future of publishing — it’s the foundation for a more connected, collaborative, and impactful research ecosystem. Research has a pivotal role to play in addressing the most pressing issues facing society—from climate change to public health to social equity. Ensuring that research is accessible, reusable, and built upon is essential to getting it into the hands of those who can act on it.

The journey to increased OA share across the market, has shown that transformation is possible when we work together, stay flexible, and keep equity at the centre. As the theme of this year’s B17 conference reminded us, transformation rests on the shoulders of many — not the few.


[1] This data has been pulled from Web of Science InCites and reflects both article and reviews across fully OA and hybrid OA journals.

Why librarians should champion null results in research publishing

T
The Link
By: undefined, Mon Nov 10 2025

Librarians are well placed to lead the way in promoting transparency and advancing robust research practices. Findings that are null, inconclusive or unexpected can be an essential step on the path to knowledge. Researchers benefit from sharing these outcomes, and institutions gain from supporting open and responsible reporting. Springer Nature’s new white paper, The state of null results (2025), reveals what researchers think, what influences their publishing decisions, and where libraries can make the biggest difference. This post distils key insights and turns them into practical actions you can take on your campus.

The value of null results in advancing research

One thing I try to emphasise in our Nature Masterclasses workshops is that null results aren’t bad results; bad results come from poor design, inappropriate methods or uncalibrated equipment. In other words, they are not valid, trustworthy or reproducible. As long as trained researchers are using the right study design with the appropriate techniques being done under the right conditions on calibrated equipment, all the results are good. Some will be positive, and others will be null, but they are all valid, trustworthy and reproducible.

Furthermore, null results reduce research waste. If researchers know that a certain experiment will not work because it has been shared, then they will not waste their time, money and resources attempting to do it. And if researchers know what doesn’t work, it can inspire new innovative approaches to address that problem, null results can stimulate new ideas and hypotheses.

Another important role for null results not discussed in the white paper is their value in systematic reviews. Systematic reviews, which are common in medicine and some disciplines in social sciences, aim to synthesise all the results related to a specific research question, for example, the efficacy of a new treatment for a disease. But if those conducting systematic reviews can only find positive results, because the null results are not shared, that can significantly skew the conclusion of the article and possibly have a negative impact on public health.

Because these are all core values in responsible research communication, it is not surprising that in Springer Nature’s global survey (11,000+ researchers across 166 countries), 53% reported generating null results and 98% recognised their value. Among those who published null results, common benefits included inspiring new hypotheses or methods, identifying methodological issues and preventing duplication.

However, there’s a clear intent–action gap: 85% believe sharing null results is important, but only 68% of those who generated them shared them in any form, and just 30% submitted to a journal. Experiences were largely positive (reported by 72% of those who published), though a minority (20%) faced negative consequences. These realities underscore why proactive library support can change behaviours and outcomes.

How librarians help overcome researcher hesitation

The white paper identifies four consistent barriers that limit the sharing of null results. Understanding these challenges can help librarians tailor support and outreach more effectively:

  • Concerns about bias and reputational impact
  • Uncertainty around where and how to submit
  • Doubts about journal acceptance
  • A broader lack of institutional support and incentives

Awareness is particularly low: only 15% of respondents knew of journals that actively encourage null-result submissions. These concerns are echoed by participants in our Nature Masterclasses workshops as well. Notably, willingness to publish null results is similar across career stages and fields, though it can vary by region. For example, while 75% of researchers in the UK were likely to share null results, this drops to 35% amongst researchers in China. These differences can be useful information when tailoring outreach.

Another concern for many researchers are the metrics that institutions use to evaluate research performance (either for hiring or promotions). As these metrics are often influenced more by positive results rather than null results in publications (in terms of citations), again researchers feel pressured to prioritize their positive results. As mentioned in a post on metrics literacy, while metrics can provide a quantitative evaluation, they miss the broader contribution to the field or society. Therefore, institutions may also consider using a qualitative approach in research assessment to evaluate this broader contribution (“prevention of research waste”, for example).

How librarians support transparent publishing

The barriers to publishing null results are clear, but so are the opportunities for librarians to make a difference. From language choices to publishing guidance, here are four practical ways to support researchers and promote more transparent research practices:

  • Use inclusive language: We recommend that librarians adopt terminology like “null, negative or inconclusive results” to help normalize these outcomes and reduce stigma. Avoid framing them as ‘bad results’, instead highlight their value in reducing research waste, generating new hypotheses and improving reproducibility. In workshops and guidance materials, mirror this language and lead with benefits. Openly sharing such findings also helps build trust in the research community, which can foster new collaborative opportunities.
  • Clarify publishing pathways: Many researchers are unsure where to submit their null findings. Librarians can help by curating a concise “venues & formats” resource that lists article types, such as Registered Reports, Data Notes and Methods/Protocol papers and journals that explicitly welcome null results. Sharing methods and protocols separately from full articles can be especially impactful. As highlighted in an article on open method sharing, one researcher noted that while their protocol was cited 200 times in academic literature, the same protocol shared on protocols.io has been accessed over 30,000 times.
  • Demystify journal options: Springer Nature publishes inclusive journals that welcome all in-scope, technically sound research following rigorous peer review. These are ideal venues for null results and descriptive or data-centric studies. Examples include Scientific Reports, BMC Research Notes, the Discover series, and Cureus. Including these in librarian guidance can help researchers feel more confident about where to publish.
  • Connect to research assessment reform: Researchers often worry that publishing null results won’t be recognized or rewarded. Librarians can use their channels to amplify conversations around responsible metrics and open science and point to institutional policies that support transparency. Currently, only 38% of researchers are aware of such support, whether in the form of guidelines, policies, or access to repositories, so signposting these resources can make a real difference.

Five ways librarians promote null result sharing

Librarians can play a key role in shifting researcher culture around null results. Whether through training, guidance or recognition, these activities help normalize transparency and make it easier for researchers to share all outcomes:

  1. Run a seminar on the importance of null results: These can be institution-wide or targeted to departments with low sharing rates and should address common concerns researchers have.
  2. Publish a short campus guide: Show where and how to submit null results, including suitable article types and inclusive journal options with librarian contact for advice.
  3. Create a recognition pathway: If appropriate, map how null-result outputs can ‘count’ in internal evaluations or open science recognition.
  4. Offer rapid “submission triage” clinics: 15-minute librarian consults to check journal fit, article type, data citation, and transparency statements.
  5. Track and showcase impact: Curate local case studies where sharing null results improved methods, prevented duplication or sparked collaborations.

Shifting the culture around null results doesn’t happen overnight, but it starts with clear and practical steps. When librarians create space for open conversations, offer targeted support and make publishing pathways visible, they help embed transparency into the everyday rhythm of research. The insights from The state of null results: Insights from 11,000 researchers on negative or inconclusive results offer a strong foundation for this work. We thank the authors and all the researchers who contributed their perspectives to this important conversation.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Palgrave Macmillan Celebrates 25 Years: The Story of Why Social Science Matters

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Mon Nov 10 2025

Palgrave Editors Beth Farrow and Clelia Petracca join host Milana Vernikova to discuss Palgrave’s Social Science Matters campaign    

Since its inception in 2015, Social Science Matters has grown into a dynamic platform for interdisciplinary dialogue, global collaboration, and public engagement. As the campaign marks its 10th anniversary—and Palgrave celebrates 25 years—this interview retraces its evolution, from its roots in Palgrave’s mission to support critical, evidence-based research, to its role today in amplifying the voices of scholars tackling the world’s most urgent challenges. 

Looking back to the beginning of the Social Science Matters campaign and blog, what can you tell us about the original vision for the campaign and how it aligned with Palgrave’s broader mission at the time?

The Social Science Matters campaign was launched in 2015, alongside the publication of Why the Social Sciences Matter—a book produced in collaboration with the UK’s Academy of Social Sciences. The campaign was rooted in the belief that the social sciences are essential to understanding and addressing the world’s most complex challenges. From the outset, it deliberately sought to foster dialogue between and beyond social science disciplines, challenging the notion that the social sciences and STEM sciences are in opposition and highlighting how they are crucially dependent on one another.

How have global, social, and political shifts over the past decade shaped the trajectory of the campaign and the editorial vision within Palgrave?

Over the past decade, the campaign has evolved in response to major global shifts—from the rise of populism and the climate crisis to the COVID-19 pandemic and movements for racial and social justice. Social Science Matters has become a space where authors and editors engage with timely issues, connecting academic research with real-world challenges.   

The articles, talks, Q&As, and podcasts featured in the campaign not only reflect these broader changes but have, in some cases, actively informed our publishing strategy. Eleni Kakoullis and Kelley Johnson’s article advocating for inclusive research practices that centre the voices of people with intellectual disabilities highlights an approach that has directly shaped our new publishing efforts in this field. Other contributions have similarly inspired our editorial thinking, leading to the launch of dedicated book lists in gender studies, migration studies, science and technology studies, and disability studies—areas where scholarly momentum and insights from the campaign have driven our response.  

The campaign plays a key role in keeping our publishing rooted in the latest developments and concerns of research communities that we serve. Some timely recent examples include articles on educating in the age of misinformation, the challenges and opportunities of digital transformation for developing countries, and the impact of funding cuts to Tribal colleges.

The campaign aims to break down disciplinary and geographic silos and speak to the complex challenges societies face—what is an example of cross-collaboration fostered through Social Science Matters?

A key example of cross-collaboration fostered through Social Science Matters is its long-standing partnership with organisations such as the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) and the Academy of Social Sciences, including their Campaign for Social Science. These collaborations have brought together researchers, policymakers, and institutions across disciplines and borders to spotlight the role of the social sciences in addressing global challenges—from inequality and climate change to public health and digital transformation.

Can you share any memorable milestones from the early days of the campaign that still resonate today?

One key milestone was our first event for the Festival of Social Science back in 2017. In collaboration with the Economic and Social Research Council we put together a panel and reception at the Royal Society in London hosted by BBC Radio presenter Laurie Taylor. This event helped establish Social Science Matters as a platform for public engagement and interdisciplinary exchange.  

Another foundational milestone was the author and reader survey conducted in the early stages of the campaign, which gathered insights from over 500 social scientists. This consultative approach—combined with feedback collected via postcards at conferences—helped shape the campaign’s direction. The survey revealed a strong appetite for interdisciplinary dialogue, a desire for greater visibility of social science research, and a need to better articulate the real-world impact of the field. These findings directly informed the campaign’s shift from asking why social science matters to showing how it does—through storytelling, impact case studies, and timely commentary.  

Since then, we’ve sought to expand the campaign’s international reach. Today, we’re proud that readers in India and Singapore are among the top five readers of the article hub, alongside the US, UK, and Australia—evidence of the campaign’s growing global resonance.  

A lasting example of this impact is the enduring popularity of a 2015 article by Gino d’Oca, then editor of Palgrave’s first open-access journal, Palgrave Communications. His piece remains one of the most-read on the platform and reflects the campaign’s role in surfacing emerging research trends. Gino’s progression to Editor-in-Chief of Humanities and Social Sciences Communications at Nature also highlights the importance of editorial leadership in building trusted scholarly communities.

What does the next decade and beyond of Social Science Matters look like? How can it continue to support and amplify transformative research?

As the social sciences face mounting political and institutional challenges, the next phase will focus on strengthening its role as a bridge between scholarship, policy, and public discourse. It will continue to champion interdisciplinary, inclusive, and policy-relevant research—while expanding its reach through new formats, international partnerships, and a focus on underrepresented voices and emerging fields. At a time when trust in science is in jeopardy, the campaign marks our ongoing commitment to rigorous research and acknowledges our role as a publisher in making evidence-based insights accessible to the wider public.   

The recent publication of Why the Social Sciences Matter: More than Ever is a defining moment in the campaign’s evolution. While the first edition responded to the aftermath of the 2008 financial crisis and the Arab Spring, the new edition reflects a dramatically changed world—one shaped by the COVID-19 pandemic, climate breakdown, racial justice movements, and the rise of AI. It also features contributions from a new generation of scholars alongside established voices, signalling a broader, more globally engaged and future-facing vision for the social sciences.

As we reflect on 25 years of Palgrave and mark the publication of the new edition, we invite you to join the conversation by signing up for the 2025 Palgrave Annual Lecture series, a space that convenes thought leaders and emerging voices to share fresh perspectives on these issues and much more

Related Content

India’s global research impact: What editors and publishers need to know

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Nov 5 2025

India is emerging as a key contributor in volume and quality to global research and publishing. In the second report of the Global Research Pulse series, we explore India’s maturing and increasingly influential research environment and offer insights to editors on how to better assess this research. Get a taste of what’s in the report, from research publication data to insights on how to identify research excellence.

A_what-editors-and-publishers-need-to-know-india_600x340px © Springernature 2025

The globalisation of research is accelerating. In Springer Nature’s Global Research Pulse series, we share insights and tools to support editors in this rapidly evolving and diverse landscape. The second report in the series focuses on India’s journey to attain high quality global research impact with a detailed assessment of sub-disciplinary research quality.  

It explores the strategic investments, institutional reforms, and international collaborations India has undertaken that have enabled it to achieve this status. To support editors in navigating India’s large and diverse research landscape, in the report we also share sources for identifying research excellence in India.  

This report on India joins the first report in the series which analyses China’s steady improvement in research quality and offers insights on effective engagement with it. We believe that it is best practice for academic publishing to reflect the evolving global research landscape, and aim to empower editors and publishers to engage with emerging and influential research systems across the globe. 

India’s growth in publication volume as well as quality and impact  

Research from India is the second-largest source of submissions to Springer Nature journals, and globally, India is the third-highest contributor to research. Looking at total article count, India is the second-fastest-growing nation, having increased its research output almost six-fold over the last decade and a half. 

In the report, we show that this growth is not limited to publication volume. The impact and quality of India’s research are steadily increasing, and India has strong representation in internationally respected journals. It is the third-highest contributor to the top 10% highly cited articles, and ranks among the top three nations for high-impact research in applied, physical, and life sciences. Indeed, nearly 70% of all articles are published in the top 50% of journals across all subject areas. 

Facilitating the growth of Indian research publications: Exploring strategies and policies 

India is emerging as a global research player, exhibiting growth in volume and quality of research output. In the report, we discuss the strategies and policies that facilitate this growth: 

  • Investments into research and development (R&D) While India has been increasing its R&D spending over the past three decades, it remains low overall compared to the size of its economy. But its relatively low private sector involvement in this spending suggests that there is room for further quality growth as R&D expands. 
  • Strengthening international collaboration International collaboration is increasing, with the highest number of papers co-authored with researchers from the United States, Saudi Arabia, United Kingdon, China, and South Korea, and are seen to be delivering impact.  
  • Supporting higher education Higher education development strategies and policies encourage science and technology education, from school level and beyond, and support the higher education ecosystem long term. 
  • National commitment to open access India's One Nation One Subscription (ONOS) initiative provides Indian researchers access to academic publications and enables them to benefit from publishing their work open access. 
  • Upholding research integrity A national focus on research excellence and policies aligned with international norms have meant that India’s significant growth in research volume has not been matched by major research integrity concerns. 

Navigating the Indian research landscape: How editors can identify research excellence  

With a large and diverse research landscape, identifying research excellence can be challenging to editors. In the report, we share sources that editors can use to identify research excellence across India, to support them in engaging with this important contributor to research.  

We introduce formal rankings and explain how they can be useful in comparing institutions internationally. Because institutions in India often have a disciplinary specialty, we cover also rankings for individual disciplines, as well as other publishing tools to explore institutions by specific disciplines.  

Empowering editors to promote diversity and quality 

Equipped with data and tools, editors and publishers can be a driving force in making the publishing landscape inclusive and representative of the communities it serves.  

In the second Global Research Pulse report, we show India’s growing and diverse research landscape, which contributes valuable research across disciplines. The information and insights we share in the report serve to empower editors to engage with it.  

By understanding the Indian research landscape and its growth, and knowing how to tap into quality research emerging from India, editors can diversify their content while maintaining high standards. This can encourage collaboration and knowledge exchange, which ultimately benefits the global research ecosystem. 

Read the full report Global Research Pulse: India to learn more about India’s research landscape and how you can best engage with it.


Related Content 

Why are proceedings so important in computer science?

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Nov 4 2025

Understanding how conference proceedings are selected and published offers helpful context for anyone working in computer science research, publishing or library services. Ronan Nugent is the Editorial Director for Computer Science Proceedings at Springer Nature, where he oversees one of the most active proceedings programs in the field. His team publishes around 1000 volumes each year, including the well-known Lecture Notes in Computer Science (LNCS) series. Ronan collaborates closely with conference organizers, editorial boards, and partner societies to ensure each volume meets high standards of quality, visibility and impact. He also contributes to broader publishing strategies that support the evolving needs of the global computer science community.

Editor’s note: Originally published in March 2020, this foundational piece remains one of our most-read articles as we continue to explore the evolving role of scholarly content in computer science. We’ve refreshed it slightly and added new perspectives from Ronan Nugent, Springer Nature’s Editorial Director for Computer Science Proceedings. Ronan succeeds Aliaksandr Birukou, who previously led the program and is now Vice-President Journals at Springer Nature.

In this post, we explore why conference proceedings are increasingly important in disciplines such as computer science, and how they continue to play a critical role in supporting researchers and advancing the field.

What are conference proceedings exactly?

Conference proceedings play a central role in computer science publishing. They typically include original research papers, either full or short, that have been peer reviewed by the conference’s program committee. Most use single- or double-blind review, though some communities are beginning to explore open or transparent peer review, which is still relatively new.

Proceedings are valued for their speed and visibility. They allow researchers to share their findings quickly, which is especially important in fast-moving areas like AI and cybersecurity. In fact, in many subfields, top-tier proceedings are considered just as prestigious and just as citable as journals.

Most conferences aim to publish their proceedings before the event, so the research is available and citable right away. Others may publish afterward, giving authors a chance to revise their work based on feedback from the conference itself.

"In some areas of computer science, top conference proceedings carry more prestige than journals." - Ronan Nugent, Editorial Director for Computer Science Proceedings at Springer Nature

Springer Nature’s dedicated publishing editors work closely with conference scientific committees and trusted partner societies to select conferences for publication. We look at the conference’s scope, the people involved, its history and the quality of its peer review process.

Why are proceedings so important in computer science?

In a field where innovation moves quickly, conference proceedings help researchers keep pace. They provide a platform for sharing new ideas early, often ahead of journal publication timelines. This makes them especially valuable for fast-evolving areas like machine learning, cybersecurity, and data science.

Proceedings also offer something journals often don’t: immediate peer feedback and community exposure. Presenting at a conference gives researchers the chance to refine their work through discussion and collaboration.

And importantly, proceedings are indexed and widely cited, making them a lasting and visible part of the scholarly record. For many computer scientists, proceedings are a preferred and respected destination for publishing impactful research.

How do proceedings compare to journals? To better understand their role, here’s a quick comparison of proceedings and journals in the context of computer science:

Feature

Proceedings

Journals

Speed

Fast publication, often pre-conference

Slower, with multiple review rounds

Peer Review

Yes (single/double-blind; some exploring open)

Yes (often more extensive and iterative)

Prestige (in CS)

High in many subfields

Varies by journal and discipline

Accessibility

Conference-based; sometimes bundled with registration

Subscription-based or open access

Format

Full or short papers; often limited to 6–12 pages

Typically, longer, more detailed studies

Revision Cycles

Limited or post-conference updates

Multiple rounds of revision and resubmission

Audience

Conference attendees, researchers, and increasingly practitioners, fast-moving fields

Also, broad academic and institutional readership

Indexing & Citations

Indexed in major databases; widely cited in CS

Indexed; citation impact varies by journal

Networking Value

High when linked to live presentations and discussions

Lower, publication is separate from events

This comparison highlights why proceedings are so central to the discipline, they combine speed, rigor and visibility, making them a powerful tool for researchers and institutions alike.

"Conference proceedings are where the pulse of computer science is most visible. They capture the energy of live discussion, the speed of innovation and the depth of peer-reviewed research, all in one place." Ronan Nugent, Editorial Director for Computer Science Proceedings at Springer Nature

In which disciplines do researchers publish in conference proceedings?

Conference proceedings play a major role in several research fields, especially those where timely dissemination and community feedback are essential. To understand where proceedings are most widely used, we can look at data from two sources: Scopus and Springer Nature’s own platform, Springer Nature Link.

Scopus provides extensive coverage of conference literature, including proceedings published within journals or edited volumes. The following figures show how many conference papers were indexed across key disciplines in 2024:

  • Computer Science: 341,020
  • Engineering: 275,806
  • Physics and Astronomy: 136,179
  • Mathematics: 155,171
  • Materials Science: 55,964

Note: Scopus often assigns a single paper to multiple subject areas. For example, many computer science papers are also categorized under engineering or mathematics.

Here’s the distribution of proceedings research papers published in 2025 in Springer Nature Link according to eBook package:

  • Computer Science: 28,440
  • Intelligent Technologies, 18,167
  • Engineering: 17,627
  • Mechanical Engineering, 4,261
  • Artificial Intelligence 2,698
  • Earth and Environmental Science: 2,186
  • Mathematics and Statistics: 2,114

Across both datasets, computer science and engineering consistently lead in conference proceedings volume, with mathematics, physics and emerging fields like intelligent technologies and artificial intelligence also making significant contributions. This reinforces the idea that proceedings are especially important in fields where research moves quickly, and where conferences serve as key venues for sharing new ideas.

Why do conference proceedings matter so much in computer science?

Unlike many other fields where journals are the primary outlet, computer science researchers often prefer conferences because they allow for faster dissemination and more immediate engagement with the global research community. An analysis of Scopus data from 2012 to 2016 showed that 63% of original research in computer science was published in conference proceedings, while only 37% appeared in journals.

This tradition has historical roots. As Lance Fortnow noted in a Communications of the ACM article, computer science developed as a new discipline in the 1950s, and its publishing practices evolved independently. Conferences quickly became the main venue for presenting new work, offering fast peer review and opportunities for in-person discussion. Over time, publishers and societies began formally publishing these proceedings, recognizing their value. For example, the ACM Distinguished Service Award in 2013 honored the founding editors of the Lecture Notes in Computer Science (LNCS) series for their contributions to this model.

Participating in conferences, whether by presenting, reviewing, or serving on committees, can also support career development. In recognition of the importance of proceedings, Crossref and DataCite launched a Working Group in 2018 to improve how conference outputs are tracked and cited, including the use of Persistent Conference IDs and CrossMark.

Here are some notable conference series in computer science, covering areas such as medical imaging, cryptology, data mining, and computer vision:

What does this mean for librarians?

For librarians working with computer science communities, conference proceedings represent a valuable and strategic resource. Their role in scholarly communication continues to grow, offering unique benefits that complement traditional journal literature.

  • Including proceedings in computer science collections ensures researchers have access to timely, peer-reviewed work from leading conferences where the most current ideas are first presented.
  • Usage and citation data can help demonstrate the impact of proceedings, supporting informed decisions around acquisition and collection development.
  • With a clear understanding of how proceedings function, especially their speed, visibility, and prestige, librarians are well-positioned to guide researchers and students in discovering relevant content and choosing appropriate publication venues.

As research workflows evolve, librarians play a key role in ensuring that proceedings remain accessible, discoverable and aligned with the needs of their academic communities.

"Proceedings are where computer science research often begins. For librarians, recognizing their value means ensuring researchers have access to the ideas shaping the field in real time." - Ronan Nugent, Editorial Director for Computer Science Proceedings at Springer Nature

Proceedings are a cornerstone of Springer Nature’s Computer Science eBook Collection, offering fast, high-quality access to the latest research from leading conferences around the world. They play a vital role in how researchers stay current, particularly in fast-moving fields, and are especially valuable for early-career researchers looking to build visibility and connections. As open access continues to evolve in computer science, proceedings also offer flexible publishing options that support broader dissemination.

You can learn more about how researchers use conference content, the evolving role of open access in the field, and how we support early-career researchers. Visit the eBook Collections page for more information about the different subject collections.

About Ronan Nugent
P_Ronan Nugent 140x140 © Springer Nature 2025

Ronan Nugent is the Editorial Director for Computer Science Proceedings at Springer Nature. Based in Heidelberg, he leads the development and management of the key conference series Lecture Notes in Computer Science (LNCS) and plays a central role in the rapid dissemination of research across the computer science community.

Ronan works closely with conference organizers, editors and researchers to uphold high editorial standards and ensure timely publication. His efforts support the visibility and impact of conference-based research in areas such as AI, data science, cybersecurity, and software engineering. He also contributes to initiatives to develop integrity processes suitable for the paradigm.

Related content

OA agreement stories: University Lumière Lyon 2, France

T
The Link
By: undefined, Mon Nov 3 2025

What does the day-to-day management of an open access (OA) agreement look like from a librarian’s perspective? This blog series introduces you to librarians and those in charge of implementing Springer Nature OA agreements from various research institutions. They share their experiences and offer insights into how OA agreements affect their work, the library, and the researchers they serve. 

In this edition of the series, an E-resource manager at the University Lumière Lyon 2, part of the Couperin-Springer transformative agreement (TA) in France, shares their insights into working with this partial coverage agreement. 

What is a partial coverage transformative agreement?   

The Couperin-Springer TA is one of many partial coverage TAs at Springer Nature. It offers researchers in 49 academic institutions in France full access to the Springer portfolio of journals, as well as enabling them to publish OA in Springer, Palgrave, and Adis hybrid journals.    

Partial coverage means that the allocation of articles within the TA only covers part of the expected publishing volume from participating institutions. This model helps librarians and their institutions to support the growth of OA through a TA, but can provide some obstacles in determining which articles will get the financial support available. This decision often sits with Approval Managers within the institutions or the consortia as a whole.    

Thanks for coming on the blog! Can you tell us a bit about yourself and your role in the library?  

I work at Lyon 2 Lumière University Libraries in France as an E-resource manager. I live in Lyon, and I love cycling, hiking, and listening to independent rock.  

I started out as a library technician in cataloguing, then went on to train students in information skills. I then joined the library's IT department and became administrator of the Koha ILS. Since 2022, wishing to return to more library-oriented missions, I have been in charge of electronic documentation for the university's libraries. 

“Since the university joined the Couperin-Springer TA, I have more interaction with the research department, the open science service, and the teaching researchers, who need to be kept informed of their opportunities to publish OA under the agreements.” 

What does a typical workday look like for you? 

I always start and end my days checking the calendar and reading emails, and saying “hello” in the morning and “bye bye” at the end.😉 

My job is a cross-disciplinary one, and I work with a lot of people from different departments within the library and the university. The team to which I belong is made up of around ten people, but I work a lot with two of them.   

On any given day, I help researchers in their search for documentation, and support them by resolving problems and questions regarding online access. This is what I most enjoy about my work.   

Another part of my work includes collecting statistics, prospecting for new resources, and managing the budget, administrative, and legal aspects for the institution. 

What kind of interactions and inquiries do you have related to the agreement, and how do you stay informed to be able to provide support to your researchers on this?   

Since the university joined the Couperin-Springer TA, I have more interaction with the research department, the open science service, and the teaching researchers, who need to be kept informed of their opportunities to publish OA under the read-and-publish agreements.  

The most frequently asked question by researchers on publishing OA is ‘which publishers does our institution have agreements with?’ 

To educate researchers on OA agreements and publishing OA, we produce flyers, publish a web page to support our work, and speak to research committees and laboratory documentation referents. To stay up to date myself on OA agreements, I rely on webinars as well as editors and consortia websites.    

What was the primary reason for the University Lumière Lyon 2 becoming part of the Couperin-Springer TA, in your opinion? 

We entered into the agreement (in January 2025) for the reading component, especially for access to the Palgrave Macmillan journals, and to increase the momentum initiated on the publishing component after the first agreements signed with Cambridge and Elsevier. We think it's a good thing that the range of publishers involved in our reading and publishing agreements is growing.  

“The agreements are signed by the establishment to help control costs and enable better budget management, while widely disseminating scientific knowledge and contributing to the visibility of the research carried out by our establishments.” 

Tell us about your work within the Couperin agreement when it started. What has changed in your daily workflows or practices? 

The university wanted to conclude a public contract and it was very complicated. The user license negotiated with the Couperin consortium was not legally sufficient for the university's legal department and we needed to make it fit for purpose for us to meet our internal standards before we could start.  

With the agreement, it is clearer for researchers that they can publish OA for free in certain Springer journals. However, as the number of publications included in the agreement is insufficient, things may get more complicated and we’ll have to explain to researchers why they cannot publish with fees covered once the number of publications has exceeded.   

Now that it is underway, the agreement has meant that I have more interaction with other departments and teacher-researchers, and I do more communication and teaching. To me, these closer links with research are the biggest advantage of being part of an OA agreement.  

What advice would you have for other institutions or consortia looking to transition to OA, and in particular, become part of an OA agreement?    

OA agreements are a collaboration between publishers, librarians, and scientific research on cost control. But it is definitely a myth that OA agreements mean that publishing is now free; it is not free but included in the price of the agreement.  

Reading and publication agreements are signed by the establishment to help control costs and enable better budget management, while widely disseminating scientific knowledge and contributing to the visibility of the research carried out by our establishments.  

To those considering joining an agreement I would say that the first agreements are not always fully satisfactory, but they can be improved over time. 

Check out the previous blogs in the OA agreement stories series:  

Look out for more blogs in this series, featuring OA librarians from different institutions across the globe. Meanwhile, visit the OA agreements website, where you can find more information and resources.   

Related content 

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

The guest editors shaping collections

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Oct 28 2025

Guest editing isn’t just about selecting papers—it’s about shaping conversations. At Springer Nature, our guest editors, help define the scope, invite relevant contributors, and promote collection content across their networks. Yet their work often happens behind the scenes.

We want to change that. In our new video series, we pull back the curtain to showcase guest editor voices, stories, and the value they bring—not just to the collection, but to the wider research community.

In the first episode, two early career researchers and guest editors, Carlton J. Fong and Christopher S. Rozek, share the story behind their collection—from the initial spark of an idea to the challenges they overcame, and the impact their collection will have on the field.

Whether you're an author, a potential guest editor, or simply curious about how article collections are made, this series is for you.

In this video interview, Fong and Rozek reflect on the highs and the hurdles they experienced when curating their collection: Perspectives on Current and Future Directions in School Belonging Research, from the hybrid Springer journal, Educational Psychology Review.

Curating collections that advance scholarship and nurture a sense of community

Both guest editors, Fong and Rozek, are early career researchers. Fong is an Associate Professor at the College of Education at Texas State University, while Rozek serves as an Assistant Professor in the Department of Education at Washington University in St. Louis.

Motivated by a bold and inclusive vision, Fong and Rozek set out to create a welcoming hub where diverse voices and ideas on school belonging could converge. Their commitment to this field—which explores how students experience acceptance, respect, inclusion, and support—demonstrates the powerful role guest editors and contributors can play in shaping the future of educational research.

By prioritizing collaboration and inclusivity, they have developed a resource that not only advances academic scholarship but also nurtures a sense of community among researchers and educators.

Their pioneering collection brings together fresh research on school belonging across educational stages, from primary to post-secondary. It draws on insights from educational, developmental, and cultural psychology, as well as other disciplines.

Through this rich tapestry of perspectives, Fong and Rozek have created a truly inclusive resource—one that deepens understanding in the field and encourages others to innovate and collaborate across boundaries.

What you’ll learn from the video interview

In this first episode, our guest editors reflect on:

  • The aims and scope of their collection and why the topic is timely
  • The challenges they faced launching their collection
  • How they developed the theme and curated contributions
  • What they enjoy most about being a guest editor
  • Their insights offer a rare glimpse into the editorial journey and show just how much care and expertise goes into every collection we publish

<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/1m52jfO4scw?si=BoTqnavdRE4yZXXM" title="YouTube video player" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe>

Ready to explore more? Visit our new Springer Nature collections hub to learn more and discover how you can get involved.

Related Content

From open access to open research: Celebrating 25 Years of BMC’s publishing innovation

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Thu Oct 23 2025

Twenty-five years ago, BioMed Central (now BMC) launched with a bold mission: to broaden the reach, accessibility, and use of high-quality research. As the first commercial open access (OA) publisher, BMC helped lay the foundation for many of the OA policies and principles we see today.

Today, OA is a publishing norm, and has evolved to embrace open data, early sharing, and transparent methods. Supporting this broader vision of open science is central to BMC and to Springer Nature, of which BMC is a part.

To mark BMC’s 25th anniversary we spoke with Katie Ridd and Selene Carey, both Publishing Directors with BMC, to learn more about  the role that BMC has, and continues to play, in OA and open science.

Katie,Selene, thanks for joining us. 25 years is a key milestone for BMC – so let’s go back to the start. What role did BMC play in that early OA space?

This was a time when OA wasn’t considered a publishing norm, it was an outlier. Awareness around the role, value, and impact of OA was still being raised. BMC played a pioneering role in that, helping to outline sustainable approaches to OA publication, raising awareness around the value of open standards across all research outputs, and ultimately taking innovative approaches to change the world of academic publishing. We supported authors in sharing, accessing, using, and re-using their work in a sustainable way.

We were also the first publisher to have a dedicated research integrity team -demonstrating our commitment to ensuring high quality trusted research, regardless of publishing model.

BMC was acquired by Springer in 2008 and this was a key moment, not only for us, but for OA, as it marked a clear moment of investment, commitment and understanding that OA was viable and was the way forward for research. Today, our legacy of innovation and quality continues, as we, across the company, continue to play an active part in ensuing OA is a viable option for all researchers.

Our journal portfolio continues to grow, supporting both groundbreaking studies and research serving more niche communities. Our inclusive science practices aim to offer a home to all robust research supporting equity across the research landscape. The next 25 years of BMC are going to be exciting and interesting as we continue to see OA expand globally, and we remain focused on working with our communities to ensure we are serving them with the resources they need.


You have already hinted at the broader discussion around open research. What measures has BMC adopted to better enable researchers to practice open research?

Making all aspects of research open benefits not only individual authors but the entire scholarly community. At BMC, we’re committed to supporting researchers in adopting open practices sustainably, seamlessly, and as an integral part of the publishing workflow. We also work to remove barriers to participation by reflecting the geographic diversity of our global authorship across all aspects of our publishing operations. This includes investing in diverse editorial teams and ensuring our editorial boards represent the communities we serve.

Open research practice

Our journals offer a wide range of article types—including research notes, data notes, study protocols, and registered reports—that promote reproducibility, encourage data reuse, and reduce research waste. Transparency has always been a core value at BMC. We were among the first publishers to introduce open peer review in 1999, and also champion transparent peer review, which helps shed light on the conversation between authors and reviewers and demonstrate how a paper has improved throughout the process. In addition, we provide space for publishing negative results and study designs, regardless of outcome or perceived impact. This supports reproducibility and reduces publication bias, ensuring that valuable insights are not lost.

Open research principles

Beyond article formats, our commitment to open research extends to the adoption of industry-wide principles and policies. We support the FAIR principles—Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, and Reusable—and encourage authors to deposit datasets in public repositories. We have been a strong advocate of data availability statements in the past and now, using Snapp (Springer Nature’s peer review platform), we collect data availability information at submission, enabling editors and reviewers to access supporting data during peer review. This strengthens research integrity, aligns with funder mandates, and meets community expectations—while remaining sensitive to infrastructure disparities across regions.


Looking ahead, what’s next for BMC?

BMC has always adopted a human-centric, community-focused approach to publishing. We recognise the importance of the voice of our community and work collaboratively with our editors when shaping the vision of new journals and suggesting topics for collections. At the heart of all of this is our commitment to providing a publishing experience and workflow that is efficient, reliable, and valued by authors.

As the publishing landscape continues to evolve, we remain committed to working closely with our community, supporting researchers with the tools, policies, and platforms they need. This includes investing in tools that streamline the publishing process, enhance research quality, and improve accessibility for authors and readers alike. It also includes exploring how we can leverage technological advances, such as AI, to adapt our ethical and research integrity practices enabling us to identify duplicated and AI-generated text and retracted references, thus detecting fraudulent research. This ensures BMC continues to publish trusted and high-quality articles in the modern publishing world.

Over six million users visit BMC’s websites each month, a testament to the trust and value of the research we publish. We remain focused on delivering for them as we continue to embody our pioneering spirit of 25 years ago, building a more connected and researcher-driven open research ecosystem. We are proud of our legacy and excited about the future. Together with Springer Nature, BMC will continue to lead in shaping open research and open access, but always with researchers at the centre of everything we do.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YOmzY9m_vBI

Building better research support through community insight

T
The Link
By: undefined, Thu Oct 23 2025

A post on The Source explored how surveys help us understand researchers, their publishing habits, communication preferences and the challenges they face in sharing their work. These insights are vital, but they only tell one side of the story. The other side belongs to the people who make research possible: librarians, faculty, research office staff and R&D professionals. These roles are deeply embedded in the research process, yet their perspectives are often less visible. When we talk about understanding the research community, we need to include not just those who produce research, but also those who enable it.

Listening to the people behind the research

The roles of librarians, research managers and R&D professionals continue to expand in scope and impact. These are no longer roles defined solely by access or administration; they are central to shaping research strategy, advocating for open science and building partnerships across disciplines and sectors.

Each of these roles brings a distinct perspective to the research ecosystem. And each offers valuable insight into how research is supported, communicated and applied. When we invite you to participate in surveys, we’re opening a dialogue, one that helps us understand how our tools and services fit into your workflows and how they can evolve to meet your needs.

How survey feedback improves research support tools

Taking part in our surveys may seem like a small action, but the impact is far-reaching. Participating in a survey helps us understand how our services are used in practice, where they can improve and how they can better support your organization’s goals. The feedback we receive from librarians, research offices and R&D teams has already led to meaningful developments across our services. For example:

  • Nature Masterclasses has evolved into a more flexible, scalable training resource, thanks to community input now available through on-demand modules that fit seamlessly into researcher development programmes.
  • Research Data Services have been enhanced to better support data sharing, citation, and preservation, aligning with both institutional policies and day-to-day research practices.
  • Licensing and usage dashboards now offer clearer insights, helping libraries demonstrate the value of their collections and communicate impact to stakeholders more effectively.
  • Corporate access models have been tailored to meet the needs of applied research teams working across diverse sectors.
  • Open access workflows are becoming more transparent and easier to navigate, following feedback given by research offices around APC processes.

These examples reflect the value of ongoing dialogue. And it also gives you a voice, an opportunity to advocate for your team, your researchers and your broader community.

Community perspectives powering research strategy

The insights we gather through surveys do more than shape individual tools, they also help us understand how the research landscape is evolving. By analyzing responses from across the global research community, we identify patterns, priorities and opportunities that inform strategic thinking and spark new conversations. These findings are shared through our white papers and reports, offering a broader view of how research is supported, assessed and shared. For example:

Each publication is rooted in community input, ensuring that the voices of those who support research are part of the larger conversation.

Building better research support through community feedback

To continue this dialogue, we invite you to join our online insight panel a space for those who support research to share their experiences, ideas and perspectives. As a member, you’ll have the opportunity to take part in occasional surveys, feedback sessions and early-stage testing of new resources. Your contributions will help ensure that future developments reflect the realities of your work and the communities you serve. Whether you’re advising researchers, managing institutional strategy or driving innovation in industry, your voice helps strengthen the research ecosystem.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts today!

Advancing knowledge: How open access is changing research

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Oct 23 2025

Open Access Week is a chance to ask a simple but powerful question: who gets to own, access, and benefit from knowledge? At Springer Nature, we believe the answer should be: everyone. In this blog, we will explore the impact of open access and Springer Nature’s commitment to making research more equitable.

Open Access Week 2025 © Springer Nature 2025

Why open access matters

Open access (OA) isn’t just about removing paywalls. It’s about removing barriers to discovery, to collaboration, and to progress. When research is freely available, it reaches educators, clinicians, policymakers, and communities and helps solve problems faster and more efficiently.

That’s why Springer Nature supports gold OA—where articles are immediately and permanently accessible. It’s the most complete and sustainable way to make open science a reality, and it’s how we ensure that research reaches the people who need it most.

By allowing knowledge to flow freely and widely, OA helps level the playing field, removing steep barriers faced by researchers in low and middle-income countries, independent scholars, and practitioners outside academia.

Leading the transition to open science

Springer Nature has been publishing OA for over 20 years. Today, we offer OA options across all our journals and disciplines, enabling researchers everywhere to share their work openly.

This year, we’re marking two major milestones:

  • 25 years of BMC
    • Our pioneering OA imprint, first established in 1999 as BioMed Central. 
  • 10 years of transformative agreements (TAs)
    • We established the first TA with VSNU in 2015. Today, we have 80+ TAs globally, supporting researchers from over 3,700 institutions to publish OA with fees covered.

What transformative agreements make possible

Transformative agreements are reshaping the publishing landscape by enabling researchers to publish OA at scale. These agreements are driving OA uptake across regions and disciplines, delivering tangible benefits to authors. More than just funding mechanisms, they empower choice, reduce barriers, and make OA the default option. They also reflect a broader commitment to transparency and accountability in supporting the research community, both now and in the future.

Dr Ruiz Serrano, whose research was published OA under the Hong Kong JULAC TA, shared:

“OA amplifies the reach and influence of my work, reaching scholars, practitioners, and policymakers who might otherwise face financial barriers to accessing critical information.”

At Hospices Civils de Lyon in France, researchers are using OA to improve public health outcomes.

“With gold OA, our results may gain greater visibility, allowing others to discuss, criticise, reproduce, or comment on our data.”

These stories show how OA isn’t just a publishing model—it makes a tangible difference to the world we live in. It’s helping researchers connect with audiences they might never have reached otherwise, accelerating the pace of knowledge-sharing across borders.

The impact of transformative agreements is clear—OA uptake is accelerating across regions and disciplines. Here’s a snapshot of how we at Springer Nature are helping drive this global transition:

  • In countries/regions where new national TAs went live in 2024, such as Hong Kong, Israel and Romania, OA uptake reached at least 50% in the first year. This represents at least a 7x increase in OA uptake.
  • Established agreements continue to see strong growth of OA share into the second year of their TAs with uptake increasing by at least 15% for countries such as Denmark, Slovakia, Slovenia and South Africa.
  • Long-standing TAs in Norway, Switzerland and Finland saw around 90% OA uptake across all disciplines in 2024.
  • The US also saw strong growth with OA uptake reaching 29% in 2024.

Open Access Publications proportion of Springer Hybrid © Springer Nature 2025

A commitment to equity

Springer Nature’s commitment to OA is rooted in our values: Partnership, Integrity, Drive and Responsibility. We believe that everyone should benefit from the OA transition—and that means ensuring it’s fair and equitable.

Our work to enable OA for all is part of a broader mission to promote diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in scholarly publishing. We’re focused on removing barriers, supporting underrepresented voices, and building systems that serve the whole research community.

Equity in OA also means recognising the different needs of researchers. Whether it’s navigating article processing charges (APCs), understanding licensing options, or accessing publishing support, we’re working to make the OA journey more transparent and more inclusive.

OA is also part of a broader shift toward open science—a movement that includes open data, open peer review, and open collaboration. These changes are reshaping how research is done, shared, and used, and they’re helping build a more transparent and trustworthy research ecosystem.

OA’s global impact

One of the most powerful aspects of OA is its ability to support researchers and communities in places where access to subscription-based journals is limited or non-existent. In many parts of the world, OA is not just a preference, it’s a necessity.

By making research freely available, OA helps bridge gaps and supports evidence-based decision-making in healthcare, education, and policy. It empowers local researchers to contribute to global conversations and ensures that solutions are informed by diverse perspectives.

Springer Nature’s OA publishing model is designed to be inclusive and ensures that knowledge is not locked behind paywalls.

Looking ahead

The theme of OA Week 2025—Who Owns Our Knowledge? invites us to think critically about access, ownership, and equity. At Springer Nature, we believe that knowledge should be shared, which in turn drives progress.

We’re proud to be part of this transition, and we’re committed to making it work for everyone. That means continuing to invest in OA infrastructure, listening to our authors, and collaborating with institutions and funders to build a more open and equitable publishing ecosystem.

Learn more

Curious about how OA works and how to navigate APCs? Explore our open access APC guide to learn more.


- Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest! -

Strengthening global health with advanced nursing resources

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Oct 21 2025

As healthcare needs grow and evolve, Nurse Practitioners and Advanced Practice Nurses (APN) are stepping up in big ways*, taking on leadership roles, shaping policy and improving care across the board. To support this shift, Springer Nature has created a Nursing eBook collection that’s tailored to today’s education and practice needs. It’s a focused resource that helps nursing schools and libraries offer content that’s relevant, high-level, and ready to empower the next generation of nurse leaders.

For the past nine years, Springer Nature has partnered with leading organizations such as the International Council of Nurses (ICN), the European Specialist Nurses Organisation and other nursing societies. To meet the needs of nursing students and educators, we are offering a focused and relevant nursing collection without the overflow from general medical material. As such the new Nursing eBook collection will support academic institutions and nursing schools with master level curricula tailored to the evolving needs of the profession. We spoke to executive editor Nathalie L’horset-Poulain and editor Marie Come-Garry about the highlights of this collection.

“The new nursing collection doesn’t just inform nurses; it aims at empowering them.  It equips nurses to lead, innovate and advocate in a rapidly evolving healthcare landscape” 

- Nathalie L’horset-Poulain, Executive Editor for eBooks, clinical medicine, Europe at Springer Nature.

How has nursing education changed over the years?

Nursing education has undergone a big transformation over the years, evolving from a focus on bedside care and basic clinical skills to a high level and interdisciplinary curriculum that prepares nurses to lead in complex healthcare environments. This includes clinical judgment & decision-making (training nurses to assess, diagnose, and intervene), simulation-based learning, telehealth & digital health (nurses learn to conduct virtual consultations), social determinants of health (understanding how socioeconomic, cultural and environmental factors affect patient outcomes).

“Interprofessional Collaboration Education” now includes working closely with physicians to deliver team-based care. Health Equity Programs also teach nurses to recognize and address disparities in care, especially in underserved populations.

Importantly, “Leadership & Policy Advocacy Nurses” are a key new trend. Nurses are trained to influence healthcare policy, lead quality improvement initiatives and manage teams. With AI and digital health, nurses are learning to interpret data and engage with AI tools in clinical settings.

What topics are covered in Springer Nature’s Nursing eBook collection?

The Nursing eBook collection launches with a curated selection of 25 titles, with plans to expand overtime. At the heart of the collection is the Advanced Practice Nursing Series, developed in alignment with strategies from the International Council of Nurses (ICN) and the World Health Organization (WHO). This series supports global efforts to strengthen nursing education, workforce development, leadership and service delivery, helping nurses contribute meaningfully to universal health coverage and broader public health goals.

The collection focuses on both foundational and emerging areas in nursing education and practice, including:

  • Advanced practice nursing
  • Nursing specialties
  • Leadership and research
  • Policy-making roles
  • Mental health and well-being of nurses
  • Holistic and preventive care
  • Artificial intelligence in nursing
  • Telehealth and virtual nursing
  • Disaster and crisis preparedness

The Nursing eBook collection offers libraries and educators a forward-looking foundation to support the next generation of nurse leaders, equipping them with the knowledge and skills needed to thrive in today’s complex healthcare environments.

Are there any known players in the field that will contribute to this collection?

The Nursing eBook collection features contributions from globally recognized leaders in nursing education, policy, and practice, bringing deep expertise and real-world impact to its content.

  • Madrean Schober is a nurse practitioner, educator and international consultant whose work has shaped advanced practice nursing roles in over 20 countries. Her expertise in healthcare policy, curriculum design, and program development has been instrumental in supporting global nursing initiatives. As a leader in the ICN NP/APN Network and contributor to WHO’s Eastern Mediterranean Region, she brings a strong global perspective. Schober is also the lead author of the ICN Guidelines on Advanced Practice Nursing and recipient of the FAANP’s Loretta C. Ford Award for advancing the NP role.
  • Susan Hassmiller, Senior Adviser for Nursing at the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, has held influential roles including Senior Scholar-in-Residence at the National Academy of Medicine and adviser to President Obama. A fellow of the American Academy of Nursing and holder of its Living Legend status, Hassmiller’s work spans nursing leadership, disaster recovery, and health equity. Her recognition includes the International Florence Nightingale Medal, the highest honor awarded by the International Committee of the Red Cross.
  • Brendan McCormack, Head of The Susan Wakil School of Nursing and Midwifery & Dean, Faculty of Medicine and Health at The University of Sydney, is a leading voice in person-centered care and nursing research. With over 520 publications and an h-index of 65, his work has been widely cited and recognized globally. McCormack was ranked among the world’s top 3,000 researchers by Thomson Reuters and named one of We Nurses’ #100 Outstanding Nurses.

Helping libraries & educators lead the way in nursing

As roles expand and expectations rise, educators and librarians need tools that reflect the complexity and leadership potential of today’s nursing professionals. With expert voices shaping its content and a curriculum aligned to global healthcare priorities, the Nursing eBook collection is a response to the evolving demands of nursing education. It brings together high-level content designed to reflect the complexity and diversity of today’s nursing roles, helping institutions prepare professionals who are ready to lead, innovate and advocate in modern healthcare environments.

Explore Springer Nature’s Nursing eBook collection. Interested in adding dedicated nursing content to your library? Contact us for more information.


* According to ICN, due to existing nursing shortages, the ageing of the nursing workforce and the growing COVID-19 effect, ICN estimates up to 13 million of nurses will be needed to fill the global nurse shortage gap in the future.

Related content:

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

The SDG Book Series: Interdisciplinary, policy-relevant research

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Oct 21 2025

This article was originally published in 2024 and was updated in October 2025.

How can research make a meaningful contribution towards the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)? Interdisciplinary, policy-relevant research, especially when published open access, is crucial to achieving the SDGs. This is the kind of research published in Springer Nature’s Sustainable Development Goals Series.

SN SDG logo © Springer Nature 2019

The global community aims to meet the SDGs by 2030, but there are concerns that this will not be achievable. The 17 global objectives address the most critical challenges facing humanity, including poverty, health, inequality, climate change, and more. Research is essential for the SDGs, for understanding the issues, addressing them, and evaluating solutions. Springer Nature’s Sustainable Development Goals Series comprehensively brings together interdisciplinary research across all 17 SDGs.

Why is interdisciplinarity important to tackling the SDGs?

The SDGs are not theoretical contemplations; They are real-world issues, and as such, they do not neatly fall into disciplinary compartments with clear boundaries. The complexity of the issues represented in the SDGs and their interconnectedness mean that no one discipline or profession can effectively tackle them. 

Interdisciplinarity and transdisciplinarity are essential in the efforts to address sustainable development and achieve the SDGs. Developing effective solutions to climate change, resilience and adaptation to natural hazards and disasters, energy and food security, and many more, require a holistic approach. 

Scientific, technical, and engineering expertise can only go so far, and must be integrated with social, psychological, and political perspectives to understand implementation and human reactions and behaviour. This integration of social, natural, and physical sciences will produce viable, long-term solutions. 

Publishing in the Sustainable Development Goals Series is an ideal fit for my research due to its comprehensive and interdisciplinary approach. The interconnected nature of the SDGs necessitates insights from various disciplines, which this series expertly integrates, fostering a holistic understanding and innovative solutions.
Rana Nabil Geith, co-editor of The Role of Design, Construction, and Real Estate in Advancing the Sustainable Development Goals

Making SDG research impactful: Springer Nature’s Sustainable Development Goals Book Series 
15486

Springer Nature’s Sustainable Development Goals Series has developed into the most comprehensive research library on the SDGs. The inherently transdisciplinary nature of the SDGs is well reflected in the series, with its broad remit and contributions welcome from scientists, academics, policymakers, and researchers working in fields related to any of the goals.

To handle the interconnectedness and complexity of the SDGs, the series publishes both STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) and HSS (humanities and social sciences) research, across the Springer and Palgrave Macmillan imprints. The complementary focus of the imprints ensures comprehensive coverage across all 17 SDGs. 

Publishing your work in the SDG Book Series means that it will enjoy an exceptionally broad reach to readership interested in the SDGs, well beyond your own discipline. Your work’s contextualisation alongside SDG-related research increases its credibility and impact. The overall, shared intent to present policy-relevant research and achieve real-world impact, in addition to academic excellence, fosters engagement in relevant discourses.

Publishing in the Sustainable Development Goals Book Series meant that our analysis was not only closely fitting with the series, but also reached a very wide academic and practitioner audience, who are also interested in the SDGs, and more broadly in research with a positive impact on society.
Sotiria Grek, co-author of Governing the Sustainable Development Goals: Quantification in Global Public Policy

What are some other unique benefits of publishing your SDG research in the Sustainable Development Goals Book Series?

  • Escape the disciplinary silo: When published in the series, your work will be exposed to readers outside your discipline and its immediate periphery. It could reach a broader readership with an interest in the SDGs, that would not likely explore your work if not published under the series.  
  • Indexed in Scopus database: The series has been accepted for indexing in Scopus, which means enhanced visibility and credibility for your work when published in the series, and a boost to your academic profile. 
  • Distinct visual identity: Series books are printed in a large format with double columns on high-quality paper. This distinct visual identity increases the visibility and recognition of the series, and naturally reflects also on your own work as a part of it.

We chose to publish Global Health Essentials with Springer Nature as part of the SDG Book Series to align our work with the global commitment to achieving the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). By joining the SDG Book Series, we aim to amplify the importance of global health equity and sustainability.
Mario Raviglione and Fabrizio Tediosi, co-editors of Global Health Essentials

The SDG framework provides a comprehensive approach with clear goals and targets to address a wide range of global challenges in the short and long term. Aligning and publishing our research within the SDG framework provides more visibility and recognition of key topics, helps to reach a broader audience with the potential to influence policy and create collaborations.
Natasha Tang Kai & Larry Swatuk, Authors of Prioritizing the Environment in Urban Sustainability Planning: Policies and Practices of Canadian Cities

For maximum impact, open access makes the difference

You can choose to publish your book open access (OA) in the Sustainable Development Goals Book Series. In fact, 10% of titles in the series have been published OA, with growing interest in this format specifically for this series. And this makes perfect sense because OA books are a format made for SDG research

The nature of the SDGs necessitates a holistic, interdisciplinary approach, but it also implies that knowledge should be made available, without discrimination, to as many people as possible. This means publishing OA. 

OA books have 2.4 times more citations, 10 times more downloads, and 10 times more online mentions than non-OA books on average. These increased impact and visibility foster global collaboration and engagement on issues relating to the SDGs.

When research on the SDGs is published OA, it promotes equity, as research outputs are available to all. It is not surprising that OA books have a more geographically diverse readership: They reach on average a whopping 61% more countries than non-OA books, most of which are underrepresented in global scholarship.

The Sustainable Development Goals Book Series provided an excellent space to publish our edited book. It aligns perfectly with the framework of the series, which is organised around the SDGs. The series also permitted our contributing authors to be sure that their work would be well-accessed by a large audience interested in the SDGs.
Sherif Goubran, co-editor of The Role of Design, Construction, and Real Estate in Advancing the Sustainable Development Goals

Looking to 2030 and beyond: Research with impact

With impactful and timely contributions from many authors across (and between) many disciplines, and a strong commitment to supporting the SDGs, the Sustainable Development Goals Series has grown at an exponential rate. From publishing two books in 2018, it has now reached over 200 volumes form both the Springer and Palgrave Macmillan imprints.

I was keen to publish my book as part of this series because it aligns with my aims as an author: informing effective policies, guiding future research, and supporting educators, ultimately fostering a more informed and proactive approach to addressing the pressing issues of our time.
R. Sooryamoorthy, author of Independent Africa, Dependent Science: Scientific Research in Africa

The series offers authors a fantastic platform to publish work that is aligned with the SDGs from two (!) imprints. And indeed, working on this cross-imprint series with different colleagues from these imprints and across Springer Nature, and seeing it flourish in a fairly short space of time, has been very rewarding and a huge achievement. The success of this series has also led to the launch of a German-language SDG Series, which really serves to cement our commitment to publishing research with impact. 

The deadline to achieving the SDGs, 2030, is a few years away, but there remains much ground to cover across the Sustainable Development Goals Book Series. If we are to realise the aims of the SDGs, this will require more solutions-oriented, interdisciplinary research capable of bridging traditional divides between disciplines, combining research excellence with impact. You’ll find this research in Springer Nature’s Sustainable Development Goals Series. Might your work be another building block in this important project?

Discover the broad range of books published in the Sustainable Development Goals Series, and learn how you can publish your work here as well. And for more on the SDGs, visit Springer Nature’s SDG Programme

Writing your SDG research in German? Explore Springer Nature’s German-language sister series, titled SDG – Forschung, Konzepte, Lösungsansätze zur Nachhaltigkeit.

Related content: 

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest!

By the book: measuring inclusive practices in book publishing

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Mon Oct 20 2025

This opinion piece first appeared in Book Brunch during the Frankfurt Book Fair 2025 and has been republished here with permission.

Books are a fundamental part of the academic landscape. They’re also the first point of interaction that many customers, readers and learners have with the research publishing industry. Books shape disciplines, conversations and knowledge, so they should reflect the world we live in.  

For so many of us attending the Fair this year, who we publish matters just as much as what we publish. For Springer Nature, the world’s largest publisher of scholarly books, we take that responsibility seriously. Data helps us to do so; it helps us to understand where we are, so we can get to where we want to be.  

A few days ago, we published a new report using inferred gender analysis to understand gender representation in book publishing, using data from across our business. It’s the first of its kind, spearheaded by a cross-business taskforce focused on our books publishing activity and we’re sharing it exclusively with Book Brunch readers at Frankfurt Book Fair.  

It includes data on lead authors, volume editors, and series editors and shows women are underrepresented across all roles. 29% of lead authors and editors are women, and only 24% of book series editors—those with long-term influence over publishing direction—are women. 

The report also reveals disparities across disciplines. In the humanities and social sciences, women are well represented, comprising over 70% of authors and editors. But in medicine and life sciences, only 26% of lead authors and editors are women, despite women making up nearly half of researchers in those fields. In computer science, the figure is just 30%.  

Even more telling is the breakdown by book type. While contributed volumes are often edited by women (33%), only 18–19% of textbooks (typically authored by senior academics) are led by women.   

The data might be from our books business, but it reflects what most of us already know to be true more broadly - author and editor demographics don’t yet reflect the global research community. This is something that all of us in the academic publishing space in particular can work towards, together.  

It is important in the first instance that we have a baseline view of gender representation, so we can properly assess our current situation – and how to address it. What gets measured; gets managed. This is something our reporting has consistently shown us – data collection can propel you forward, it gives you a clear view of what is going on so you can design publishing strategies and action plans that are bespoke, targeted and effective. 

It’s also shown us that data collection across a large, multidisciplinary publisher is a complex and challenging exercise. Our recommendation to those looking to do the same is to break the challenge down into manageable parts, focusing your data collection efforts first on what is practical, and where you might be able to make a crucial difference.  

Looking ahead, we will continue our data-driven approach to support inclusion. Data collection is a necessary tool, not an end in itself. We need to understand where we are in order to assess progress and the effect of measures taken. Having this information not only informs our data-driven approach to measuring change, but inspires action – among our colleagues, our peers and our communities. 

Related Tags:

Open access books: Making SDG research impactful

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Mon Oct 20 2025

This article was originally published in 2024 and was updated in October 2025.

To support the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), research is needed on the root causes of the challenges, interventions to address them, and measuring progress. Partnering with a publisher that is committed to sustainability and dedicated to amplifying SDG research will boost your work’s real-world impact. Read on to find out more, including firsthand accounts from authors and editors who published their SDG research as an OA book with Springer Nature.

At Springer Nature we are committed to sustainability both in our business strategy and in the content we publish. Having worked in various editorial roles over the past two decades, books are particularly close to my heart, and it is exciting to see how they have evolved over the years. What role then do books play in our commitment to the SDGs?

The SDGs: A global framework for sustainability

Established by the United Nations in 2015, the SDGs are a set of 17 interconnected and interdependent objectives that address the most pressing challenges of our time, specifying targets and indicators for their achievement by 2030. Each of the Goals focuses on different aspects relating to sustainable development, spanning social, economic, and environmental dimensions, from poverty and hunger, though health, education, and gender equality, to clean water, affordable energy, and peace. 

2023 marked the halfway point to the 2030 deadline for achieving the SDGs. Unfortunately, the world is not nearly on track to meeting the targets of the SDGs by 2030. But this does not mean that we should halt our efforts to advance and promote the SDGs. If anything, we should double our engagement!

Asserting our commitment to supporting the SDGs
SN SDG logo © Springer Nature 2019

Springer Nature continues to support the SDGs as a framework that fosters collaboration and enables alignment of efforts by governments, organisations, researchers, and communities across the globe. 

Our greatest contribution to supporting the SDGs is the research we publish. Research structures our understanding of the SDGs; it establishes the measurements to evaluate them; it informs policies and practices that address them. We continuously develop diverse publication routes for SDG research (in journals, books, and collections), which is showcased in our SDG Programme. 

Since 2015, Springer Nature’s SDG-related content has been cited more than 17 million times, and in 2024 alone, we registered 530 million downloads of our SDG-related articles. When this research is open, it can reach wider audience and make a greater impact towards the SDGs.  

John A. Burt, editor of the 2024 OA book A Natural History of the Emirates, explains how the accessibility of the OA publishing format impacts engagement and how essential this is for the SDGs: "In just a year, our open access publication has garnered over 400,000 accesses. This not only increases public engagement, but supports wider recognition of the importance of international SDGs at local scales."

Open access for maximum visibility 

What’s better than publishing on the SDGs? Publishing OA on the SDGs!

I believe that books are a medium made for the SDGs. They contribute to effectively addressing the SDGs, and even more so if they are published OA.

Publishing OA removes barriers to knowledge transfer and promotes equity in the dissemination of information. It creates a more inclusive and sustainable research environment where research outputs are easily available to all.

OA books have 2.4 times more citations, 10 times more downloads, and 10 times more online mentions than non-OA books on average. Importantly, we have found that our OA books also have a more geographically diverse readership, reaching on average 61% more countries than non-OA books, most of which are underrepresented in global scholarship.

Findings © Springer Nature

Reproduced from the infographic summary of the White Paper Diversifying Readership Through Open Access: A Usage Analysis for OA Books.

Wider reach and impact are particularly important for SDG research because accessibility is key to fostering and sustaining global collaboration and discourse. That’s why publishing OA is central to our commitment to the SDGs.

Patricia Solis, PhD is co-editor of the multi-disciplinary book Open Mapping towards Sustainable Development Goals. She has seen firsthand how OA enables access for those who otherwise wouldn’t have it: “Some of my 62 co-authors of the edited book would not even have been able to afford purchasing their own contributions were it not for open access. And with more than a quarter million downloads in less than 18 months, it is very validating to know that the world is listening.”

Books: Creating impact on sustainable development  

I believe that books are a medium made for the SDGs. They contribute to effectively addressing the SDGs, and even more so if they are published OA. 

William J. Nuttall, is the editor of two books that were published OA in 2025: Insights into the New Hydrogen Economy and Perspectives on Engineering Uncertainty. He explains the value of making books available to all: “Researchers and students in all countries rightly want to know more about current issues and opportunities in energy technology and policy. Open access publishing gives readers everywhere access to the latest ideas and insights.  As digital communication expands, so does the global reach of the open access approach. I am pleased to have been a small part of the move towards open access scholarly book publishing.” 

Books enable the in-depth investigations required to understand the intricacy and interconnectedness of complex issues. Their scope allows bringing together theoretical frameworks with extensive research and case study analyses and weaving them into a cohesive resource. 

Books can become authoritative resources for researchers, practitioners, policy makers, educators, and anyone who is working towards sustainable development. They inform strategies and shape interventions towards the SDG targets. 

Alessandro Pelizzon published his OA book Ecological Jurisprudence: The Law of Nature and the Nature of Law in 2025, with the clear intention of making it available to anyone to use: "I wanted to offer the scholarly and activist communities something they could use both in their theory and their practice... I felt it was imperative that all scholars and activists located in more economically disadvantaged areas could access the book, at least digitally, without having to pay what would be a significant amount of money for them." 

Publishing across the SDGs: Comprehensive and interdisciplinary

Each of the SDGs has technical and material as well as social, cultural, and ethical dimensions. That’s why we at Springer Nature publish SDG research across the full disciplinary range of STM (science, technology, and medicine) and HSS (humanities and social sciences). 

We have both the possibility and the responsibility to publish on sustainability across – and between – all disciplines, covering the multifaceted nature of sustainable development. Solving problems like climate change, hunger, inequality, and injustice requires a good mix of STM and HSS. 

Springer Nature’s Sustainable Development Goals Series is indexed in Scopus and brings together the strengths of our imprints with different disciplinary emphases. The series’ publishing editors, Rachael Ballard of Palgrave Macmillan and Zach Romano of Springer, note that developing a cross-imprint series addresses the SDGs more effectively “by bridging the gap between the natural and social sciences. With increased discoverability, there is the added benefit of exposing academics and practitioners to content they might not have encountered if they remained in their disciplinary silos. The complementary focus of the imprints ensures comprehensive coverage across the 17 SDGs.” 

At Springer Nature, we want to provide a home for impactful SDG-related knowledge. And when it is an OA book, research can be discovered, shared, used, and reused, and it can make a positive difference for people and the planet. 

See what book authors and editors are saying about publishing open access and learn more about publishing your SDG research as an open access book with Springer Nature for maximum impact.

Related Content:

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest!

Infographic: The benefits of publishing your null results with Discover

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Oct 17 2025

You’ve spent months designing and conducting your research. The results come in, and they don’t support your hypothesis. Now what? In a scholarly landscape that often celebrates only “positive” findings, it’s easy to feel disheartened. But here’s the truth: null, negative, and inconclusive results are essential steps in the scientific process.

At Discover, we believe that every valid result deserves to be shared, and we’re committed to making that possible. In our new infographic we distil insights from the recent survey, and the top five benefits they experienced after sharing their null results. We also highlight how Discover are leading the way in inclusive publishing by welcoming all valid research, regardless of outcome.

Based on findings from The State of Null Results white paper from Springer Nature, our infographic is designed to help researchers understand the real-world benefits of sharing all outcomes, not just the positive ones.

The problem: Null results still go unpublished

Despite the growing recognition of their importance, null results remain underreported. In Springer Nature’s global survey of over 11,000 researchers, 98% of respondents acknowledged the value of sharing null results — yet many still hesitate to publish them. Why?
The reasons are complex. Some researchers fear rejection from journals; others worry about reputational damage or lack of recognition. Early-career researchers, in particular, face pressure to publish only “impactful” findings, which are often equated with positive results. This bias not only distorts the scientific record but also contributes to research waste, as others unknowingly repeat experiments that have already been conducted.

The solution: Share all outcomes, especially the null ones

Publishing null results is about contributing to a more complete, transparent, and reproducible scientific record. When researchers share all outcomes, they:

  • Prevent duplication of effort by helping others avoid unproductive paths.
  • Stimulate new research by challenging assumptions and inspiring fresh hypotheses.
  • Improve research quality by encouraging more rigorous methods and critical thinking.
  • Build trust in science by showing that integrity matters as much as discovery.

“All valid research has a contribution to make – you never know what insight each article might lead to later down the line. We want to help provide the most robust scientific record possible.”

Dylan Parker, Publishing Director, Discover Journals at Springer Nature

The top five benefits of publishing null results

As our infographic shows, researchers who have published null results report a range of personal and professional benefits. The top five reported benefits were as follows:

  1. Contributing to scientific transparency
  2. Stimulating new research questions
  3. Supporting open science practices
  4. Enhancing personal credibility
  5. Receiving constructive peer feedback

Read the infographic to uncover more insights on publishing null results with Discover.

Why publish null, negative, or inconclusive results with Discover?
Discover logo © Springer Nature 2024

Born with community needs in mind, we are outspoken about the importance of publishing null results. A family of inclusive, open access (OA) journals, we don’t just tolerate the existence of null, inconclusive, and negative results in research, we explicitly fight for their inclusion. 
Explore our infographic to see the top four reasons to publish negative results with Discover.

Let’s normalise null results

The scientific process is iterative. It’s built on trial, error, and refinement. By publishing all outcomes, including those that don’t confirm our hypotheses, we create a more honest, efficient, and inclusive research culture. Our new infographic is a visual reminder of this message. It captures the top five benefits of publishing null results, based on real experiences from researchers around the world. 

Ready to share your findings?

If you’ve ever hesitated to publish a null result, now’s the time to reconsider. Discover offer a welcoming home for your research, whatever the outcome. By contributing to a more open and reliable scientific record, you’re not just advancing your own work. You’re helping to build a better future for research.

We invite you to download the infographic and share with your network, or if you’re ready to start your Discover journey, explore all of our journals.

Related content

Improving research reproducibility with open method sharing

T
The Link
By: undefined, Thu Oct 16 2025

Open science is all about making research more transparent and accessible, but one key piece is often missing: the methods behind the work. While open access (OA) and data sharing are now widely embraced, detailed protocols still tend to stay behind closed doors. In the webinar, Transforming Research: The Benefits of Methods Sharing in Open Science, speakers from across the research community shared how platforms like protocols.io are helping change that. This blog pulls together the main takeaways, showing how open method sharing can boost reproducibility, spark collaboration and make research more impactful.

OA is now standard in many regions and open data continues to gain momentum. But for research to be truly open, sharing detailed methods is essential. As Beth Montague-Hellen, Head of Library and Information Services at The Francis Crick Institute, put it: "If you share your data but nobody can really see how you created that data, is that really open? Is that really usable by people?" Her question gets to the heart of reproducibility and trust in science. When methods are condensed into brief sections in publications, important details can be lost, slowing down progress and making it harder for others to replicate the work.

Digital tools that drive reproducibility and collaboration

Beth Montague-Hellen’s call for transparency highlights a growing need across the research community: making methods openly available and usable. Jacob Corn, Professor of Genome Biology at ETH Zürich, offered a compelling example of how digital tools are helping meet that need. In the fast-moving field of CRISPR-Cas genome editing, his lab has published protocols that have been accessed tens of thousands of times, one over 33,000 times, another close to 30,000. This level of engagement highlights a key challenge: how to share complex, reproducible methods efficiently with a global research community.

Traditional papers often outline methods in broad strokes, which can make replication difficult, especially when interest scales. Answering individual requests becomes unsustainable. That’s where protocols.io offers a solution. By uploading detailed, step-by-step protocols, Corn’s team shares their methods transparently and at scale. Some protocols have gone through up to 17 versions, reflecting ongoing improvements. With features like versioning and forking, researchers can trace changes, adopt updates, and tailor protocols to their own systems, supporting reproducibility, innovation and collaboration across labs.

Corn also shared a compelling comparison: while one of his protocols was cited around 200 times in academic literature, the same protocol on protocols.io had been accessed over 30,000 times. This contrast reveals a broader kind of impact, one that goes beyond citations and reflects real-world use. And that visibility has practical value. 

For researchers applying for grants or fellowships, linking to a well-documented, widely used protocol with a DOI can strengthen their case. As Corn explained, “Scientists like to know and like to understand how people are interfacing with their work. And ideally, when what they’re doing has impact…” protocols.io makes that impact visible, helping researchers see how their work is being picked up, adapted and applied. Corn emphasized the dual benefit of the platform: it streamlines communication for protocol authors and empowers users. His team regularly draws on public protocols and uses the platform to manage private ones internally. The ability to track, adapt and stay current makes protocols.io an essential tool in modern research.

Open method sharing builds trust and impact

This kind of visibility and usability, where methods are actively shared, used and adapted, signals a broader evolution in research practice. It reflects a growing commitment to openness, where transparency becomes a catalyst for collaboration and impact. The webinar speakers expanded on this idea, emphasizing that open method sharing is not just a technical enhancement, it’s a foundation for building trust, credibility and meaningful scientific progress.

Montague-Hellen observed: “If we want people to trust us, if we want people to trust our science, if we want people to build on our science... sharing your methods is the same as all these other bits of open research, in that it opens it all up. It makes it transparent; it makes it reusable.” Her point reinforces the idea that open methods are central to reproducibility and trust.

Emma Ganley, Director Strategic Initiatives at protocols.io, added: “The purpose of research is to find knowledge and advance knowledge, and that knowledge will only be believed if you can actually support it with evidence.” This highlights how detailed protocols strengthen the credibility and usability of research outputs.

What protocols.io brings to open science

As the webinar highlighted, platforms like protocols.io are transforming how research methods are shared, credited and reused. Protocols.io offers a dual-purpose solution:

  1. A collaborative workspace for teams to privately develop and refine protocols, and
  2. An open repository of over 23,000 public protocols available under CC-BY licensing

This approach to “modular publishing” recognizes that research outputs go beyond traditional papers. By assigning DOIs to protocols, protocols.io enables proper citation and visibility for method development, often giving well-deserved credit to technicians and junior researchers whose contributions are essential but frequently overlooked.

Importantly, the platform also supports broader efforts to recognize the full spectrum of research contributors. As Montague-Hellen noted, protocols.io aligns closely with the UK’s Technician Commitment, which advocates for:

  • Attribution of technical expertise
  • Visibility for often-hidden methodological work
  • Career development for technical staff
  • Knowledge sustainability when experts move on

By making protocols traceable, reusable and citable, protocols.io helps ensure that vital expertise doesn’t disappear and that those behind the methods receive the recognition they deserve. It addresses a long-standing challenge in research culture: giving due credit to all contributors, not just principal investigators or first authors.

To dive deeper into the benefits of open method sharing, watch the full webinar. As one attendee put it: “I got a very clear explanation on what transparency in science is and on the basis of sharing protocols.”

Related content 

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

The value of SDG research for journals, and strategies for editors to attract it

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Oct 16 2025

Publishing research on the UN Sustainable Development Goals is vital for advancing the Goals and promoting evidence-based solutions to global challenges. And if that’s not reason enough for journal editors to prioritise SDG-related work, these publications also contribute positively to traditional journal success metrics. 

Let’s dive deeper into why SDG research is important to ensuring a sustainable future, as well as how publishing SDG research benefits journals, and how you as an editor can attract more SDG-related content to your journal.

SN SDG logo © Springer Nature 2019

The 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) were adopted by the United Nations in 2015. The Goals cover environmental, social, economic, and health aspects that together set a blueprint for a sustainable future on earth. 

At this point in time, the Goals are not on track to be achieved by their 2030 deadline. But we refuse to let this discourage efforts to reach a sustainable future.  

Understanding the challenges we face, designing solutions, and testing them all require evidence-based, peer-reviewed research. That’s why the research published by Springer Nature is essential in supporting the SDGs.  

If this isn’t reason enough to pursue SDG content for your journal, we also know that articles on the SDGs have a positive impact on the journals that publish them, bringing growth, citations, and readership.

How can you publish more research related to sustainable development goals? Identify natural alignment with the Goals within your journal scope and highlight them through special issues, keyword, or an editorial. And encourage authors to reflect on societal impact.
Marco Cordani, Complutense University of Madrid, Associate Editor, Cell Communication and Signaling

SDG publications’ performance: Important topics, enhanced metrics

Research related to the SDGs represents a rapidly growing area of high impact articles. By many of the metrics of journal success, SDG articles perform better than non-SDG articles.

SDG articles account for approximately 24% of all articles published in 2024 across all publishers, but they’ve been growing much more rapidly than articles not related to the SDGs (average growth of 11% year on year since the SDGs were adopted, compared with 4% for non-SDG articles in the same time period).  

With their higher citations, higher altmetric scores, and higher average downloads than non-SDG articles, publishing SDG-related content is definitely a good idea: for supporting sustainable development as well as for the development of your journal. 

P_SDG articles - Citation and downloads © Springer Nature 2025

Fig.1. SDG articles have higher average citations, altmetrics scores and downloads than non-SDG articles 

Because research on the SDGs is most impactful when visible, content related to the Goals is highlighted in various ways across Springer Nature. Features like SDG badges for journals and SDG filters for content searches make SDG research visible, accessible, and available. 

Identify the SDGs relevant to your journal and its scope

When examining how the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) intersect with various academic disciplines, we see that many different subject areas publish work that connects with the Goals. Whether in engineering, economics, history, or philosophy, research aligned with any of the 17 SDGs can contribute to advancing these global objectives.  

Identifying which SDGs connect with the research interests of your journal’s community is the first step in trying to attract such publications. But how can you identify these SDGs?  

An analysis of the content published in your journal will enable you to find the issues that can bring SDG-related research into your journal. Use the new SDG filters on Springer Nature Link to get an initial overview of SDG content you’ve already been publishing. The filters use Dimensions’ SDG classifier, a guided machine learning-based algorithm created by Digital Science, which relates content to one or more of the Goals. 

Consider which disciplines and research areas covered in your journal are relevant to which of the SDGs. Reflect on the topics addressed in the various SDGs to identify those that you and others in your research networks are especially interested in and align with your research and publications. 

With the understanding of which SDGs are most relevant to your journal, you can seek out content directly related to those Goals and increase your journal’s publication of SDG content.

Practical tips to attracting SDG content to your journal

Once you know which of the SDGs most naturally align with your journal and your community, here are some practical tips for attracting content related to those Goals: 

1. Indicate your interest in SDG-related content 

Make it clear to your audience that SDG-related content is welcome in your journal by expressing this interest in an editorial and specifying the SDGs that relate to the scope of your journal.  
It is also useful to mention relevant SDGs in the journal’s Aims and Scope, which can also increase the chance of your journal appearing in the results when potential authors search for content on specific SDGs.  

2. Find the right people 

Invite researchers working on SDG research related to your journal’s scope to author content for the journal. 
Search across your network and expand beyond it to identify individuals who can support your efforts to increase SDG content in your journal. You can do this by…  

  • finding presentations on SDG or sustainability research in the conferences that your community attends 
  • conducting data analysis using the SDG filters in the main publication databases  
  • exploring authors at competitor journals, relevant research centres, and in funding databases 
  • connecting with people over shared research interests through social media.  

3. Create opportunities for engagement  

Once your journal’s interest in publishing SDG-related content is clearly stated and you’ve identified individuals to source such content from, you can generate opportunities to attract and showcase this content. Consider for instance...  

Speak to your publisher about the Springer Nature SDG Talks series, a forum for the discussion of issues, progress, and opportunities relating to research in support of the SDGs. Webinars offer a great opportunity to highlight how your journal, efforts, and work are very much in line with some of the most pressing topics of the day.
Joshua Bayliss, Senior Publisher, Springer Nature

Watch the webinar to learn more: Spotlight On… Attracting SDG research to your journal 

You can find a wealth of resources for editors that support you in your work, covering topics from open access publishing to research integrity and offering courses and tools. But if you’d like to hear more about why you should attract more SDG-related research to your journal, and how you can accomplish this, watch the webinar Spotlight On… Attracting SDG research to your journal.

In the webinar you’ll find more detailed information on attracting SDG research to your journal, including a heat map illustrating where different fields of research align with the 17 SDGs, detailed tips on how to identify potential authors to submit SDG research, and more.  

You’ll also hear the first-hand experience of two journals and how strategies and tips provided to successfully attract SDG research worked for them: Associate Editor of Cell Communication and Signaling, Marco Cordani from Complutense University of Madrid, Spain, discusses driving sustainability through editorial leadership, and Springer Nature Senior Publisher Joshua Bayliss shares tips and tricks for using webinars to boost journals. 

Watch now: Spotlight On… Attracting SDG research to your journal. 

Related content:

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest!

How we work to promote inclusive practices in book publishing

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Oct 15 2025

We recently published a report that explores our efforts to build inclusive publishing practices in Springer Nature's book publishing programmes. In it, we present data on gender diversity among book authors and editors, exposing a persistent gender gap.  

In this post, we share insights from the report and discuss our efforts to further global inclusion in book publishing.

At  Springer Nature, our mission is to be part of progress, and that begins with inclusion: of people, perspectives, and ideas. We believe that diverse perspectives drive progress, and we are committed to creating an environment where people and ideas can flourish. To be able to represent this diversity in scholarly publishing, we work toward an inclusive publishing landscape.  

In the publishing process, we work with a broad global network of researchers serving as authors, editors, and reviewers. This collaboration gives us both the opportunity and the responsibility to promote unbiased practices and better reflect the evolving demographics of the research community.  

We rely on data to identify gaps, develop approaches, and monitor their impact, in support of our decision making and strategic planning. In the recently published report, titled Inclusive book publishing at Springer Nature, we present findings on gender representation among Springer Nature book authors and editors to illustrate how we are using data-informed insights, and reflect on approaches to improve inclusivity in publishing. 

“I’m proud to see the Books group engaging with and making progress on global inclusion in our publishing activities.”

- Niels Thomas, Executive VP, Books
 

Gender distribution of book authors and editors

We present a first-ever snapshot view of the inferred gender diversity of lead authors and editors and book series editors in Springer Nature. Ultimately, we would like to understand demographics across a broader range of variables. Geographical representation, for instance, is another example in which researcher demographics is undergoing transformation (the rising volume and impact of research from China is an example of this). But gender is a good starting point, especially because we can also compare our findings with gender representation in the research community.  

The snapshot, covering a five-year period (2019-2024), shows that women are underrepresented as authors and editors at Springer Nature: Women represent 29% of lead authors and editors of books, and 24% of book series editors.


Books-DEI-report © Springer Nature


The distribution of book authors and editors varies by discipline and largely tracks with trends on gender representation within the research community. The proportion of women authors also varies by book type, which is also seen in career-stage data of women in academia. 

The pattern of underrepresentation of women in scholarly book publishing corresponds to what we see in editor diversity at Springer Nature journals and what other publishers have reported. Given that women make up 30-50% of researchers globally, these percentages of women researchers as authors and editors in publishing does not reflect the gender representation in the global research community.


Data is essential to identifying disparities and addressing them. We collect information and make it available so that it can empower efforts to understand, recognise, and address challenges of global inclusion.

- Sowmya Swaminathan, Director, DEI, Research Publishing


Building inclusive practices in book publishing

We are working to integrate inclusive practices into our publishing programmes at Springer Nature. The starting point is making sure that knowledge about bias is available, as well as resources and opportunities to support people in turning this knowledge into practice.  

Some of these efforts include: 


  • Peer-to-peer workshops for editors that provide a space to discuss topics related to bias and diversity and to formulate plans to improve diversity of both authors and publications.  
  • Springer Nature’s Intentional Content Strategy that encourages editors to commission work that contributes to the scholarly discourse on topics such as diversity, equity, and inclusion. 
  • Integrating accessibility best practices to ensure our digital products, such as eBooks, meet the needs of all users.

Achieving representation and inclusion in our book publishing programme and beyond requires sustained efforts. Data informs our efforts, measures our progress, and enables us to plan strategically for new initiatives to confront disparities.

To learn more, read the full report: Inclusive book publishing at Springer Nature.

Case study: How one collection led to real-world policy impact and academic recognition

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Oct 14 2025

Early career researchers (ECRs) face a fundamental challenge: how do you transform promising research into real-world impact so it can make a meaningful difference? Springer Nature collections are designed to help ECRs overcome these barriers, offering a platform where research is published, actively promoted, cited, and applied.

This Springer Nature collection case study will guide you through the journey of an article collection that achieved genuine policy influence and academic recognition. You’ll gain behind-the-scenes insights into the editorial process, learn about the impactful research included, and see the real-world results—such as citations in major policy documents and adoption by practitioners. You’ll also find practical guidance on preparing and submitting your own work to collections, with advice from Guest Editors and published collection authors.

The Health System in sub-Saharan Africa collection success story

44250
The Health Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa collection, published in the open-access Discover Health Systems journal, is a compelling example of how Springer Nature collections can help ECRs achieve real-world impact.

From innovative research to global policy, the Health Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa collection demonstrates that early-career researchers can see their work transition from publication to real-world impact, including being cited by the World Health Organization. It’s the kind of influence every ECR aspires to achieve.

Proving that a single collection can have a big impact

  • Cited by the World Health Organization   
  • Published 25 papers  
  • Covered diverse topics from maternal health to chronic disease  
  • Showcased the work of 100+ researchers   
  • Connected authors from 17 countries across 4 continents

P_collections case study number 1 © Springer Nature 2025

A platform for diverse, high-impact research

Launched in August 2023, the Health Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa collection currently comprises 25 papers that examine the challenges and opportunities facing health systems in this region.

Topics include maternal and child health, community health work, substance misuse, chronic disease management, socio-cultural factors affecting healthcare access, and many more.

The collection is intentionally multidisciplinary, welcoming theoretical and empirical work, and open to various methodologies and perspectives. It demonstrates how academic research translates into practical solutions that truly matter.

From research to real-world change: the bridge that works

The Health System in sub-Saharan Africa collection’s impact is tangible and far-reaching:

  • Policy influence

One paper has already been cited in the World Health Organization’s (WHOs) 2024 World Malaria Report, providing clear evidence that the collection's research is taken into account when it comes to global health policy.

  • Practical application

Many of the papers published in the collection offer actionable insights that have already been applied by policymakers and healthcare providers, thereby bridging the gap between academic research and frontline practice.

  • Academic recognition

The collection has sparked significant interest and engagement within the scholarly community, with multiple papers cited in other research and a growing network of reviewers and collaborators.

Showcasing the potential for the practical application of published research

The Health Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa collection is more than an academic showcase; it catalyses real-world change. Three recent papers exemplify how research from this collection can shape policy and improve practice:

1. The safety, quality evaluation, and lot release of COVID-19 vaccines imported and used in Nigeria from March 2021 to March 2022

In this research article, the authors presented one of the first detailed models of its kind from sub-Saharan Africa. Based at the National Agency for Food and Drug Administration and Control (NAFDAC) in Nigeria and the Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences at the University of Michigan, USA, the authors documented Nigeria’s quality assurance process for imported COVID-19 vaccines.

By detailing the rigorous quality control processes in ISO-accredited laboratories, the paper provided a practical model of regulatory requirements for other low- and middle-income countries. The study highlights how robust testing, transparency, and adherence to international standards can strengthen regulatory systems, build public trust, and combat vaccine hesitancy.

2. Pay for a free service, access to cesarean section in the slums of Dakar

Researchers from Kenya, Senegal, and Burkina Faso investigated access to emergency caesarean sections for women in Dakar's slums. The research revealed that significant out-of-pocket costs persist despite a policy guaranteeing free caesarean services in government-run health facilities. 

These costs contribute to further impoverishment of women and undermine the intent of free care policies. By identifying the disconnect between policy and practice, the paper provides a foundation for policymakers to reform financial management and ensure equitable access to lifesaving maternal health services.

3, Cost efficiency of primary health care facilities in Ghana: stochastic frontier analysis

A research team based in Ghana evaluated the cost efficiency of Ghana's primary healthcare facilities using robust statistical methods. The study revealed notable efficiency differences between facility types and identified factors that affect operational performance. The authors proposed adopting telehealth and telemedicine to improve access to and resilience of the health system, especially during health emergencies.

What the Guest Editors had to say about the collection

The collection’s Guest Editors highlighted the valuable contributions of early-career researchers (ECRs) and their fresh insights and innovative approaches.

Our experience with the Health Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa collection revealed a vibrant and growing community of early-career researchers who are driving meaningful policy change through evidence-based research. Their fresh insights and inventive solutions are addressing real-world health system challenges, contributing to scientific progress and impact—from healthcare financing and product quality assurance to modern delivery technologies and global health reports. Supporting these researchers to surface and share their work is not only an investment in future leadership, but also a step toward building resilient, equitable, and sustainable health systems across Sub-Saharan Africa and beyond. Seeing our own paper cited by the WHO and applied by policymakers is the ultimate reward.”

— Guest Editors of the Health Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa collection

Discover logo © Springer Nature 2024
Discover collections: Modern publishing for modern challenges

Discover breaks free from traditional publishing constraints that often limit the impact of early-career researchers. Unlike conventional journals that may prioritise established researchers or have narrow scopes, Discover welcomes diverse methodologies, emerging researchers, and locally grounded perspectives that traditional publications might overlook.

The benefits of publishing to a Discover collection

  • Inclusive publishing 

Discover actively seek contributions from researchers, utilizing targeted outreach and a diverse reviewer pool to ensure representation and maintain high-quality standards.

  • Multi-disciplinary scope 

Discover fosters collaboration and innovation across disciplines by covering everything from policy and governance to clinical practice, opening possibilities for researchers in different relevant disciplines.

  • Open access advantage

With Discover, every article is freely accessible worldwide, maximising your research's reach and citation potential. This isn't just about numbers; it's about ensuring your work reaches the practitioners, policymakers, and communities who can apply your findings.

  • Community-driven support

Guest Editors and the Editorial team provide dedicated support throughout the publishing process. Coordinated marketing campaigns across social media platforms, professional networks, and academic channels ensure your research is published and promoted.

  • Enhanced visibility and networking

Connect with Guest Editors, fellow contributors, and the broader research community. These contacts often lead to future collaborations, conference invitations, and career opportunities that strengthen grant applications and career prospects.

Why early career researchers choose Discover

  • Representative: Your research finds its home

Discovers inclusive approach means targeted outreach through academic networks, regional connections, and professional social platforms, ensuring ECR research from across the continents finds its platform. This representative approach drives innovation and diversity, advancing discovery by welcoming all validated research regardless of origin.

  • Rigorous: The quality that opens doors

Every submission undergoes robust peer review with a carefully curated reviewer pool spanning multiple disciplines. This rigorous process does not slow down ECRs; it accelerates their credibility. When your research appears in a Discover collection, it carries the trusted reputation that policymakers and senior researchers recognise.

  • Rapid: Published at the pace of progress

Discover collections prioritise speed without compromising quality. The streamlined submission process and efficient editorial workflow mean ECRs see their work published quickly, which is crucial when research addresses urgent global health challenges.

  • Reach: Finding the community that matters

The multidisciplinary scope of Discover’s journal collections creates unprecedented networking opportunities, bringing together leading experts, emerging researchers, and innovators from across diverse fields.

  • Why publish to a Discover collection?

The Health Systems in sub-Saharan Africa collection demonstrates that Discover not only publishes research but also helps careers develop. That’s precisely why Discover is trusted by researchers for their values and impact.

As the youngest imprint from Springer Nature, Discover provides ECRs with everything needed to transform promising research into global impact by combining open access publishing, rigorous peer review, and community-driven support. 

Furthermore, whether your research addresses health systems challenges in Africa or elsewhere, Discover offers the platform, support, and reach to ensure your work makes the difference you intended.

What the collection authors had to say

Addressing malaria incidence in Africa through health care expenditure and access to basic sanitation services

Dr Alfred Eboh, a medical sociologist at Kogi State University, and Aderonke Omotayo Adebayo of the University of Ibadan, published an article demonstrating how improvements to healthcare expenditure and access to basic sanitation can reduce malaria cases and deaths. 

By choosing to publish in a Discover collection, Eboh and Adebayo made their work visible and accessible, leading to enhanced impact. In under 18 months, the article attracted five citations and 3500 accesses, underscoring the impact and relevance of publishing open access in a targeted collection.

“Importantly, the WHO’s World malaria report 2024 referenced our study’s insights on the importance of external funding and sanitation in reducing case numbers. This was incredibly gratifying: Seeing our work inform a flagship policy document underscores that rigorous, data‑driven research can, and does, shape global strategies. [...] Ultimately, the impact of these publications and their endorsement in academia and also policy affirm that scholarly work can move beyond citation counts to influence budgets, programmes, and — most importantly — health outcomes on the ground.”

- Dr Alfred Eboh, a medical sociologist at Kogi State University, Nigeria

Read Dr Eboh’s full interview here.

Using economic analysis to inform health resource allocation: lessons from Malawi

Early-career researcher Megha Rao and her co-authors sought to publish their research so that it would reach the very people who could implement their findings and suggestions, thereby making the maximum real-world impact.

Since publication, Rao and her team have received subsequent inquiries from policymakers about adapting and implementing her work across Africa. She says, “Publishing in the collection has given this research significantly greater visibility, particularly because it showcases its real-world application in Malawi. This has acted as a powerful proof-of-concept.”

Moreover, Rao highlights the value of publishing in a collection for early-career researchers. She adds, "For an ECR, the immediate value comes from the credibility it provides. Being included in a curated collection by established editors acts as a 'stamp of approval' and effectively positions my work within the most relevant community of experts and policymakers.”

We've had tangible interest from researchers and health ministries in several other African countries. These aren't just academic inquiries; they are concrete conversations about how to adapt and implement these tools to fit their national contexts, which is exactly the outcome we hoped for.” 

- Megha Rao, Research Fellow for the Thanzi Labwino (Better Health) project at the University of York

Ready to make the wise choice for your research impact? Visit Springer Nature collections to explore open call for papers and discover which collection aligns with your research goals and career ambitions. At Springer Nature, your work will be published, promoted, protected, and positioned for real-world change.

Related content

Shining a light on SDG 3 research: How you can get involved

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Oct 14 2025

Progress on United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 3 'Good Health & Well-being' (SDG 3) takes more than research — it also requires getting that research to the people on the ground, and the people making policy, including both governments and non-governmental organisations (NGOs). Actively helping get this work into the right hands is why Springer Nature has set up SDG hubs and newsletters, including for SDG 3. The hub for SDG 3 covers research spanning four main themes: reproductive, maternal, newborn, and child health; infectious diseases; non-communicable diseases; and health systems and funding. It also looks at improving mental health and minimising environmental health risks. 

SDG 3 at Springer Nature 
SN SDG logo © Springer Nature 2019

Helping researchers publish — and publicise — their work in these fields is one of the key parts of my job at Springer Nature. By publicise, I mean that staff at Springer Nature devote time and effort into hubs, newsletters, awareness days, webinars, and more, to support SDG-related research.

The SDG Working Group at Springer Nature that I'm involved in focuses on SDG 3. For SDG 3-related work, we not only support these activities, but we highlight them in a bi-monthly SDG 3 newsletter. We publish this newsletter on the Research Communities, where it raises awareness of initiatives that relate to the SDG3 targets. 

SDG 3 Newsletter 

Each newsletter focuses in depth on a broad theme related to the SDG 3 targets. The SDG 3 Newsletter offers a concise overview of recent Springer Nature articles, books, collections, webinars, and relevant conferences. The newsletter also highlights current developments, assessing progress toward SDG 3 targets and sharing ways readers can get involved. 

Boosting SDG 3 research 

We publish this newsletter for you — for researchers working in SDG 3, to showcase and emphasise your work. This is a chance for you to have your work spotlighted for a broader SDG 3-interested audience.  

My team can work with you to create a blog about your research paper, your career, and/or an important event in your research field. These blogs are accessible to everyone, and readers include researchers, policymakers, and industry professionals actively working on SDG 3. The SDG 3 Newsletters earn thousands of views and are a wonderful way of promoting your recent article or shining a light on your research. 

The Springer Nature SDG 3 Working Group members have worked with researchers from a variety of fields including clinical medicine, public health, and social sciences. Read the newsletters to discover researcher Q&As, podcasts, and ‘behind the paper’ blogs.  

What does this look like in practice? You can see that by reading the most recent SDG 3 Newsletters: 

To get involved, please contact me - and follow me on the Research Communities to be alerted when an SDG 3 Newsletter is published

Related content: 

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Discover journals: Open access funding options for our authors

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Oct 10 2025

Are you an early-career researcher eager to get your work noticed? Publishing open access (OA) is one of the best ways to make sure your research is read, cited, and used around the world. But getting started with OA publishing can feel confusing, especially if you’re new to it.

This blog will guide you through the basics of OA publishing and show how Discover journals make the process straightforward and supportive, especially for new researchers. We’ll explain the benefits for your career and how you can take advantage of open access agreements to make publishing easier and more affordable.

Increase your reach

When you publish openly under an OA license, your article is free for anyone to read right away—no paywalls or subscriptions. This means your work can reach researchers anywhere in the world, including researchers in lower-middle-income countries whose institutions may have to be highly selective with the journal subscriptions they sign up for. OA helps create a fairer research community where everyone has access to the latest science, including researchers, policymakers, practitioners, and the general public.

OA publishing increases the reach of your research. Readers can easily discover and immediately access OA articles, without hitting paywalls or institutional login pages. This results in more impact. Many studies have shown that publishing OA positively influences the number of readers and citations your research receives. Moreover, data from a 2024 report showed that articles in Springer Nature’s fully OA journals were downloaded up to five times more often and received higher citation rates than those in other publishers’ comparable journals. 

This extra attention can lead to new collaborations, a stronger CV, and a faster start to your research career—all especially important if you’re just starting out.

“Discover journals are built to encourage inclusivity, rapid, rigorous review, and global reach. Our publishing models are designed to match that ambition, making it easier than ever for authors to publish open access without compromise. Discover journals reflect the future of publishing: rigorous, fast, fair, and open to all.” 

- Dylan Parker, Publishing Director, Discover at Springer Nature

A journal portfolio built around inclusivity
Discover logo © Springer Nature 2024

Discover is Springer Nature’s newest imprint, breaking with many publishing traditions. Our portfolio of fully OA journals spans a wide range of disciplines, from the hard sciences and medicine to the social sciences and humanities.

Our primary goal is to be inclusive of all research communities and types of research. In some disciplines, up to half of all research findings don’t get published. At Discover, we welcome all valid research, including negative findings and case reports.

Since all articles are available OA from day one, readers can easily access Discover journals and use their content, regardless of where they are in the world.

Our inclusive portfolio has been designed to facilitate multidisciplinary research, so the journals can easily align with the challenges outlined by the United Nation’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Every new journal in the Discover portfolio considers how journal content will contribute to progressing SDGs relevant to the subject matter. In fact, across the Discover portfolio, SDG-related content consistently receives stronger engagement than non-SDG content, with on average 53.9% higher Altmetric scores and 12.6% more citations (Dimensions), highlighting their academic influence. 

We know that you care about getting your results out into the world quickly. The average time between manuscript submission and first decision ranges from one to four weeks. You can easily check this metric for each Discover journal as the median value is listed on its home page, so our authors know what to expect. At the same time, we don’t compromise on quality. All Discover journals follow the ethical standards for research and publication defined by the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE), so you can trust our rigorous and robust peer-review process. 

“Early-career researchers often face the steepest barriers to publishing. Our goal is to remove those barriers—whether financial, procedural, or institutional—so they can focus on building their careers and contributing to global knowledge. That’s why we’ve designed our OA agreements with all researchers, including early-career researchers, in mind. From fee coverage to simplified workflows, we’re here to support the next generation of scholars.” 

- Caroline Nevison, Director of OA Agreements at Springer Nature

Publishing made simple for early-career researchers

Publishing your first paper can feel overwhelming. There’s a lot to learn—like how to submit, what peer review means, and how to pay for publication. Discover journals are set up to make these steps as simple as possible, so you can focus on sharing your research.

Here’s how Discover journals support early-career researchers from the start:

  • Rigorous peer review underpinned by COPE ethics
  • Rapid decisions for real-time impact 
  • An inclusive scope that welcomes diverse article types and multidisciplinary research 
  • Global reach and impact via OA publications 
  • Straightforward OA agreements with institutions

Our open access agreements make it easy to opt for OA

When publishing OA, authors are typically required to pay an article processing fee (APC) to cover the costs of the editorial process. Many institutions offer financial support to help cover these costs. One way is through OA agreements with publishers—either individually or through a consortium agreement among multiple institutions. 

Your institution’s OA agreement with Springer Nature may provide:  

  • Full APC coverage – 100% of the APC is paid by the institution
  • A percentage discount – e.g. 10% off the list price APC
  • Fixed price coverage – e.g. up to €1,000 paid by the institution.

Our OA agreements with participating institutions worldwide are designed to help reduce both the financial and administrative burdens for authors.

If your institution has such an agreement in place, your OA fees might be covered for the journals included.  

Authors whose institutions are not yet part of an open-access agreement can still benefit from Springer Nature’s OA funding resources, which help locate institutional funds, charitable grants, or waiver programs for researchers in lower-income countries.

Find out if your publishing fee can be covered by an OA agreement

Step 1: Visit the homepage of the Discover journal you want to publish in via Springer Nature Link. Click on “Explore open access funding” underneath the “Submit your manuscript” button. 

P_Discover 01 © Springer Nature 2025

Step 2: Your institution is automatically selected through your IP address, but you can update this to reflect your best fit, or that of your co-authors.

P_Discover 02 © Springer Nature 2025

Step 3: If your university or institution has an agreement with Springer Nature, the eligibility checker will inform you of the available funding options.

P_Discover 03 © Springer Nature 2025

Step 4: If you’re not covered by an OA agreement then explore whether your funder or institution supports APC costs through other routes. Visit Springer Nature’s open access funding & support services for information about research funders and institutions that provide funding for APCs.

Ready to publish OA in a Discover journal?

Our support service team is available to assist you at every step of the submission, review, and publication process. 

Submission

You can submit your manuscript through a journal’s online submission system. Detailed guidelines help you meet the journal’s formatting and content requirements.

Peer review

Once submitted, the manuscript undergoes rigorous peer review. Reviewers assess the validity, originality and significance of your research. Authors may be required to make revisions based on the feedback from reviewers.

Acceptance and publication

Upon acceptance, your manuscript is prepared for publication. This includes formatting, proofreading, and the addition of metadata to enhance discoverability. Your final article is then published online and made freely accessible.

Post-publication

After publication, you can track the impact of your work through metrics such as download counts, citations, and social media mentions.

Make your research count with Discover’s OA journals

Publishing open access doesn’t have to be complicated, and with Discover journals, it’s designed to be empowering. Whether you're an early-career researcher looking to build visibility or simply want your work to reach the widest possible audience, Discover offers a fast, inclusive, and impactful publishing experience. From rigorous peer review to global discoverability and simplified funding through OA agreements, we’re here to support you every step of the way.

Ready to take the next step? Explore our OA funding options for Discover journals and make your research count.

Related content

How research access drives public health innovation

T
The Link
By: undefined, Mon Oct 6 2025

In the race to develop life-saving vaccines and diagnostics, access to the right scientific knowledge at the right time can make all the difference. For public health institutions like Bio-Manguinhos, Brazil’s leading producer of immunobiologicals, bridging the gap between global research and local innovation is not just a strategic priority; it’s a public mandate.

For many public health institutions, navigating the vast and fragmented landscape of scientific literature can be a significant barrier. Researchers and technical teams often face delays in accessing peer-reviewed studies, struggle with siloed information systems, or lack the tools to efficiently integrate new findings into their workflows. These challenges can slow down R&D, complicate regulatory submissions, and ultimately delay the delivery of critical health solutions to the populations that need them most.

Like many public health institutions, Bio-Manguinhos, a key player in Brazil’s public health ecosystem, faced these barriers head-on. By rethinking how teams' access and apply scientific research, the organisation not only accelerated innovation but also created a scalable model for others navigating similar challenges. The experience of Bio-Manguinhos offers practical insights for organisations facing similar challenges.

Turning information overload into actionable insight

Public health organizations working at the intersection of science, policy and service delivery face increasing pressure to stay current with global research across diverse disciplines, from virology and immunology to manufacturing and regulatory science. Operating under tight timelines and limited resources, these institutions rely on timely, relevant scientific literature to inform decision-making and drive innovation.

Yet many teams still depend on fragmented systems for research discovery, open-access sources, institutional repositories, and informal sharing networks. This patchwork approach is often time-consuming and inconsistent, making it difficult to integrate new findings into workflows efficiently. The result is slower R&D cycles, challenges in regulatory documentation and delays in delivering health solutions to the populations that need them most.

To overcome these barriers, Bio-Manguinhos implemented a more connected approach to research access. By leveraging curated databases such as AdisInsight, the organisation enabled reliable, immediate access to the latest global research, supporting innovation in vaccines, diagnostics and biopharmaceuticals.

"COVID-19 showed the world that we need to collaborate in different networks that are somehow interconnected. However, most data was still proprietary, and we needed a new paradigm to work around that, so we could move even faster, as much as possible, on a safe ground.” - Beatriz Fialho, Head of Competitive Intelligence at Bio-Manguinhos

This shift allows teams to:

  • Rapidly validate hypotheses with current findings
  • Avoid duplication by building on existing studies
  • Strengthen the scientific foundation of regulatory submissions
  • Foster collaboration across R&D, quality and compliance functions

As one project lead at Bio-Manguinhos described it: “We’re no longer starting from scratch; we’re building on the shoulders of global science.” This was particularly evident in the development of new diagnostic kits, where faster access to studies on viral mutations and detection methods enabled quicker iteration, confident validation and faster time to market.

From faster insights to broader impact

While R&D teams often see the most immediate gains, the ripple effects are felt organization wide. Regulatory affairs teams can support submissions with up-to-date citations. Quality assurance teams reference the latest methodologies. Even onboarding and training improved, as new staff gain easier access to foundational and current literature. As one stakeholder put it, “It’s not just the researchers who benefit regulatory, quality and even training teams now have the resources they need at their fingertips.”

What makes this approach particularly relevant for mission-driven organizations is its scalability and adaptability. Whether a national vaccine producer, a diagnostics lab, or a public research institute, the ability to connect teams with trusted, timely research is a foundational enabler of innovation. And it doesn’t require a complete overhaul of systems. Often, it’s about removing friction, making it easier for people to find what they need, when they need it and use it effectively. That might mean integrating access into existing workflows, offering training on discovery tools or ensuring that licensing models reflect the realities of public sector work.

Ultimately, it’s about amplifying impact. When institutions can move faster, collaborate smarter, and innovate with confidence, the effects extend far beyond the lab. They reach communities, strengthen health systems and accelerate progress toward global health goals.

Lessons for the future of public health innovation

As public health challenges grow more complex, the need for agile, evidence-based innovation will only intensify. Institutions that invest in research connectivity today are better positioned to respond to tomorrow’s crises and to lead in shaping a healthier future. The experience of Bio-Manguinhos offers several practical insights for organizations considering a similar shift:

  • Start with the user: Understand how teams currently access and use research and identify the biggest friction points in their workflows.
  • Think beyond content: Access is essential, but so is usability. Tools should be intuitive, integrated and aligned with how people actually work.
  • Measure what matters: Go beyond usage metrics. Track how improved access accelerates projects, enhances quality or supports strategic goals.
  • Build for the long term: Choose solutions that can evolve with the organization and adapt to changing research needs and institutional priorities.

In the race to develop life-saving vaccines and diagnostics, timely access to the right scientific knowledge can be the difference between delay and delivery. For public health institutions worldwide, bridging global research with local innovation is increasingly essential. Take a closer look at the full case study for more detailed view of how Bio-Manguinhos approached this transformation and how similar strategies can help other public health institutions strengthen research access, accelerate innovation and deliver greater impact across their communities.

Related Content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts today!

Giving great research the attention it deserves

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Thu Oct 2 2025

It’s the start of October, and for those of us in and around the research community that means it’s time to get excited about learning who, and what, will be selected for the Nobel prize this year. 

The Nobel prizes are truly unique in their global recognition and reach.  The research-oriented prizes are a once-a-year celebration of the value and impact of groundbreaking fundamental research, and the vital role it plays in moving us and our planet forward.  Countries around the world are justifiably proud of the number of winners they can claim as their own, either through origin or through adopted home.  The city where I live, Boston (USA), even has a display celebrating local winners adorning one terminal of its main airport.  

At Nature Portfolio, we too are proud of the part that we have played in this history.  Each year when the Nobel prize announcements come out, we celebrate the winners and their contributions by highlighting the articles they have chosen to publish with us (see for example the 2024 Nobel Prize in Chemistry). Looking back over time, we are grateful that 75% of the researchers who have received scientific Nobel prizes (Physiology or Medicine, Chemistry, Physics) in the past 50 years have chosen to publish at least some of their work in Nature and Nature Portfolio journals.   

Publication is an important part of the overall research process, and our journals have stood the test of time.  For over 150 years, Nature and the Nature Portfolio of journals have focused on giving important research advances a platform that brings them to the research community and beyond.  Much has changed about the publishing process in that time – including distribution mechanisms, approaches to peer review, introduction of open access models, and community expectations around reporting and sharing to ensure rigor and reproducibility, and Nature Portfolio journals have often played a leading role in moving the community forward.  But what has not changed is the value that authors, reviewers, and readers place on journals that bring together important advances across fields and highlight them to the world. 

As a member of the Nature Portfolio team, I get to work every day with a talented team of scientific editors who are focused on bringing that value to life.   Across our Nature-branded research journals we currently employ over 450 full-time professional editors for research manuscripts. They all have advanced domain expertise that helps them not only evaluate the evidence and conclusions reached in each paper, but also to select the most important and rigorous work for publication. For Nature itself, this means that each editor carefully evaluates 12 papers to find one that the community would expect to see in the journal. At other Nature Portfolio research journals this ratio can be a little higher or a little lower.   

As part of this evaluation process, our editors use their expertise to identify a curated set of specialist reviewers who make an in-depth assessment of the work and ensure that the results fully support the conclusions.  They also work with authors to guide them in revising and developing their paper, including making sure that they meet our high standards for research integrity and reproducibility, and that their methods, data, and code are documented and available, through a constructive and interactive dialogue approach that sets our journals apart.  It’s no coincidence that in post-publication surveys 90% of Nature Portfolio authors agree that “the advice and comments from manuscript editors helped to improve their paper”, and as one recent author said “I would like to sincerely thank you for the quality of the editorial process. It was highly professional at every stage, with solid reviewers who provided insightful comments, and an editorial team that combined scientific rigor with a flexible and open attitude. It has truly been a pleasure to work with you.” 

All of that care is manifest in the value we give authors in terms of the recognition and visibility of their work. As an illustration, research articles in Nature-branded journals published in 2024 have each been cited on average 21.7 times per year, 8 times more than articles published in an average Springer Nature journal, which are cited 2.8 times on average, and downloaded over 12,000 times per year, compared to just over 900 times at an average journal—an impressive 13 times more. To complement the research articles we publish, we also commission commentaries to highlight and interpret research findings, and our press team work in collaboration with researchers and media organizations to ensure that important research advances have wider reach.  Nature itself also has an award-winning magazine news and comment team, reporting on research advances and other issues relevant to the research community.   

Maintaining these high standards, along with the infrastructure and technology needed to support them, does come at a cost, covered through journal subscriptions or open access publishing fees. In keeping with community expectations, our research journals all now offer an open access APC-based publishing option, either exclusively (Nature Communications) or as a choice for authors, and the APC levels associated with our journals reflect the investment we put in.  It’s worth highlighting, though, that while our APCs are 2-4x higher than average, if compared to receiving 8 or 13 times more citations and downloads, respectively, the “return on investment” for researchers of publishing in Nature Portfolio journals in terms of quality, visibility and reach remains high.  We estimate that historically only around 1% of the grant funding awarded by agencies such as the NIH or the EU has gone towards the cost of publication, which we view as helping to unlock the value of the remaining 99% for researchers, institutions, industry and the public. 

We think of ourselves as partners for the research community.  All of the credit for the research ideas and the effort involved in testing them of course goes to the researchers themselves.  Our role is to help make sure that reporting of that research meets the highest standards of rigor, transparency, and reproducibility, and that other people can see what the researchers have learned, will trust, understand, and appreciate it, and can then build on and apply it.  With our support as a high-quality global publisher, the researchers who did the work get the platform and recognition they deserve, and readers around the world can use the new insights to guide their own future journey. 

Related Tags:

Bringing SDG research to the forefront: A look at the Research Communities

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Oct 1 2025

The Research Communities help bridge the gap between research and global impact by spotlighting work aligned with the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Through features like SDG badges and curated content, these digital communities make it easier for researchers to discover, share, and amplify SDG-focused research.

I spoke with Yuanxin Zhang to learn more about the SDG-focused content being published on the Research Communities and how researchers can get involved to increase the visibility of their own work.

Springer Nature Research Communities © Springer Nature 2025

Tell me a little about the Research Communities

The Research Communities are vibrant digital communities which connect researchers and research-interested audiences around the world. By fostering connections on a global scale, the Communities help researchers expand their networks, discover new findings and hear directly from those at the cutting edge of research.  

In the Communities, researchers can explore the latest research findings, generate discussions with peers and dive into relevant news and opinions from leaders in the field. Whichever Community they join, all are united under the same goal – to provide them with access to the latest information and foster informed discussions to aid collaboration and drive the advancement of science and discovery by connecting the research community on a global scale. 

A new feature: the SDG badges. How do these work?

Content in the Research Communities that is especially relevant to one or more of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) is now marked with an SDG badge.  

P_RCSDGbadges © Springer Nature 2025

The aim is to increase the visibility of SDG-relevant work and help researchers better understand how their contributions connect to global sustainability challenges.  

These badges, added by the Communities team or the authors themselves, make it easier to identify, explore, and showcase SDG-related research. Researchers can filter content by SDG badge, see the badge displayed on individual posts, and browse SDG-specific pages (e.g. SDG 3) that bring together all related content in one place. 

Do you see a lot of SDG-relevant content being published on the Research Communities?

Yes – SDG-relevant content appears widely across the Research Communities, with contributions reflecting the many ways research from across disciplines supports the UN goals. 

Sustainability Springer Nature Research Community © Springer Nature 2025

The Sustainability Community in particular provides a strong focus, bringing together research on a wide spectrum of topics – from eco-friendly recycling for retired wind blades (SDG 12), urban walkability and climate adaptation (SDG 11 & 13), and wave energy technologies (SDG 7), to sustainable agriculture and food security (SDG 2), climate-related health and economic impacts (SDG 3), and social equity, institutional change, and community resilience (SDG 10 & 16). This diversity shows how SDG discussions cut across life sciences, social sciences, and applied sciences.

Across all Communities, content also appears in multiple channels – from Behind the Paper stories and editorial insights in the From the Editors category, to News & Opinion pieces, Events, and Opportunities – making it easy for researchers to discover and engage with work that supports sustainable development.

What is the top SDG-related content you’ve seen published in the last few months?

SN SDG logo © Springer Nature 2019
In the past few months, several blog posts focused on SDGs have stood out for their strong engagement. These include awareness day reflections linking research to global challenges, SDG Talks seminars that spark live discussion, curated SDG Newsletters highlighting recent research and news for specific SDG, behind-the-scenes research stories contributing to sustainable development, as well as call for paper posts to journals or Collections addressing SDG themes.

Recent popular SDG-related blog posts include:

How can someone start their journey on the Research Communities?

It’s easy to get started – simply register to join the Research Communities. Once registered, researchers can easily stay up to date by following Communities and Topics that match their interests, as well as other members across the network. Their personalised Activity Feed then provides a curated stream of the latest content and interactions, while ‘Digest’ emails highlight newly tagged content directly in their inbox. Following ensures they never miss important developments and helps them stay engaged with the wider research conversation. 

Authors from across Springer Nature’s Journals and Books are invited to contribute a Behind the Paper post on their recently published work – or to share their perspectives through other types of blog posts such as Life in Research or News and Opinion

For more tips, a quick guide to navigating the Research Communities introduces these and other useful features. 

Take a closer look at the Research Communities to expand your network and discover the latest research findings. 

P_056Q3_SDG-2025-6th_Yuanxin-Z_140x140px © SpringerNature2025


Yuanxin Zhang, Manager - Research Communities, Springer Nature

Yuanxin Zhang works with the Researcher Engagement team at Springer Nature, based in Beijing, China, supporting the Humanities and Social Sciences research areas across the Research Communities. Passionate about sustainability, she helps to promote SDG-relevant content through curated highlights and cross-disciplinary engagement. She also contributes blog posts and community updates that share exciting research, highlight new initiatives, and connect researchers with conversations on global challenges.


Related content:

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Guest Editor Q&A: Becoming a Springer Nature Guest Editor

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Sep 25 2025

Behind every Springer Nature Collection are guest editors whose expertise and dedication transform ideas into impactful academic resources. In this blog, we go behind the scenes and ask two early career researchers, Carlton J. Fong and Christopher S. Rozek, what it takes to guest edit a Springer Nature Collection.

From recruiting diverse voices to navigating peer review and promoting the final work, Carlton J. Fong and Christopher S. Rozek share what it really means to be a guest editor. They reflect on the challenges, the rewards, and the career-shaping impact of curating a Collection that spans educational, developmental, and cultural psychology. 

Whether you're an early career researcher or a seasoned academic, their insights offer a valuable look into the editorial journey and might just inspire your own. 

Fong and Rozek came together through their shared passion for school belonging—a field that focuses on how accepted, respected, included, and supported students feel in educational settings.  

Fong is an associate professor of post-secondary student success in the College of Education at Texas State University. And Rozek is an assistant professor in the Department of Education at Washington University in St. Louis.  

10648
Driven by a bold vision to create a one-stop hub for diverse perspectives, Fong and Rosek guest edited the pioneering Collection: Perspectives on Current and Future Directions in School Belonging Research, from the hybrid Springer journal, Educational Psychology Review.  

The Collection brings together new literature on primary through to post-secondary level school belonging, and includes perspectives from educational, developmental and cultural psychology, and beyond.  

We spoke to Fong and Rozek to learn more about their guest editor journeys and to ask what advice they had for other early career researchers who share the ambition to create a Collection in their own areas of expertise. 

What did the guest editor role entail day-to-day? 

Fong: There were a lot of moving pieces throughout the process. Some of the more practical things were guiding the authors, keeping them engaged, and making sure they were following through with their revisions and their timelines. We also worked closely with peer reviewers; they played a huge role. As guest editors we recruited the reviewers, answered their questions, and had them provide critiques and constructive feedback for authors. A special part of the role was taking all the reviewer comments, reading and evaluating the manuscripts, and synthesising all the feedback into actionable steps for the authors on how to improve their work. 

Rozek: There were different phases. At the beginning, we were doing the recruiting and planning; we were doing the intentional thinking about what we wanted the Collection to be and what kind of impact we wanted it to have. We were very conscious about inviting people who would cover a wide variety of topics; we also had an open call for papers. Once we started getting the papers in, we were in the editorial phase. We had very specific ideas about topics we wanted covered and perspectives we wanted included. We worked closely with our author teams to ensure that the papers they were contributing would relate to those topics and perspectives. Another part was promotion. As guest editors, we wanted to get the word out; we wanted people to know we were building a resource where they could find all these different perspectives and great theories about school belonging. 

Has the role influenced your career goals?  

Fong: It’s impacted my personal goals on multiple levels. I want to become an expert in this area and what better way to achieve that goal than by being an editor? You’re reviewing so much of the literature, so many ideas. You’re thinking critically about the topic over long periods of time, you’re working with authors and their ideas. It’s really sharpened my thinking and deepened my expertise. A secondary goal has been to network—to connect with scholars that I might not otherwise have had the opportunity to work with. 

Rozek: It’s been very rewarding for me and my career goals. I’ve been an author and a reviewer, and I’ve been on editorial boards, but this was my first big editorial experience. It’s been great to see what it’s like to be a journal editor, to really understand what the process is like. Another nice part—as an early career researcher—is that it increases your visibility in the field; it’s an opportunity to work with big-name scholars. 

What did you learn from this experience that you didn’t expect when going into it?

Fong: We had a diverse set of peer reviewers, and I was surprised to see how these scholars had different perspectives when they were reviewing the work; how they had disagreements about certain things. It was a good learning experience—peer reviewers bring different perspectives to the table and that enriches scholarly discussion. 

Rozek: Perhaps the most surprising thing I learned was just how big a project it was—it’s something that you’re committing to for a long time. Carlton and I came up with this idea back in 2023, and we wanted to play a role in helping to shape some of the papers in our Collection. That’s been a big but very rewarding commitment 

What did you enjoy most about the role and how did it fit with your other research and professional commitments?  

Fong: I beam with joy when I see the final articles—in print or online—in their final form; see the growth from the original submissions; see how the papers have evolved by integrating and taking on different comments and perspectives. Truly, feedback does make something much better. 

Rozek: The best way to balance the commitment is to ensure that the topic is something that is intertwined with your research. When your research has connections to, and overlaps with, the Collection topic, it makes that commitment a lot easier.

What advice would you give early career researchers who are interested in becoming guest editors? 

Fong: Have a bold and clear vision. That guided us through every step of developing our Collection. We wanted it to be a one-stop-shop for current and future belonging researchers; we had that vision and we stuck to it. That helped us through what can be a long process. 

Rozek: Reach out to people who’ve done it before, it’ll help demystify the process. I didn’t know much about doing this beforehand, but I have learned a lot and feel much more confident about being able to do it again. Also, make sure that it’s something that you’re really interested in and passionate about, something you’re very knowledgeable about. 

And finally, would you take on the role again? 

Fong: I would do it again in a heartbeat. There are just so many benefits. I recommend it to all scholars. We become scholars because we want to generate and curate knowledge. There’s no better way—in my mind—to deepen your knowledge and share knowledge with others than to edit a Collection. 

Rozek: It would need to be the right topic, but it has been an extremely rewarding process, and I would be really excited about doing it again. 

If you are interested in becoming a guest editor or publishing your research in a Springer Nature Collection visit our new Collections hub to find out more.

Related Content

Reproducibility as a competitive advantage in life science R&D

T
The Link
By: undefined, Thu Sep 25 2025

Reproducibility is receiving a lot more attention in life science research and for good reason. It’s becoming a key factor in how companies manage risk, speed up innovation and build trust in their results. This blog looks at how reproducibility is evolving beyond academia and why it matters for corporate R&D teams, biotech firms and research-driven businesses. It also explores practical ways to make reproducibility part of everyday workflows, so research can move faster, scale better and deliver more value.

Reproducibility is becoming a real advantage in corporate research. When research is well-documented and easy to repeat, teams can build on previous work more smoothly, collaborate more easily and deliver results that others can rely on with confidence. It’s about making methods clear, accessible and useful so that research can move faster, scale better and support broader impact. For corporate R&D teams, reproducibility ensures that research outputs are audit-ready, traceable, and reliable across global teams and external partners. It supports data integrity, simplifies review processes and builds confidence in results.

The business value of reproducible research

Reproducibility plays a central role in meeting regulatory expectations and strengthening research integrity. Clear, consistent practices such as detailed methods, open data and standardized reporting are increasingly supported by both publishers and regulators. Tools like reproducibility checklists and transparent documentation are becoming standard across the publishing and compliance landscape, aligning with frameworks like Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and Good Clinical Practice (GCP).

Beyond compliance, reproducibility also enables more effective collaboration. When research is well-documented and openly shared, it becomes easier for teams across industry, academia and government to align goals and build on each other’s work. Structured reporting and open data practices help make research outputs easier to interpret, replicate and integrate into new projects supporting smoother technology transfer, more productive partnerships and stronger outcomes in joint initiatives.

As Dr. Ruth Timme, GenomeTrakr Program Lead at the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, highlighted in a recent webinar, reproducibility starts early in the research process. Sharing methods before discoveries are finalized can have a profound effect from enabling PhD students to contribute novel techniques to helping public health teams respond to emerging threats. This proactive approach helps create a research culture built on clarity, openness and collaboration.

A 2021 study in BMC Research Notes found that researchers who adopt reproducible practices tend to produce work that is more widely reused and cited. For companies, this translates into greater visibility, stronger influence and higher returns on research investment. Reputation grows, innovation scales and competitiveness strengthens when organizations embed reproducibility into their strategic approach, turning research investment into visible, influential returns.

Strategies that scale reproducible research

Forward-thinking companies are already taking action to adopt reproducibility as a core part of their research culture. Common strategies include:

  • Standardizing protocols and data formats to ensure consistency across teams and locations.
  • Investing in digital infrastructure that supports FAIR data principles, making research outputs findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable.
  • Incentivizing transparent practices by aligning KPIs and performance metrics with reproducibility goals.
  • Providing training and tools that help teams adopt reproducible workflows and use AI responsibly to support documentation and data quality.

As research teams grow and projects become more complex, reproducibility becomes essential to scaling effectively. Technology is playing a key role in making this possible. Digital tools and AI-powered platforms are helping teams document experiments automatically, standardize metadata and manage version control ensuring that research remains consistent and traceable, even as it expands across departments, locations, and collaborators. Structured reporting formats and digital lab notebooks make it easier to replicate and build on results, reducing friction in handovers and accelerating project timelines. Tools like protocols.io and Springer Nature Experiments support this by enabling researchers to share and adapt methods across teams and disciplines.

Turning reproducibility into a strategic advantage

Reproducibility is emerging as a strategic advantage in life science R&D, one that supports compliance, strengthens collaboration and drives long-term innovation. By embedding reproducible practices into everyday workflows, research teams can deliver results that are more transparent, scalable and ready for downstream application. Whether it’s aligning with regulatory frameworks, enabling cross-functional teamwork or increasing the visibility and impact of research outputs, reproducibility is helping organizations move faster and with greater confidence.

If you’d like to explore practical ways to support reproducibility in your research workflows, tools like protocols.io and Springer Nature Experiments are a great place to start. These platforms make it easier to share, adapt and compare experimental methods, helping teams document their work clearly, replicate results confidently and build on existing research with ease.

Related Content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts today!

How eTextbooks empower modern learning: Insights for librarians

T
The Link
By: undefined, Thu Sep 18 2025

As digital learning continues to grow, librarians are in a strong position to support students and faculty in navigating new educational technologies. One of the most impactful tools in this space is the eTextbook. These resources go beyond digital convenience, offering flexible, interactive and inclusive ways to learn. Drawing on insights from educators and authors, this blog highlights how eTextbooks are enhancing learning and how librarians are helping make that happen.

Personalized learning that adapts to students

Personalization is shaping how students engage with academic content. Modern eTextbooks are designed to support individual learning styles and are often integrated with adaptive platforms that tailor the experience to each learner’s pace, preferences, and progress. These platforms offer:

  • Reading paths that adjust to student performance and interests
  • Built-in quizzes and feedback to reinforce understanding
  • Difficulty levels that adapt to support continued growth

“Students can engage with the material at their own pace; revisit concepts as needed and test their understanding through interactive features. It’s a much more flexible and supportive environment than traditional textbooks.” Daniela Witten, Professor of Statistics & Biostatistics, Dorothy Gilford Endowed Chair at University of Washington

For librarians, this opens opportunities to recommend resources that align with diverse learning styles. Whether supporting first-year students building foundational knowledge or advanced learners exploring complex topics, personalized eTextbooks help meet students where they are. Librarians can also collaborate with faculty to integrate these tools into course design, ensuring that students benefit from adaptive learning from day one.

Supporting microlearning with modular design

The modular structure of many eTextbooks is ideal for microlearning, an approach that breaks content into smaller, focused segments. This format works especially well for students who are balancing coursework with jobs, internships and other responsibilities. Modular eTextbooks allow students to:

  • Access specific topics quickly, supporting just-in-time learning.
  • Review key concepts in manageable chunks, improving retention.
  • Fit study sessions into busy schedules, promoting consistent engagement.

“Students today are looking for ways to learn efficiently. Modular content allows them to dive into specific topics when they need them, without having to wade through entire chapters.” Steven Skiena, Professor of Computer Science at Stony Brook University

Librarians can use this format to create targeted resource guides; support flipped classroom models and offer curated reading lists aligned with course objectives. Modular content also supports lifelong learning, making it easier for alumni and professionals to revisit material as their careers evolve.

Encouraging engagement through interactivity

Engagement plays a vital role in effective learning, and today’s eTextbooks are designed to encourage active participation. Far from static content, these digital resources offer dynamic features that help students connect with material in meaningful ways. Common elements include:

  • Videos and simulations that bring complex concepts to life
  • Gamified features like badges, progress tracking and leaderboards that motivate learners
  • Interactive exercises that promote exploration, experimentation and self-assessment

“Interactivity is no longer a bonus, it’s an expectation. Students respond positively to content that challenges them, rewards progress and mirrors the digital environments they’re accustomed to.” Dr. Loretta Bartolini, Editor Mathematics at Springer Nature

Librarians can play a key role in helping students discover and use these features, whether through orientation sessions, digital literacy workshops or one-on-one consultations. Interactive eTextbooks open the door to deeper engagement and collaborative learning. With features that encourage exploration and teamwork, students can connect with content more actively, share ideas and build understanding together, strengthening the sense of community in digital learning environments.

Promoting accessibility and inclusivity

Accessibility is a core value in libraries and eTextbooks are helping extend that commitment in meaningful ways. Designed to support a wide range of learners, today’s digital textbooks include features such as:

  • Text-to-speech options for auditory learning and visual support
  • Adjustable fonts, contrast settings and layouts to enhance readability
  • Multilingual support that empowers non-native speakers to engage confidently with content

“Digital formats allow us to reach students who might otherwise struggle with traditional materials. Whether it’s through screen readers, language options, or customizable interfaces, eTextbooks are making learning more inclusive.” Dr. N.S Punekar, professor at Indian Institute of Technology Bombay

Inclusive learning thrives when students have access to tools that meet a variety of needs and librarians are instrumental in making that possible. Through collaboration with faculty, campus services and technology teams, librarians help ensure that eTextbooks offer meaningful accessibility features. Their advocacy for equitable licensing and inclusive platform standards further strengthens institutional efforts to support all learners.

Librarians as digital learning partners

As higher education continues to embrace digital tools, librarians are leading the way in integrating eTextbooks into academic life. Their expertise in resource evaluation, licensing, metadata and user education positions them as key contributors to meaningful and effective digital transformation. Key contributions include:

  • Evaluating platforms for usability, accessibility and learning value
  • Collaborating with faculty to align resources with curriculum goals
  • Educating students on how to use interactive and adaptive features
  • Advocating licensing models that support broad and inclusive access

“Librarians are the bridge between technology and pedagogy. Their expertise ensures that digital tools are not just available but effectively used.” Dr. Loretta Bartolini, Editor Mathematics at Springer Nature

Librarians continue to expand the impact of eTextbooks, supporting student success, enhancing teaching and shaping the future of academic resource delivery.

Shaping the future of learning

eTextbooks are reshaping how students connect with academic content. With features that support personalized learning, modular design, interactive engagement and inclusive access, they offer a flexible and forward-thinking approach to education.

For librarians, this shift presents a valuable opportunity to lead in digital innovation, ensuring that students and faculty benefit from tools that enhance learning and teaching. As education continues to evolve, libraries remain essential hubs of knowledge, technology and collaboration. Through the thoughtful integration of eTextbooks, librarians are expanding their impact, championing inclusive learning, advancing equity and helping shape a more connected and engaging academic future.

To learn more about Springer Nature’s textbook formats and how they support modern learning, visit the textbook information page. Explore the voices and ideas that inspired this article through these interviews and case studies:

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Peer review in the age of AI: the good, the bad and ugly

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Tue Sep 16 2025

Observations on AI and peer review from the 10th International Congress on Peer Review and Scientific Publication 

Earlier this month I had the pleasure to attend the 10th Peer Review Congress in beautiful Chicago. The Peer Review Congress brings together editors, meta-researchers, publishers and technologists from across the world, and, like previous editions, this year was packed with excellent presentations on scholarly publishing. That inevitably meant that a big part of the program was dedicated to research integrity. And of course, like every conference in the last two years, AI was a major theme, similar to this year's Peer Review Week, Rethinking Peer Review in the AI Era. 

Several presentations at the Peer Review Congress were about studies on the use of AI by researchers or on how AI use was declared and acknowledged, and mirrored the feedback we have received as well.  A sizeable survey presented by the editorial team at The BMJ found that for authors who had disclosed the use of AI, 87% of them stated that they had used AI to improve the quality of writing, and a study by editors at JAMA reported something similar. Another similar survey involving Chinese medical researchers found that many researchers were hesitant to use AI or to self-report it on submission, noting a lack of consistent AI usage guidelines, with many different journals applying various levels of permitted usage and disclosure requirements. This hesitancy was echoed in a recent Nature survey of over 5,000 researchers, which found that although 65% considered it ethically acceptable to use AI to generate text, only 8% had done so to draft a manuscript—and most chose not to disclose it. These findings underscore a growing disconnect between ethical acceptance and actual practice, reinforcing the need for clearer, harmonised guidance across the publishing ecosystem. Publishers, including Springer Nature, are currently working together on precisely this through STM, who have released for feedback a draft report detailing a clear framework to help publishers define, evaluate, and guide the transparent use of AI in manuscript preparation. 

The same concerns apply to the use of AI in peer review. We’re already seeing some instances of AI being used in the peer review process in problematic ways: it can lead to sloppy and lazy peer review, with reviewers simply letting ChatGPT to do the work.   However, we shouldn’t think it’s not all be bad.  One relatively small-scale study by the BMJ indicates that peer review reports by LLMs 'matched or exceeded human reviewers on a few key dimensions of review quality’. These indicators included identifying strengths and weaknesses, as well as providing useful comments on the writing or the article and the organisation and presentation of the data.

Still, I believe that, fundamentally, peer review must ultimately remain a human endeavour. At its heart, peer review should be a fair and critical evaluation of a manuscript by the authors’ peers, with the ultimate goal to improve the quality of the article. Looking at it like that, simply putting papers into ChatGPT means something is lost. It’s not only about human accountability, there are other aspects that only humans can add:  

  • Contextual understanding: AI may struggle to grasp the nuances of interdisciplinary research, emerging methodologies, or the significance of a study within its field. As the old adage goes, there’s no substitute for experience. 
  • Ethical judgment: Machines can flag inconsistencies, but they cannot weigh the moral implications of a study’s design or its societal impact. 
  • Empathy and tone: Constructive feedback is about guiding authors toward improvement as well as pointing out flaws. This requires emotional intelligence and cultural sensitivity. 

We shouldn't discount the numerous ways AI could support peer reviewers, as long as clear ethical boundaries are set and technologies used responsibly. This is something many of my colleagues are working on and some elements are already in testing.  

Integrity is at the core of how we view scholarly publishing. As AI itself is evolving, researchers’ and reviewers’ usage of and attitude towards the use of AI is also changing, and we need to reflect that, whilst centring our responsible AI policy and focus on integrity. This means that we continue to: 

  • Evolve and communicate our policies on AI use in authorship and review  
  • Support researchers with training and guidance on responsible AI use  
  • Invest in tools that detect manipulation without compromising fairness 

And throughout this ongoing time of change, we must ensure that human insight, compassion, and accountability remain at the heart of the process. 

The value of publishing null results

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Sep 10 2025

Springer Nature’s new white paper, The state of null results, based on responses from 11,069 researchers across 166 countries, is the first large-scale look at why ‘null results’ are not getting published, and why this needs to change. 

Take a closer look at this infographic which distils the key insights from the white paper, offering a visual snapshot of the main findings and recommendations.

05E8Z_NULL-RES25_infographic_04 © springernature 2025

We invite you to download the infographic and share it with your network.

For a deeper dive into the full analysis and recommendations, we invite you to read the white paper The state of null results: Insights from 11,000 researchers on negative or inconclusive results.


Related content:

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest!

How metrics literacy enhances researcher engagement and institutional value

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Sep 9 2025

Research metrics are increasingly central to how academic work is evaluated, yet many researchers struggle to navigate the growing array of indicators. This blog shares insights from a recent ONOS Researcher Connect webinar that explored the fundamentals of research metrics, their role in academic publishing and how institutions can support more confident, responsible use. It also reflects the importance of metrics literacy as part of a broader, more holistic approach to research assessment.

As research assessment frameworks evolve globally, institutions and funders are under growing pressure to promote responsible metrics use. Yet awareness among researchers remains low. According to 'The State of Research Assessment' white paper only 50% of researchers are aware of reform initiatives within their institutions and of those, 40% perceive little to no change. This disconnect may stem from the fact that assessment often happens at the faculty or research group level, making institutional efforts less visible. Awareness and education are therefore essential to drive meaningful, large-scale changes.

That’s why structured, accessible training on research metrics is more important than ever. It not only supports institutional strategy but also empowers researchers to make informed publishing decisions and evaluate their own impact more confidently.

This global need for metrics literacy was reflected in a recent national webinar hosted as part of the One Nation One Subscription (ONOS) webinar series. The session, titled ‘Understanding Research Metrics: Essential Tools for Academic Excellence’, drew over 1,450 attendees from across India’s academic community and focused on demystifying the tools and indicators that shape research visibility and evaluation. The session aimed to clarify:

  • What different metrics to measure
  • How to interpret and apply them in publishing decisions
  • The role of alternative metrics in capturing broader impact

Guiding the discussion was Sonal Shukla, Head of Indexing, whose presentation helped demystify both foundational and advanced metrics. From Impact Factor and h-index to CiteScore, SCImago Journal Rank (SJR), and the Journal Citation Indicator (JCI), the session offered a comprehensive overview tailored to both early-career researchers and seasoned academics.

This emphasis on researcher development aligns with broader institutional priorities, such as promoting ethical research practices, a theme explored in the blog “How libraries enhance research ethics for researchers”.

How metrics education supports research strategy

With over 200 audience questions and a satisfaction score of 8.78/10, the session revealed a strong appetite for structured, accessible training on metrics. For research offices and librarians, this kind of engagement signals:

  • A need for scalable researcher development tools
  • Opportunities to align with responsible metrics principles
  • A chance to support strategic publishing and visibility goals

These insights echo findings from the recent blog “The state of research assessment: Insights from a survey of 6,600+ researchers” which highlights the gap between researcher confidence and institutional expectations around metrics use.

Balancing metrics with qualitative indicators of impact

While the session focused on understanding research metrics, it also underscored the importance of using these tools as part of a broader, more holistic approach to research assessment. Metrics can offer valuable insights into visibility and influence, but they should be complemented by qualitative indicators such as peer recognition, societal relevance, and collaboration outcomes. This balanced perspective aligns with global reform efforts, including the Leiden Manifesto, which advocates for using quantitative evaluation only in support of expert assessment and the DORA principles, which call for recognizing a broader range of research outputs and impacts.

“Metrics are powerful tools, but they’re not the whole story. We need to combine them with qualitative insights to truly understand the value and impact of research especially in diverse and interdisciplinary fields.” - Sonal Shukla, Head of Indexing at Springer Nature. 

Building researcher confidence and engagement

Just as mentorship programmes help early-career researchers navigate publishing and career decisions. Initiatives like the ONOS webinar series play a vital role in raising awareness of the tools and resources available to support research evaluation. By demystifying research metrics and showcasing their practical applications, these sessions help researchers better understand what’s available and why it matters, helping them to act with confidence and clarity.

Interactive polls and a lively Q&A segment encouraged reflection and engagement, turning the webinar into a dynamic learning experience. Discussion covered everything from the role of regulatory bodies in metrics to how researchers can balance qualitative and quantitative indicators of impact.

One attendee described it as “one of the most enriching academic webinars I have attended in recent times,” reflecting the session’s ability to translate complex concepts into actionable insights.

Empowering research offices and libraries to drive impact

As research institutions continue to adapt to evolving assessment frameworks, scalable learning opportunities like this webinar series are proving essential. By equipping researchers with a clearer understanding of metrics, libraries and research offices can strengthen their role as strategic partners in advancing research quality and visibility. With more sessions on the horizon, this growing knowledge hub is helping institutions build lasting capacity for responsible, informed, and impactful research practices.

The ONOS webinar offered valuable insights into how researchers can use metrics more effectively, but it’s just one part of a broader dialogue around research assessment reform. 

For a deeper understanding of how institutions and researchers navigate this evolving landscape, explore the white paper ‘The State of Research Assessment: Researcher Perspectives on Evaluation Practices’. It shares perspectives from over 6,600 researchers worldwide on current practices, challenges, and opportunities for more holistic and responsible approaches to evaluating research.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

A guide to intellectual property for startups: Navigating patent and copyright laws

T
The Link
By: undefined, Thu Aug 28 2025

Startups need more than just great products or services to succeed. A thorough understanding of what intellectual property (IP) is, its value to your business, and how to protect it is essential for success. We consulted attorneys at IP law firm Fish & Richardson (commonly known as “Fish”), to create this blog introducing key IP concepts and the risk of neglecting them. If you’re a founder, leader, or R&D/product manager in biotech and engineering, this is essential reading.

What is intellectual property (IP)?

Generally, “IP” refers to creations of the mind. A broad category, IP can include inventions; literary and artistic works; designs; proprietary information; and symbols, names, and images used in commerce. The main forms of legal protections for IP assets are patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets. IP rights are property rights that give their owners the right to exclude others from the subject matter they cover, similar to the way a deed gives a landowner the right to evict trespassers.

Patents protect technological inventions, which can be broadly defined as machines, processes, manufactures, and/or compositions of matter. They last for a period of 20 years and are not renewable. Copyrights protect original works of authorship like books, movies, music, and theatrical productions. Like patents, they have a limited lifespan, which in many countries, such as the US, UK, and EU member states, is the length of the author’s life plus 70 years. Trademarks are words, symbols, logos, jingles, etc., that identify the source of products or services and distinguish them from those of others. Unlike patents and copyrights, they can last forever with continued use. Trade secrets are confidential information that gives businesses an edge over competitors, and they remain enforceable for as long as the information is kept secret.

For startups, patents and copyright are often the most immediate considerations, which are the main focus of this blog.

Patent law fundamentals

Patent law is essentially a bargain between inventors and society; inventors share their innovations publicly, and in return, the government gives them the exclusive right to stop others from using those innovations for a set time.

Despite a common misconception about patents, the purpose of a patent is not to provide an affirmative right to make, use, or sell your own invention; rather, it is the opposite. The essence of a patent right is the ability to prevent others from making, using, selling, or importing the invention during the term of the patent without a license.

In other words, owning a patent doesn’t necessarily mean you can use the invention it covers freely; you can do that only if the invention doesn’t infringe on anyone else’s patent. For example, if you create a diagnostic test that uses a patented detection method, you’ll need a license to the detection method, even if you have a patent on the diagnostic test you created. Failure to obtain the proper licenses can expose startups to costly and potentially devasting patent infringement litigation.

The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office has several conditions inventors must meet for their inventions to be patentable. At a very high level, the invention must be:

  • Not a law of nature, natural phenomenon, or abstract idea
  • Useful in the real world
  • New and “non-obvious”
  • Sufficiently well-described

Copyright basics for startups

Unlike patents, copyrights are automatic; they come into existence as soon as an original work is created in a fixed format. This could occur, for example, when an artist puts a paintbrush to canvas, a musician records a song to a digital audio file, or a photographer captures an image on film.  Nonetheless, copyright owners should still register their works with their country’s copyright office, which, among other benefits, makes them easier to enforce in infringement actions. As well as safeguarding your own copyright, it’s important to make sure you aren’t infringing on or illegally accessing others’ copyrighted material.

The value of an IP strategy, and how to build one

A strong IP strategy can increase your company’s valuation and assure investors that your innovations are unique and defensible. Robust IP protection also ensures that competitors cannot easily replicate your work, thereby securing your competitive edge. And it’s not just individual patents that matter; a large and diverse portfolio of IP assets indicates broader market coverage and reduced risk.

“Investors look favourably on startups with layers of patent protection, including both broad and narrowly tailored claims protecting the innovation,” advise IP attorneys Matthew Colvin, Jillian Shapiro, and Giordana Mahn. They recommend building a portfolio that spans a range of IP types.

Their colleague Peter Fasse says that startups should think beyond their specific technology, product, or process in patent applications. “Draft your patent applications to cover various alternative embodiments aside from the company's specific product,” says Fasse. “The market may ultimately adopt an alternative solution that… was not detailed in the patent application. Brainstorm and try to cover the ‘big picture.’”

Securing IP rights can be expensive, so prioritize the IP assets that best support and align with your business strategy. Also keep in mind that IP rights are location-based, and expanding globally requires filing in each market. Prioritising key markets will help to balance cost and complexity. “It is critical to develop a realistic budget for your IP, which can be the core value in a startup company,” Fasse notes.

Who owns your IP?

Under U.S. law, companies do not automatically own the IP of innovations created by employees, contractors, consultants, or other partners unless those individuals assign them to the company in writing. Startups must thus ensure that the IP rights coming out of their R&D departments are properly assigned to avoid conflicts of ownership. If a patent has more than one owner, each owner holds a 100% undivided interest in the patent. Ownership can be transferred, but each owner still has the full right to license or assign their interest as they choose.

In a recent webinar on IP Agreements, Fish attorneys noted that startups that use employment contracts should “include provisions related to IP assignment… and should ideally be executed before the employee starts working for the company.”

“It’s important to get on the same page while the parties are on good terms and to be clear about what is company IP and what is not company IP,” Fasse adds.

Over the last decade, there has been a huge rise in university spinouts – startups created to commercialise academic research – particularly in life sciences and engineering. While universities often provide the launchpads startups need, they may also retain ownership claims to the spun-out startup’s IP, which can lessen its value. Such complex ownership issues make it even more important for spun-out startups to nail down inventorship, ownership, and patent licensing early in their life cycle.

IP protection as a source of value

IP law can be complex and varies by location, so it’s essential to take legal advice early on. Proactively protecting IP can enhance a startup’s valuation and ability to protect its innovations. Neglecting IP, both your own and others, could result in a loss of value to your business, reputational damage, or even legal action.

Generative AI will also raise new questions for IP. While precedent is beginning to emerge establishing that a ‘significant contribution’ by a human will make an invention eligible for patent protection, this is still an evolving area. Startups should be mindful of how and when they use AI in their innovation processes and keep detailed records.

Fish’s IP monetization guide for startups is a helpful tool for assessing the standing of your IP strategy, giving you an idea of what to expect before seeking funding.


Discover how Springer Nature helps start-ups with innovation at our resource centre, where you will find trend reports and case studies such as:

Related Content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts today!

Understanding the research community: why surveys matter

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Aug 20 2025

At Springer Nature, we serve a diverse and dynamic research community. From researchers to readers, from research funders to institutions, and niche disciplines to society at large. Each group has its own unique needs, goals and challenges. To truly serve these players, we need to understand them. That’s where market research comes in. 

Through surveys, interviews, and other forms of qualitative and quantitative research, we are able to gather insights straight from the communities we serve. These insights help us develop new and existing products and services. Because we ensure we listen and learn from what we hear, hopefully this also fosters trust and greater engagement from the research community.  

Beyond this, we also dive into a diverse range of key topics that are meaningful to our audiences and the advancement of science and scholarship. This includes white papers on research integrity, peer review, the significance of open data, research assessment, and concerns about AI. Internally, this provides Springer Nature with a better understanding of the wider research and scholarly publishing landscape.   

But it’s not just about internal improvements. We also share our findings back with the research community in the form of white papers, articles, blog posts and open data platforms like Figshare, so others can benefit from them and conduct their own analysis. Let’s take a closer look at some of the insights we’ve uncovered through recent work. 

Surprising insights – what the data reveals

Sometimes, the most valuable insights are the ones we didn’t expect. For example, we conducted a survey in partnership with Nature to explore research integrity training in Australia, UK, US, India, Japan, China, and Brazil. While we had heard anecdotally from researchers that training was often lacking, we were surprised by just how rare it is. We found that only 7–29% of researchers in any country surveyed were required to demonstrate understanding via a mandatory test. These findings are explored in our white paper on research integrity, which recommends stronger institutional leadership and tailored hybrid training to embed research integrity across academia. 

Similarly, our researcher social media survey, which has been conducted since 2014, has revealed how usage patterns have shifted over time. A decade ago, researchers primarily turned to social media to connect with peers. Since then, social media has become a much more common way to discover and read research content. In 2024, three-quarters of active researchers worldwide reported using social media platforms for work-related purposes, with 82% of them relying on these platforms to find research content. 

Why collaboration strengthens our research 

Although Springer Nature’s Market Intelligence team is specialised in the design and implementation of market research, we don’t work in isolation. We collaborate with teams across departments such as editorial, publishing, marketing, communications, product, and customer service. These teams offer expert knowledge to help us ask the right questions, ensure our research is grounded in real-world needs and hopefully avoid corporate-speak!

This collaborative approach leads to shared ownership of the findings, which makes it more likely that insights will be acted upon. We understand researchers are extremely busy and have competing demands for their time, so, we prioritise research where findings will be actioned to improve products and services for the research community.  

For example, across various surveys and one-to-one interviews with journal authors, we identified that there was limited awareness and understanding of open access funding available to them. In response, we recommended to the UX Research and product teams at Springer Nature the need to enhance our Journal Finder tool for authors to access clear information about various sources of funding that could be used to cover an APC (article processing charge). This tool now displays the full APC price and identifies whether an  author’s institution has signed an agreement with Springer Nature to fully or partially cover the APC.

But we can only reflect the voices of those who take part in our research activities. That’s why we encourage our community members to participate. Your input really does help to shape the future of research communication. 

Looking ahead – what's next? 

There are quite a few upcoming initiatives that we’re excited about! Our work continues to explore the evolving needs, challenges, and opportunities facing the research community. Here are just a few of the areas we’re currently focusing on: 

  • The State of Null results’: We’ll be sharing findings from new research regarding the role and value of negative or null results in the scientific record. 

  • Bias in Academic Publishing: Exploring perceptions of bias in scholarly publishing and what can be done to address it. 

  • AI in Research: Understanding how researchers and institutions access and make use of AI tools, and how this is reshaping research communication.

  • Global social media survey 2025: We’re launching another follow-up of our global social media survey to explore how researchers are navigating the evolving digital environment.

Want to take part and share your voice? Sign up to our research panel to receive invitations to participate in upcoming research. 


To our research participants:  

Thank you to the tens of thousands of you who have contributed to our research activities in recent years – your input is invaluable. We can only represent the voice of those who participate in our research activities – which is why it’s important that anyone invited takes part and has their say! 

AI as the Accelerating Force of Scientific Progress

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Tue Aug 19 2025

Takeaways from SciFoo 2025


As my team will attest, I remain fascinated with how artificial intelligence is reshaping the way we conduct science, make discoveries, and translate them into progress. The last year has offered striking proof of this transformation. The 2024 Nobel Prize in Chemistry recognised the breakthrough contributions of Demis Hassabis, John Jumper, and David Baker for using AI to solve protein structures—ending a decades-old grand challenge in biology that will accelerate drug discovery (and published in Nature, no less). In Physics, John Hopfield and Geoffrey Hinton were honored for pioneering work in neural networks—foundations that underpin the AI systems we now use every day. Beyond these milestones, we also see AI accelerating discovery in additional areas such as materials science with DeepMind’s GNoME, in climate forecasting via GraphCast, and even in astronomy, where NASA applies AI to detect exoplanets and analyze the cosmos.


These examples underscore a pivotal truth: AI is not an adjunct to science—it is the accelerator of scientific progress. With this perspective, I travelled to the Bay Area and joined SciFoo 2025, an extraordinary unconference co-hosted by Digital Science, Google, O’Reilly, and Nature. Across conversations with scientists, technologists, and thought leaders, five themes stood out to me on how AI is reshaping discovery. 


Publishing for Machines

The traditional unit of science has been paper. But as AI agents increasingly become both readers and authors of research, we must ask: Is a paper enough? Perhaps the true unit of science is the experiment, shared in modular, reproducible formats. Tools like Jupyter Notebooks already enable scientists to present methods, code, and data in executable form, driving reproducibility and open science. Projects like FutureHouse.org, led by Andrew White, are pushing this vision further—designing AI agents that automate aspects of discovery in biology, from hypothesis generation to experiment planning. Is rethinking publishing for machines, not just humans, the next great inflection point in science? And if it is, what are the implications for publishers?


Decentralised Intelligence

A highlight of SciFoo was hearing from Prof. Ramesh Raskar at MIT about Project NANDA. NANDA explores a future of decentralised intelligence—an “Internet of AI agents” that collaborate across trustless networks. Imagine scientific experiments, peer review, and replication shared not through central servers, but across distributed systems where provenance, transparency, and speed are built into the architecture itself. This could democratize access to scientific infrastructure, reduce bottlenecks, and accelerate progress by orders of magnitude. It’s a continuation of a lineage that runs deep: Tim Berners-Lee created the World Wide Web (WWW) at CERN in the early 1990s to help physicists share research papers more easily. Later, Google’s PageRank algorithm was inspired by the way citations in scientific literature measure influence, turning scholarly referencing into the foundation for web search. In the same spirit, initiatives like project NANDA could drive the next great leap in science, innovation, and discovery through decentralised intelligence.


Democratising Science Communication

Science matters only when it is understood. Communicating directly to taxpayers—the ultimate funders of much scientific research—on issues like climate science, the energy transition, or drug discovery is vital. Today’s AI tools can make this communication both accessible and compelling. Google’s Veo 3 enables high-quality video generation, while Adobe Firefly allows creative, on-demand visuals. Together, they give researchers new ways to turn complex findings into infographics, explainers, and short-form content.

Just as importantly, we must meet younger audiences on platforms of their choice. Gen Z learns through TikTok, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts. If we want to educate and inspire the next generation, we publishers must be ready to translate science into their formats and languages, without losing nuance. AI can help scale this democratisation of science communication—bringing discoveries to millions in ways that inform, inspire, and build trust.


The Future of Books

Books have always been humanity’s vessels of knowledge. They will continue to educate, entertain, and inspire us—whether in print, digital, audio, video, or even AR formats. Personally, I still enjoy the quiet, distraction-free experience of a print book. Yet consumption habits are changing. Springer Nature’s Books + Courses are one example of how content is becoming multimodal.

The next frontier is interactive books with AI. Imagine being able to query a book directly, ask clarifying questions, generate tailored summaries, or test your understanding. Tools like NotebookLM hint at this future. In a memorable conversation with Peter Norvig, we explored how books could become living, conversational companions—combining the timeless depth of long-form knowledge with the responsiveness of AI.


Pop-Up Journals for Policy Impact

Finally, I was intrigued by the potential of Pop-Up Journals. These are agile, rapid-response publishing platforms created to address urgent policy questions. Instead of waiting months or years for traditional journals, policymakers could access rigorously reviewed, thematic collections of research at the moment decisions need to be made. Whether it’s climate adaptation, pandemic preparedness, or AI governance, pop-up journals could serve as a bridge between the speed of science and the urgency of policy.


Looking Ahead

SciFoo 2025 reaffirmed that AI is not only accelerating the mechanics of science but transforming its communication, accessibility, and societal relevance. At Springer Nature, our mission is to is to be part of progress by enabling millions of researchers, educators, learners and health professionals to access, trust and make sense of the latest insights and discoveries – every day. In this new era, progress will be driven not just by human creativity but by the collaboration of humans, machines, and communities across the globe.


AI is the accelerating force of progress—and the journey has only just begun.


Related Tags:

Open access in action—Stories from around the world: Hospices Civils de Lyon, France

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Mon Aug 18 2025

Welcome to a new blog series, where researchers take the spotlight to share their experiences publishing open access (OA). Why did they choose to publish their work OA? How did they cover article processing charges (APCs)? What was the impact of their OA publication? Hear directly from authors who’ve done it, and gain practical insights from their journeys.

In today’s blog, we are joined by a clinician-researcher from Hospices Civils de Lyon, France, who published an OA article in the journal Intensive Care Medicine last year. We heard from them about choosing to publish OA and the process of publishing under Springer’s transformative agreement (TA) with the Couperin Consortium in France, which covered the cost of publishing the article OA.

TAs are a type of OA agreement, which enable researchers in participating institutions to publish OA with fees covered in journals included in the agreement. 

Welcome to the series! Can you introduce yourself and share a bit about your background? 

I am a medical intensivist, with a background in nephrology, currently working at Hospices Civils de Lyon, France. My research interests are acute respiratory distress syndrome and ventilator-induced lung injuries, as well as advanced hemodynamics in the management of fluid removal and fluid balance management. 

In 2024, you published an article on fluid removal strategy. Why did you choose to publish it gold OA, making it immediately freely available to all? 

We had the opportunity to publish the results of a randomised controlled trial evaluating the safety and efficacy of a fluid removal strategy guided by advanced hemodynamic monitoring in patients undergoing renal replacement therapy. Publishing our results as an OA article in the journal Intensive Care Medicine was a wonderful achievement as it is the most recognised journal in our field, and benefits from a very large readership. With gold OA, our results may gain greater visibility, allowing others to discuss, criticise, reproduce, or comment on our data.  

This was my first RCT (randomised controlled trial) published in a first-rank journal. I can already say that most of my colleagues that I have encountered over the last few months have read it and returned comments about it. I believe that publishing this article OA might have helped the paper to reach a greater audience more rapidly. 

Hospices Civils de Lyon is a participating institution of the France Couperin OA agreement with Springer Nature. How did you become aware of this agreement, and what has been your experience publishing under it? 

My institution communicated to all its members about the agreement. Publishing under the agreement was easy and fast, and it clearly facilitated OA publication. 

Do you think OA options and benefits are well understood in your discipline? What are the specific barriers or challenges to OA publishing in your field? 

I believe most medical researchers clearly understand the benefits of OA publications. The main limitation to it is, in my sense, that it usually implies higher APCs, which is always an issue when funding and resources are scarce. However, there are many institutions which offers financial support for publishing gold OA through an OA agreement and the France Couperin agreement is a good example.  

How would you define the societal impact of research, and how is publishing OA related to it?  

Research is one of the key activities for human progress, and in my field, it is a never-ending process aiming to improve patient care. As I see it, researchers exist for society, they work for society. Considering the support they receive from society, research and clinical institutions, scientific societies, and patient associations, researchers have the obligation to share their results with transparency, with the important role of peer-reviewing being key in ensuring the highest degree of quality. OA clearly lies in this line of thought, by allowing access to all.  

To any researcher considering publishing their work OA I would say: If you have the opportunity and possibility to do it, go for it! 

Springer Nature’s OA agreement for Couperin Consortium in France

The Couperin agreement enables authors affiliated with a participating French institution to publish OA in over 2,200 Springer, Palgrave, and Adis journals with fees covered. Researchers in participating institutions also enjoy full access to all Springer, Adis, and Palgrave subscription journal content.  

Since the Couperin agreement came into effect mid- 2024, OA uptake in France nearly doubled as compared with the years prior, across various disciplines: 

Springer Nature’s OA agreement for Couperin Consortium in France © Springer Nature 2025

OA agreements, like the Couperin agreement, offer eligible authors the most straightforward and accessible route to publish OA with fees covered, and to enjoy the benefits of making their work available to anyone, anywhere.  

Learn more about APCs and how you can identify your eligibility for financial support to publish your work OA. You can also visit our new OA agreements pages to find out whether your institution is part of a Springer Nature OA agreement.

- Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest! -

The many dimensions of rethinking research assessment

T
The Link
By: undefined, Thu Aug 14 2025

Research assessment has become a central topic in conversations about the future of science. Traditionally dominated by quantitative metrics such as Journal Impact Factors and citation counts, it is increasingly being reimagined to reflect a broader set of values – such as openness, collaboration, societal impact, and research integrity. As a result, research assessment reform has become a multifaceted and evolving concept, sitting at the intersection of many academic, cultural, and policy-driven priorities.

At the recent Metascience Conference in London, a panel of experts from across the academic community – representing funders, institutions, publishers and advocacy groups – came together to explore the complexities of reforming how research is evaluated:

  • Chair: James Morris, Senior Policy Officer, Science Europe
  • Zoé Ancion, Head of the Open Science Unit at the French National Research Agency (ANR)
  • Kelly Cobey, Scientist at the University of Ottawa Heart Institute, and Co-Chair of The Declaration on Research Assessment (DORA)
  • Elizabeth Gadd, Head of Research Culture and Assessment at Loughborough University, and Vice Chair of The Coalition for Advancing Research Assessment (CoARA)
  • Ed Gerstner, Director of Research Environment Alliances, Springer Nature
  • Alex Rushforth, Assistant Professor, Leiden University
  • Bregt Saenen, Senior Policy Officer for Open Science, Science Europe

This blog post outlines some of the key themes that emerged from the discussion.

The complexities of research assessment reform

In his introduction to the session, James highlighted that research assessment reform is a convening point for many policy initiatives: open science, integrity and ethics, diversity and inclusion, and others. However, this makes the conversation very complex, with a number of tensions and interconnections that are often difficult to navigate.

From her experience as Vice Chair of CoARA, Elizabeth echoed this sentiment. While she stressed the importance of research assessment reform efforts to the success of many related agendas, she acknowledged that the range of separate reform efforts makes it harder to define and measure the “success” of individual initiatives as they all work together to achieve common goals.

Alex followed this by sharing some findings from his recent preprint, exploring lessons learned from the Netherlands, which has one of the world’s most advanced national assessment reform initiatives. He described existing assessment systems as a “wicked problem”, arising as a symptom of many other systemic issues such as outdated career structures, problematic leadership, entrenched research cultures, and competitive funding mechanisms. This means that in order for reform initiatives to be truly effective, they need to address many different challenges simultaneously – something that is far easier in theory than in practice.

Addressing the gap between intention and action

Panellists acknowledged that progress has been made in recent years toward more holistic and inclusive evaluation systems. There has been strong mobilisation of support, with growing buy-in from institutions, funders, and publishers, and many policy changes have been introduced aiming to reduce reliance on publication metrics.

However, reforms are by no means ubiquitous or complete – particularly at the researcher level, where a lot of evaluation takes place, but culture is more ingrained. Ed shared data from a recent Springer Nature survey of 6,600+ researchers which found that most respondents are currently assessed entirely or mostly based on metrics (such as number of papers published), but the majority feel that the ideal research assessment would be less reliant on research outputs, and involve an equal balance of quantitative and qualitative measures.

Alex and Kelly both highlighted the difficulty of encouraging behaviour change at all levels within the research ecosystem. Kelly explained that leadership at many institutions have reached out to her after signing DORA, unsure of how to get started with implementing its principles – especially because there is no “one-size-fits-all" approach. She stressed the importance of providing practical resources, for example DORA’s recently published guide to implementing responsible research assessment. Alex added that we also need more effective ways of targeting researchers, specialist research fields and “gatekeepers” with reform messages to improve awareness to those who are not yet engaged with the conversation.

The intersection of research assessment and open science

Given the panel’s strong representation from the open science community, a key focus was how research assessment can better support and incentivise open science practices.

Bregt shared the outcomes from a survey of Science Europe’s member organisations, which found that open science elements are widely included in funding requirements for research projects – however, approaches vary, and can often be focused on more established OS practices such as open access publishing and FAIR data. Zoé emphasised the role that funders could play in shifting norms by embedding broader open science criteria into grant requirements and project evaluations, something ANR is actively pursuing as part of its commitments to DORA and CoARA.

Both Bregt and Zoé noted that there are still open questions about how best to include open science practices in research assessment: Should open science be assessed through dedicated criteria or through narrative descriptions within scientific quality criteria? Should evaluations focus on individuals, institutions, or both? And how can we effectively and collectively implement and monitor these changes?

Collaborating across movements, nations and organisations

Questions like the above led to some debate amongst the panellists, underscoring the importance of sustained dialogue and collaboration across the research ecosystem.

Elizabeth stressed the need for “global collective action”, outlining CoARA’s approach to engendering reforms by building a community united by shared commitments and working towards one ultimate outcome: A research ecosystem that provides the best conditions for the best research to take place. This involves working closely with other research assessment reform initiatives, as well as other related movements like open science. Kelly echoed this from DORA’s perspective, noting that sharing learnings is key so we can avoid duplication of efforts and move forward more quickly.

From the publisher side, Ed reinforced that Journal Impact Factors should not be used to assess individual researchers and their contributions to research, and expressed that Springer Nature wants to continue collaborating with the broader research community to communicate this position and facilitate change. He also urged that as we move to reform research assessment, we make sure to include the perspectives of stakeholders everywhere, particularly those in the Global South (noting that survey respondents from Asia and Africa were more likely to report that they are assessed on their contribution to solving global challenges and to the national interest, versus those in North America and Europe).

Building a better future for research assessment

The session closed with reflections on what successful research assessment reform might look like. Each speaker offered a different perspective, but all pointed toward a more thoughtful, values-driven system.

Bregt and Kelly spoke to the importance of collaboration, bringing together different goals to accelerate progress and bridge the gap between policy and practice. With metascience being the theme of the conference, Alex and Zoé added that robust research on research is key to make sure we are moving forwards in the correct way. And finally, Elizabeth and Ed shared their visions for an ideal future: one where there are no longer any financial incentives to create fake papers, and the research community is measuring what we truly value.

Reform starts with understanding. Download the white paper The State of Research Assessment to learn what researchers really think and how we can move forward together.


Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Supporting open science practices: Why share your research data?

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Aug 14 2025

Open data is fast becoming an essential component of scholarly communication. Our latest State of Open Data report suggests that open data is on the brink of becoming a standard, recognised and supported scholarly output, globally, and that sharing data helps to create a more equitable, fairer, and less wasteful research ecosystem. Here, we look at why sharing your research data benefits you and the wider scientific community, and we offer practical tips on where to begin.

The foundation of robust, transparent research

We believe that sharing all outputs of research helps advance discovery by making research more transparent, more robust, and by accelerating research progress. In our ongoing open science blog series, we’ve looked at a number of different open science practices, including sharing protocols and code, and how we are actively enabling open science practices across our portfolio.

Sharing your data is a foundation of open science. But what exactly do we mean by data? Depending on the type of research you conduct and the discipline you work in, data can mean nearly any type of file, including text, audio, or images. Data can be qualitative, quantitative, analogue, or digital. Any output that underpins your research is valuable data.

Data management and sharing is increasingly following what are known as the FAIR principles to make data genuinely useful to others. By making data findable, accessible, interoperable (or machine readable) and reusable increases the transparency and reproducibility of your work, reduces duplication and wasteful repetition of research results, and ultimately increases trust in science. 

Researchers worldwide are linking publications to datasets

The State of Open Data survey shows that the number of researchers who share data is steadily growing. Importantly, the report also shows that Springer Nature’s research articles are increasingly published with data availability statements. These statements offer clear descriptions of how researchers have made their data available, enabling others to understand how to find, use, and re-use their data. They may also include links to publicly available data, if it is available in a repository. Linking your open data to a published article enables more researchers to explore, validate and build on your work, strengthening credibility. 

Credit for open data

Beyond supporting other researchers, openly sharing data offers you many direct benefits. Data sharing via repositories has been shown to increase citations for both the paper and its datasets. The State of Open Data found that citations remain one of the top reasons why researchers share their data. There are a number of suggested reasons for this citation benefit: the public availability increases visibility and engagement with your work, which in turn increases the potential for reuse, making the research more likely to be cited. Also, when the data is openly shared, it may signal to other researchers that it can be trusted. Through repositories or data publication, open data also includes persistent identifiers (PIDs) which make it possible to track metrics such as reuse and impact, making it possible to assign credit to all individual contributions to research. 

Funders and journals with requirements for data sharing

Funder policies are increasingly requiring grantees to share their data (see for example, NIH, or Wellcome). These requirements are also driving data sharing practices. For example, the State of Open Data shows that countries with established policies (such as across Europe) have higher levels of sharing.

The State of Open Data also recommends that, for publishers, combining policy with an easy to action workflow is essential if we want more researchers to share their data. That’s why we created our unified data policy for all journals and books, making it simple for our authors to know what is expected of them. 

Springer Nature’s data policy – what you need to know

  • All original articles must include a data availability statement explaining where and how to access the data (and here’s more on how to do it).
  • We encourage you to share your data in a repository. There is guidance on what to consider when selecting a repository, for example some disciplines have a dedicated repository that is recognised within the community, while others may require a generalist repository. A key note is that good repositories should provide a PID which can also be cited by others, giving you more credit for your work.
  • We recommend that data is as open as possible and as restricted as necessary. It isn’t always appropriate to publish your data openly, for example when it is sensitive (such as human data) or proprietary. You should always apply appropriate restrictions before sharing data. You can find more guidance on sensitive data sharing.

Top tips for getting started with data sharing

Whichever route you choose, sharing your data is a vital step toward a more transparent, trustworthy research ecosystem. Here are our three top tips to get you started:

  1. Plan early. It’s important to think about how you’ll manage, document, and share research data as early as possible during your research, and certainly well ahead of publication.
  2. Ensure data is available for peer review: reviewers and editors may request to see your data as part of the peer review process to inform their evaluation of your work.
  3. Check which repository is most appropriate for your work.

For support and advice, check out our research data community site, or contact our Data helpdesk

Related content

- Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest! -

Scientific Reports: At the Helm of Arctic Climate Research

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Aug 13 2025

As a Managing Editor for Scientific Reports, I have had the immense pleasure of working with leading experts who are helping to solve the most pressing issues that face our world. Our Collections have played a key role in reinforcing Springer Nature’s commitment to the United Nations Sustainability Goals (SDGs). In this blog I reveal how  Scientific Reports is at the forefront of the scientific community when it comes to driving solutions that address SDG number 13: safeguarding our future by addressing climate change.

The Arctic is often called the ‘first frontier’ when it comes to climate change, and for a good reason. It’s where the planet’s warming is most visible, rapid, and consequential. In fact, the Arctic is warming at over three times that of the global annual average. It stands as a stark reminder of why our commitment matters; it's where the first, and arguably most important, chapter of global warming is being written.  

Below is a curated series of past and present Collections that illustrate the efforts of our research communities in addressing climate change in the Arctic and beyond. As an open access journal, Scientific Reports ensures that critical climate research, especially on vulnerable regions like the Arctic, is freely available to scientists and policymakers, accelerating global responses to climate change.

Sustainable Materials for Environmental and Energy Applications in Harsh Conditions   

Led by Guest Editors Sehoon Chang & Wei Wang Aramco Research Center-Boston, USA 

A key challenge for the Arctic research community is monitoring permafrost thaw and declining sea-ice levels across a vast and geographically demanding region. The infrequent expeditions of the past are no longer sufficient to keep up with the rapid changes that are driven by climate change. This calls for the development of remote monitoring and sensing technologies that can reliably operate in sub-zero conditions, sometimes below -40 °C. These materials must not only withstand extreme cold, but they must also consider other harsh environmental factors such as salinity and pressure. 

This is where Scientific Reports’ Collection, “Sustainable Materials for Environmental and Energy Applications in Harsh Conditions,” plays a vital role. By welcoming research in nanotechnology and bioengineering, it fosters groundbreaking innovation in sustainable materials that can address real-world Arctic challenges. This research is vital to enhancing the durability of monitoring infrastructure, and in ensuring consistent performance in extreme environments. 

Advances in sustainable manufacturing practices 

Led by Guest Editors Giancarlo Cravotto, University of Turin, Italy, & Ali Karrech, University of Western Australia, Australia 

Sustainable manufacturing can play a vital role in mitigating climate change. By embracing developments in green production methods and renewable energy, to name a few, we can significantly reduce greenhouse gas emissions. As the Arctic is one of Earth’s most fragile and ruralised regions, minimising industrial footprint is crucial. Innovations in eco-friendly materials manufacturing will help to ensure that manufacturing decisions support long-term environmental health. These efforts not only curb emissions but also protect fragile and untouched ecosystems from pollutants and climate-change disruption.

Cement and Concrete Innovation for Construction 

A cross-journal collaboration, hosted by the Scientific Reports journal, alongside the Nature Communications and Communications Materials journals. 

Innovations in sustainable cement and concrete technologies can also significantly help address climate change. In the Arctic, where infrastructure must withstand extreme conditions, durable materials reduce the need for frequent repairs and resource-intensive rebuilding. Additionally, some technologies, such as CO2-sequestering concrete, actively remove carbon from the atmosphere. As highlighted in Scientific ReportsCement and Concrete Innovation for Construction Collection, these innovations support both climate change goals (SDG 13) and responsible consumption (SDG 12), making them essential in preserving fragile ecosystems and paving the way for low-carbon infrastructure that is resilient. 

Targeted Degradation 

Led by David Dougan, La Trobe University, Australia, Shiqing Xu, Texas A&M University, United States, & Yujun Zhao, Shanghai Institute of Materia Medica, China. 

The Arctic is warming fast, and we need new tools to protect its fragile environment. Developments in one particularly exciting area of science, targeted protein degradation, could prove vital. Although frequently researched in its capacity to treat diseases, because this technology can break down specific proteins in cells, it might be used in the future to clean up pollution, control harmful microbes, or help Arctic plants and animals adapt to changes from climate change.  

In exploring how these tools work and where they can be applied, researchers submitting to the Targeted Degradation Collection will contribute to new ways of protecting the Arctic and other vulnerable global ecosystems.

Driving Climate Change Action  

Scientific Reports continues to champion accessible science that meets, what is arguably, the most pressing issue of our time: climate change. Through curated and multidisciplinary Collections that span sustainable materials, construction, and emerging technologies like targeted degradation, our Collections provide a space for researchers and their ingenuity in tackling climate change.  

By making this research freely available, we empower global collaboration and inform decision-making across borders, including in the Arctic, where the stakes are highest. As the region transforms before our eyes, Scientific Reports will remain committed to publishing impactful science that drives solutions for a more sustainable future.  

Scientific Reports is an open access journal publishing original research from across all areas of the natural sciences, psychology, medicine and engineering. As the 5th most-cited journal in the world, we offer authors a trustworthy and highly respected home for their research. Explore our Collections.

Related Content

The value of null results: How Discover champions inclusive science

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Aug 12 2025

It’s an all-too-common experience: You spend months designing and conducting your research, only to find that the results don’t support your original hypothesis. Now what? In a scholarly landscape where null, inconclusive, or negative results often go unreported, the experience can be frustrating at best and demotivating at worst.

With their broad and inclusive remit, Discover journals encourage researchers to reframe their understandable frustration and celebrate these results by sharing them broadly. After all, the “failure” they came up with is a mechanism for scientific progress.

Springer Nature recently published the first large-scale survey on how researchers feel about null results. 98% of researchers recognise the value of shared negative results, and virtually every researcher will encounter null results at some point in their career. In fact, the survey found that 53% of researchers have run a project that generated solely or mostly null results.

Breakthroughs aren’t often – if ever – a product of the eureka effect but the upshot of a long sequence of successes, setbacks, and everything in between. Null results are a critical part of this process, helping to challenge assumptions, refine theories and methodologies, and build a more accurate and reproducible body of knowledge. In the survey, 88% agreed that sharing null results improved the quality of subsequent research.

Why null results matter

Publishing all outcomes helps researchers generate richer and more nuanced evidence. In the survey, researchers cited better hypotheses, more rigorous methods, and new inspiration as just some of the positive outcomes they had experienced from either sharing or using null results shared by others. Just as importantly, openly sharing all findings builds trust in science, enabling researchers to feel confident that no data is being selectively withheld and that integrity is valued as highly as discovery.

Moreover, publishing null results also play a key role in reducing research waste. When null findings go unpublished, other researchers may unknowingly repeat experiments that have already been conducted—spending valuable time, funding, and resources on paths that have been tested and found unfruitful. Sharing these outcomes helps the entire research community avoid duplication, focus efforts more efficiently, and ultimately accelerate scientific progress.

The publication problem: Bias against null results in traditional publishing

So, what is holding researchers back from publishing their null results? The number one barrier identified in the survey is the fear that journals will not accept null results. In practice, more than half (58%) of respondents who tried to publish a paper describing null results had their paper accepted, but there remain negative feelings and concerns among researchers, along with low awareness of where to publish this type of outcome. With research assessment still weighted toward citations, there is a gravitation toward publishing positive results only.

Publications of null results tend to be cited less than those of positive results, which influences researchers’ decision to try and publish them. With research assessment still weighted toward citations, there is an understandable gravitation toward publishing positive results.

And even when null results are published, authors of these articles garner less recognition and reward, including opportunities for funding or career advancement. Some even fear reputational doubt: 20% of survey respondents reported experiencing negative consequences from publishing a null result.

This can be detrimental for early-career researchers, who face less incentive to share null results due to prestige pressures, even though learning from trial and error is an essential skill to master for any thorough researcher. Early-career researchers are already vulnerable to bias in hiring, funding, promotion, and even the peer review process, with certain demographics disproportionately affected.

Their concern over publishing null results is understandable, especially without an available space that celebrates these types of results being published. Beyond their own publications, early-career researchers are also most vulnerable to the restriction of access to high-quality, potentially time- and resource-saving research, which only deepens the inequities they face.

P_Screenshot 2025-08-04 200635 © Springer Nature 2025

Discover’s solution: Inclusive publishing for all results and researchers

That’s where Discover journals break with tradition. The survey made one thing clear: Something must change, and we believe it should start with increasing visibility and support for null results, reducing stigma, and broadening evaluation criteria.  

Born with community needs in mind, we are outspoken about the importance of publishing null results. A family of inclusive, open access (OA) journals, we don’t just tolerate the existence of null, inconclusive, and negative results in research but explicitly welcomes and fights for their inclusion.

Discover logo © Springer Nature 2024

From Discover Psychology to Discover Oncology, all journals in the portfolio support sound-science criteria and transparent peer review over novelty or outcome, offering a home for excellent research that falls outside the remit of more established journals.

We are committed to open science, envisioning a research landscape where all rigorous results are shared, saving time, money, and resources by reducing duplication of unproductive paths. With rapid, streamlined publication processes, authors can share null results quickly, while upholding the same high standards expected across all Springer Nature journals.

“All valid research has a contribution to make – you never know what insight each article might lead to later down the line. We want to help provide the most robust scientific record possible.”

Dylan Parker, Publishing Director, Discover Journals at Springer Nature

Why publish null results with Discover?

The Discover journals represent a home for all good work across the diverse research community. Null results need to be shared, and they need to be shared globally. 
As fully OA journals, Discover journals ensure research is highly discoverable and immediately accessible to readers worldwide. This equitable access is crucial for addressing global challenges and promoting inclusive scientific development. It ensures your research reaches the communities that need it, not just those with more resources, and is more widely seen, used, and shared.
For early-career researchers and underrepresented communities, Discover journals offer an inclusive and collaborative platform to share all findings, regardless of outcome. And of course, these journals offer them the chance to equitably access these important publications, to support them in their work.
Being multidisciplinary in nature, Discover journals also transcend traditional research categories. They promote cross-disciplinary dialogue and recognise the unique intersections that lead to more comprehensive and impactful science. 
Attracting a broader community of contributors – across geographic, experience, and disciplinary divides – Discover journals enrich the scholarly community with a wider range of perspectives, stimulating new thinking.

Every contribution counts

By welcoming all research outcomes – positive or not – and promoting an open research culture where transparency, integrity, reproducibility, and fairness come first, Discover journals make room for bold, new directions. After all, incremental studies lay the foundations for the next big discovery.

Ready to start your Discover journey? Explore all of our journals or read the white paper The state of null results for further insights.

Related content

How to promote Collections on social media: Tips for guest editors

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Aug 7 2025

If you’re a guest editor leading a Springer Nature Collection, your role goes beyond curating high-quality research—it’s also about ensuring that the Collection reaches the right audience and has the impact it deserves. With more researchers than ever turning to social media for scholarly discovery, promoting your Collection online can be one of the most effective ways to boost submissions, readership, and engagement.

That’s why Springer Nature has launched a practical, step-by-step guide: Boost impact and visibility: How to use social media to promote your Collection 

This guide is specifically designed for guest editors like you. Whether you're already active on social platforms or just starting out, it offers easy-to-follow strategies for using social media to promote your Collection before, during, and after launch. 

Why social media matters

The guide opens with a powerful insight: social media is simply an extension of academic networking. Just as you might invite contributors through conference conversations or email outreach, platforms like LinkedIn, Bluesky, and WeChat offer real-time ways to engage with researchers you know—and many you don’t. 

According to the 2024 Springer Nature Social Media Survey, 75% of active researchers use social media for professional purposes, and over 80% use it to search for new research content. That makes these platforms one of the most valuable tools available for guest editors who want to attract contributors and spark discussion around their Collections.

P_Screenshot 2025-07-24 112006 © Springer Nature 2025

What the guide covers 

This resource walks you through each stage of your Collection’s promotion lifecycle, including: 

Before publication: Recruiting contributors 

Use short, eye-catching posts to explain your Collection’s theme and invite submissions. Highlight what makes the topic timely or impactful. Tagging relevant colleagues or influencers and using hashtags related to your field can boost visibility and engagement. 

During publication: Sharing new content 

If your Collection publishes articles on a rolling basis, promote each one as it goes live. The guide suggests spotlighting standout research, tagging authors (with their permission), and explaining why each article matters. 

After publication: Sustaining momentum 

The work doesn’t stop once the last paper is published. Continue posting about key findings or quoting authors. The guide encourages sharing infographics, charts, or visuals from the articles to catch attention and drive engagement. 

Choosing the right platform 

One of the guide’s most helpful sections is its platform-by-platform breakdown. It outlines how to use: 

  • LinkedIn for professional engagement and visual posts 
  • X/Twitter for real-time conversation and tagging researchers 
  • Instagram and Stories for visuals and links via bio 
  • WeChat for targeted promotion in China 
  • Bluesky, a newer platform with academic communities 
  • Facebook for groups and institutional pages 

It also offers practical instructions for posting on each platform, including adding links, tagging accounts, and choosing the best images and hashtags. 

Quick tips for effective promotion 

The guide is filled with actionable advice, such as: 

  • Start with one platform: Don’t feel pressured to be everywhere. Focus where your research community is most active. 
  • Collaborate: Divide social media tasks with your co-editors to keep things manageable. 
  • Post consistently: Use a simple schedule or checklist to maintain momentum. 
  • Use visuals: Posts with images get significantly more engagement. 
  • Tag and thank contributors: A personal touch goes a long way in building community. 

Everything you need to master social media promotion 

Whether you’re promoting a call for papers, a newly published article, or the full Collection, this guide gives you all the tools you need to make social media work for your goals as a guest editor. 

Download the guide now and discover how a few simple posts can lead to stronger submissions, higher visibility, and deeper engagement with the global research community. For more resources visit www.springernature.com/collections

Harnessing technology to strengthen research integrity

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Wed Aug 6 2025

The vast majority of researchers undertake and submit for publication research that is conceived and done well and honestly, contributing mostly incrementally and sometimes substantively to the advances that societies and communities around the world benefit from. However, unethical content does sometimes reach our door and, as the volume and complexity of scholarly content continues to grow, so too do the challenges we face as a sector, as well as the opportunities for maintaining trust in the scholarly record. That’s why we’re continuing to invest in innovative technologies and ways of working that help us to detect and prevent threats to research integrity before they reach publication. 

Over the past year, we’ve made real strides in expanding our suite of in-house tools, many of which use artificial intelligence (AI), to support our editors, reviewers, and authors. These tools are designed not to replace human judgment, but to enhance it—by identifying signals of potential manipulation or integrity breaches early in the submission process, and by freeing-up valuable time for deeper editorial assessment. 

A new tool to detect non-standard phrases 

Our latest addition is a tool that detects non-standard phrases in submitted manuscripts. These are phrases that appear awkward or overly convoluted, such as “counterfeit consciousness” instead of “artificial intelligence.” These unusual constructions, known as “tortured phrases”, can be a sign that paraphrasing tools have been used to disguise plagiarism or manipulate content. 

We use our non-standard phrases tool to identify if a submission contains a significant number of these non-standard phrases. If it does the manuscript will be withdrawn, protecting the time and expertise of our editors and peer reviewers and preventing problematic papers with this signal from entering the scholarly record. 

The tool draws on the publicly available catalogue of tortured phrases developed by Guillaume Cabanac, Cyril Labbé, and Alexander Magazinov as part of their Problematic Paper Screener (PPS), an online platform that identifies a number of indicators of potentially problematic research articles. Their work has been valuable for the research and research publishing sector in identifying papers that may have been generated or manipulated using questionable methods. We’ve built on their efforts by integrating this approach into our editorial workflows. 

Complementing a growing suite of integrity tools 

The non-standard phrases detector joins a growing family of Springer Nature-developed tools that we use to support research integrity in our publishing: 

  • Nonsense text detector: This tool, previously known as “Geppetto” internally, identifies manuscripts that contain AI-generated nonsense text.  
  • SnappShot:  Our image integrity tool, SnappShot, uses AI to detect duplicated or manipulated images in gels and blots, with ongoing work to expand into microscopy.  It also checks for image plagiarism against a growing library of known problematic content.  
  • Irrelevant reference checker: This tool flags citations that appear unrelated to the place in the manuscript’s content where they appear —another potential indicator of manipulation. If a number of references are identified as irrelevant, the submission is flagged for manual review by a member of our expert team. 

Each of these tools has been developed in-house by our research integrity and technology teams, and each has undergone rigorous testing and validation. Together, they form a robust, multi-layered, ongoing approach to safeguarding the quality and credibility of the research we publish. 

Growing potential from third-party tools  

Innovators and software developers with research integrity solutions that we, and other publishers, can plug-in and use are a welcome and relatively recent arrival (although of course we have been using the plagiarism detection software iThenticate from Turnitin via the CrossRef Similarity Check service for many years). With a thoughtful approach to using these tools, we can respond to opportunities and close technology gaps—without compromising quality or agility.  

We prefer to build tools where direct integration with our editorial and peer review platform (Snapp) offers performance advantages and long-term control. But partnering offers options when building is too risky or slow, and when third-party tools offer unique capabilities, including pre-existing integrations with other editorial and peer review platforms we use. 

For example, we continue to develop SnappShot for integration with Snapp and broad use, and in the meantime we use Proofig, including to screen images in life sciences manuscripts in Nature and all of the Nature Research journals. 

Collaboration  

The structured approach we take to integrity technology ensures that every investment—whether built in-house or delivered through partnerships—contributes meaningfully to the overarching goal: protecting the integrity of research at scale. But to really do that, we believe that collaboration is essential to combat challenges that are industry-wide. That’s why we’re active contributors to the STM Integrity Hub, a cross-publisher initiative that facilitates data sharing and joint development of integrity tools. By working together, we can respond more effectively to emerging threats and share best practices across the industry.  As part of this commitment, we recently donated our nonsense text detector to the Hub, where it can be used across the sector to help detect problematic submissions. 

We also continue to invest in our expert research integrity team, which has grown significantly in recent years. Importantly, the members of this specialist team collaborate with the wider research community—including our editors, peer reviewers, and others—to ensure that our tools are used responsibly and that decisions are made with care and in the right context. 

Looking ahead 

As the landscape of scholarly publishing evolves, so too must our approaches to research integrity. The rise of generative AI, the increasing sophistication of paper mills, and the pressures faced by researchers all contribute to a complex environment. We’re confident we’re meeting these challenges with the right people, partnerships and tools—and we are also always open to fresh ideas and innovation.   

Our goal remains the same: to ensure that the research we publish is trustworthy and meaningful and, as of this year, we’re publishing our annual submission, publication and retraction statistics alongside further information about research integrity to help illustrate that work. By combining technological innovation with human expertise, we believe we are meeting that goal—and we’re committed to continuing this work into the future, with new tools and approaches on the horizon, all backed up by highly skilled teams of fantastic people. 

What science hiring managers want you to know

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Aug 6 2025

Are you just starting out in your career as a researcher and trying to navigate the competitive world of scientific hiring? You’re not alone. A global survey by Nature in 2024 asked over 1,100 hiring managers across 77 countries to share how they recruit talent and what they value in potential hires. 

In this blog post, we’ll break down some key insights from the survey, including where recruiters search for new hires and what makes applicants stand out. If you're applying for your first research role or thinking about transitioning into the industry, these findings might give you some ideas to boost your confidence and move forward in your career. 

Essential career development insights for researchers

According to the survey, many recruiters begin their search online, often before a formal application is even submitted. So, that's why building a strong online presence is no longer optional. For early career researchers, it's worth noting that your digital profile can be a powerful tool to showcase your expertise, connect with other researchers online, and get you noticed by hiring managers. 

There are a few platforms that are recognised and used for professional networking. Nature Careers is one of those in this space. It hosts global science job listings and also allows you to follow and learn about the working culture and values of hiring organisations. It’s a valuable hub connecting both job seekers and recruiters in science.  

Platforms like LinkedIn are widely used for visibility and professional networking, especially outside academia. While it may not capture the full depth of a research career, it’s still a useful tool to help meet potential employers or mentors. For showcasing academic credentials in more detail, platforms like ORCID, Google Scholar, and ResearchGate - and even personal academic websites are worth exploring. This is because they allow you to highlight publications as well as experiences in the industry, which in turn showcases a more comprehensive view of your research journey.

Make your application stand out

And visibility alone isn’t enough. Once your online profile gets noticed, the next step is to make it through the initial screening process. During the screening process, hiring managers believe that applicants should demonstrate expertise in their field. This often comes down to how well your CV and cover letter communicate your fit for the role.

Academic and industry recruiters (25%) expressed being cautious with applications that feel generic or impersonal, especially when they suspect the use of artificial intelligence tools (AI). While AI can help organise your thoughts or improve clarity, they shouldn’t replace your own voice. It’s important to highlight relevant skills and achievements in your application and let your unique voice shine through.   

One of the top frustrations reported by hiring managers, is when candidates show a lack of knowledge about the workplace’s research. This signals a lack of preparation and genuine interest. To stand out it's important to take time to research the organisations recent publications including any ongoing projects and reflect that knowledge in your application. Taking the time to complete your application with this in mind can go a long way in showing you’ve done your homework and are well prepared for the interview process.   

Elements to make sure are covered in your application: 

  • A strong CV should highlight your skills, achievements and the impact of your work. 
  • Recruiters value authenticity, so a good cover letter should highlight relevant experience, and convey genuine interest in the research area or institution. And be written in your own words.  
  • Your application should show that you understand the lab's research and goals. 

The rising importance of soft skills in scientific careers

Research environments are becoming more collaborative and interdisciplinary. And whilst technical skills may get your foot in the door, soft skills are often what help researchers thrive. Employers are placing greater value on qualities including; communication, teamwork and adaptability for scientific roles. 86% of hiring managers rated soft skills as a primary or secondary factor key to decision making when reviewing applicants. 

“Totally depends on level. People coming in at director level need to be able to oversee teams. Whereas lower levels need more specific expertise… [and also need to] communicate effectively and collaborate.” 

- Industry Hiring Manager, UK

“The candidate must show a good fit for the open position, making it explicit about how she/he could contribute to our group/institution.” 

- Academic Hiring Manager, UK


What this means for candidates is to demonstrate the ability to communicate well and collaborate. It's important to highlight these skills in your application as well as during the interview process through thoughtful responses to questions. These are what employers are actively looking for and showcasing this can help you stand out as a well-rounded candidate. 

Charting your path to career success

Now that you have a better understanding of what hiring managers are looking into, you can approach the application process with more confidence and strategy. From building a strong and visible online presence to tailoring your online application. It's important to show hiring managers your genuine interest in the role, skills working within a team and knowledge of the research environment. These are what hiring managers want to see demonstrated in your application and is ultimately what can set you apart.    

With the right tools and insights, you can take steps to move forward in your career. There are a number of platforms to take advantage of and resources to support your job search, network with an online community and continue developing your skillset.

Nature Careers connects researchers at every stage with job opportunities and expert career advice. Explore the site for additional career development resources.

How librarians help researchers maximise their reach

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Aug 5 2025

Researchers dedicate themselves to their work but may overlook opportunities to extend its reach. Librarians can make a real difference by connecting them with two key resources that can enhance their research’s impact: The institutional press office and social media. Librarians can support researchers in utilising these powerful resources to maximise the visibility and impact of their research.

Researchers aim to share their ideas widely, influencing their fields and society. Yet, significant obstacles, particularly time and resources, often limit their capacity for effective dissemination. It is therefore particularly unfortunate when researchers don’t make use of valuable and accessible resources to enhance the impact of their work, such as their institution’s press office or social media.

Librarians, uniquely positioned as trusted colleagues and experienced facilitators, have untapped potential to bridge this critical communication gap. By actively supporting researchers in engaging effectively with the press office and leveraging social media, librarians not only enhance their institution's research profile but also position themselves as vital stakeholders in research success.

Introducing researchers to the press office

A research institution’s press office can support researchers in amplifying the visibility and impact of their work. It can offer researchers guidance on communicating their research effectively and making complex science accessible to audiences beyond academia. Many researchers, however, remain unaware of their institution’s press office and how it chooses research to promote, for instance via press releases and institutional websites.

Libraries and press offices cover a continuum of support for researchers, sometimes overlapping, across the different stages of the research process. Librarians typically support researchers with literature, publishing strategies, data management, and promoting research, and the press office supports with public engagement, media management, and more. Together, they enable research to reach its full potential, from its scientific essence to its broader impact.

Librarians are ideally positioned to educate researchers and bridge their knowledge gap about the press office. As trusted counterparts to researchers in navigating various aspects of their work, librarians are already supporting researchers in accessing and benefitting from different institutional resources. As such, they can introduce researchers to the press office and the benefits they can gain from working with it.

How librarians can facilitate between researchers and the press office

Librarians can organise sessions or workshops, potentially in collaboration with the press office, to build familiarity and help establish connections. By highlighting the benefits of public engagement for researchers, such as broader societal impact and improved collaborative opportunities, librarians can play an instrumental role in capacity building for researchers at their institution.

These sessions could also advise researchers on how to clearly communicate their study’s key message, relevance, and potential impact in a way that is understandable to non-specialists. This would be valuable in facilitating the interaction with the press office as this is their key responsibility when writing press releases.

Additionally, such sessions could also inform researchers on how to best collaborate with the press office. One challenge that many press officers face is that researchers contact them too late in the process. Librarians can inform researchers to contact the press office as soon as they know their paper has been accepted.

This alignment of schedules is important because it gives the press office time to write an effective press release. This will be uploaded to science newswire websites to reach potential science journalists. When this is done in a timely manner, journalists would have enough time before the actual publication of the article to interview the researcher. They could then publish a news story on the research in parallel to the article’s publication.

To further and continuously support researchers in collaborating with the press office, librarians can develop simple guidelines or checklists to share with researchers. These could include information and tips to help them more proactively and effectively engage with their press office.

These guidelines can include recommendations on information researchers should share with the press office (why they think their research would be of public interest, potential key beneficiaries, visuals that can explain complex of abstract ideas), as well as tips for productive collaboration (researchers could offer their support in preparing and validating the press release, what to look for when checking final versions, etc.).

Librarians as social media communication coaches

While it has been actively demonstrated that social media promotion can drive article page views and downloads,1 researchers often underestimate or misunderstand the potential value of using social media for science communication purposes. Even those that appreciate its importance often lack strategies to effectively communicate their research in an audience-centric manner on social media, which could broaden impact beyond traditional academic publishing.

Here as well, librarians can support their researchers. As part of their role, librarians help researchers promote their work in digital platforms and educate them on how the use of these platforms can contribute to alternative metrics.

To do this, librarians can provide training that includes tips, templates, and examples to coach researchers on effective science communication via social media. These can take the form of hands-on workshops where researchers draft, refine, and schedule effective social media content relating to their work and recent publications.

It would be useful for librarians to curate and share success stories demonstrating how impactful social media engagement can increase visibility, collaboration, and even citation metrics. Similar to working with press offices, librarians can create accessible guidelines for researchers, which they can use to leverage the breadth of social media, such as LinkedIn, X (formerly Twitter), BlueSky, WeChat, and others.


Support your researchers – some ideas:

  • Organise researcher–press office meet-and-greets
  • Schedule workshops for clear, impactful communication strategies
  • Distribute simple checklists for proactive engagement

Bridging the science communication gap

Science communication is crucial to broadening and improving the impact of published research. To support researchers in communicating their work, librarians can play a pivotal role in facilitating interaction with the institution’s press office as well as coaching researchers on using social media more effectively. By embracing strategies for this support, librarians will also help amplify the reach and impact of research from their institution.

Find out more about science communication and how librarians support researchers in communicating their research:

For your researchers: Check out blogs on communicating research on The Source, and Nature Masterclasses‘ on-demand course Effective Science Communication.


1. See Widmer et al. “Effect of Promotion via Social Media on Access of Articles in an Academic Medical Journal: A Randomized Controlled Trial.“ Academic Medicine 94(10): p 1546-1553, October 2019.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Maintaining integrity in published research, from concern to decision

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Aug 5 2025

Upholding research integrity means protecting the publication record and ensuring its reliability, so that published research can effectively advance science and support societal development. An essential aspect of this is addressing any concerns over research integrity in publications. At Springer Nature, the Research Integrity Group’s Resolutions team is responsible for this crucial work. Below, you can learn about our efforts and processes, from an initial concern to the final decision.

Concerns over integrity in published research can surface from various sources: raised internally, Research Integrity Group’s Prevention team, editor-in-chief, authors, readers, and external whistleblowers. Regardless of the source, every concern over the integrity of research published in Springer Nature is thoroughly investigated by the Research Integrity Group’s Resolutions team, with priority given to those with public health implications.

Investigating a research integrity concern

Investigating an integrity concern can be a lengthy process. Because Springer Nature has a duty of care towards all parties, the Resolutions team does not share information regarding an investigation until it is concluded. The thoroughness of the investigation and the careful evaluation of all information mean that reaching a responsible conclusion takes time. Our investigation and resolutions workflow adhere to the recommendations of the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE). And for full disclosure: In addition to my day job at Springer Nature, I also serve on COPE's trustee board.

The Resolutions team investigates concerns relating to issues such as ethical approvals, plagiarism, image integrity, data, unverified authorship, citations, and authorship disputes, but regardless of which aspect of a publication is flagged for an integrity issue, the team takes a holistic approach by conducting a full range of integrity checks, reviewing the publication in its entirety, including also the editorial and review process, and adherence to editorial policies.

“Conducting a thorough investigation on a research integrity concern is a lengthy process, but it is necessary to ensure that all aspects are considered and to provide recommendations for the best outcome.” 

The value of a holistic approach to investigating research integrity concerns

This holistic approach is essential for reaching a well-founded and comprehensive conclusion on integrity concerns and confidently recommending the best course of action. It helps avoid situations where minor errors are corrected, only to later discover significant data issues or lack of proper ethics approval. If the Resolutions team recommends retraction, the holistic assessment ensures the retraction notice is thorough and helpful to the scholarly record.

Cases that seem clear-cut when a concern is raised can sometimes reveal more complex or broader issues. For example, an apparent plagiarism case might also involve peer review or authorship irregularities, which could help identify features of a previously unrecognised paper mill. A comprehensive investigation bolsters confidence in its findings and recommendations. 

Gathering input for a rounded understanding of the investigated issues

While systematic manipulations of the publication process and paper mills are often highlighted in discussions on research integrity, and they are indeed a serious concern, many investigations involve individual cases where something has gone wrong, someone made a mistake, or there is an authorship dispute.

If the investigation finds any concerning issues, the team will contact the authors to share these concerns, in line with the COPE guidelines that they follow. The authors then have the opportunity to respond, which may include providing raw or additional data to support their published work.

In addition to corresponding with the authors, the investigation also involves input from other stakeholders, such as the editors of the publication. In some cases, we need a content matter expert to evaluate the scientific merits of a concern and how this may undermine the reliability of a publication. In very rare cases, we may have to involve an author's institution.   

Taking action after an investigation

Once the Resolutions team carefully considers its findings and other inputs, they conclude the investigation of the integrity concern and make a recommendation for an appropriate resolution. They forward their findings and recommendation to the publication’s editor-in-chief, who has the final decision on what action to take. 

The Research Integrity Group and its Resolutions team offer recommendations following an investigation, but the decision is made by the editors. The editors will be familiar with the research discussed in the publication and have responsibility for all content published in the journal, so it is vital that they have the final say on the integrity case. 

What possible actions can be taken following a research integrity investigation? 

  • No action, if it is concluded that none is warranted 
  • Publishing an expression of concern to raise awareness of potential issues in cases where it is not possible to reach a clear conclusion regarding said issues 
  • Issuing a correction in cases where the conclusions of the article stand, but there are errors in the article that needs to be addressed  
  • Retracting an article if the conclusions can no longer be relied upon 

“Publishing expressions of concern, corrections, and retraction notices alongside the original research is vital for ensuring clarity, transparency, and accountability. These explain the nature of flaws that have been identified in a publication, ensuring the research community is aware of them.”

Correcting the scientific record is important, whatever the cause of the issue. Editorial actions are not taken to allocate blame, and authors are encouraged to approach the Research Integrity Group if they identify any issues with their own publications. The Resolutions team can work together with the authors to set the scholarly record straight.  

The work of the Resolutions team helps to ensure the robustness of published research, which is essential for maintaining the research community’s and the public’s trust in science. This trust allows the research to be confidently relied upon to advance discovery and provide solutions to global challenges. 

Watch members of the Resolutions team elaborate on the process of investigating an integrity concern and detail the steps involved in deciding what actions to take after an investigation is concluded: 

Safeguarding the scientific record: Investigating a research integrity concern

Safeguarding the scientific record: Taking action after a research integrity investigation

Learn more about research integrity at Springer Nature.
 

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Publishing to reach policymakers: Springer Nature Collections

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Aug 5 2025

Megha Rao and her co-authors wanted to publish their research on health resource allocation in Malawi where it will reach the very people who could implement their findings and suggestions. So she chose to publish it in a Springer Nature Collection, for maximum visibility and real-world impact. Read on to hear from Rao about her experience publishing in the Collection, and subsequent inquiries from policy makers about adapting and implementing her work across Africa.

Megha Rao is motived by the need to find sustainable solutions for global healthcare. As a research fellow at the University of York’s Centre for Health Economics and contributor to the Thanzi Programme, Rao tackles one of the most pressing challenges facing African healthcare systems today: How to sustain health improvements when resources are limited and donor funding is uncertain.

In a review article examining health resource allocation in Malawi, Rao and her co-authors worked closely with in-country institutions and stakeholders to highlight how research findings can inform policy and practice. 

Publishing this article to the Springer Nature Collection Discover Health Systems ensured the work was accessible to collaborators and decision makers wherever they might be located.

We spoke to her to find out more about the work and the value of publishing to a Springer Nature Collection.

Can you give us an overview of your research?

We demonstrate how evidence-based decision making can help countries maximise the health impact of every dollar spent, ultimately creating more sustainable and effective health systems that better serve their populations. 

We focus on the experience of Malawi, which — through its collaboration with the Thanzi Programme — has developed an innovative set of tools and frameworks to support health resource allocation, especially in designing health benefits packages that deliver real impact. These tools have informed national policy, contributing directly to Malawi’s Health Sector Strategic Plan III (2023–2030) and Health Sector Financing Strategy (2023).

The tools and frameworks address five critical questions that every health decision-maker faces: what interventions to prioritise, how to allocate resources geographically, how to invest in health system inputs, how to ensure equity in access, and how to guide evidence generation for better policymaking. Designed to be flexible and context-sensitive, these can be adapted across diverse health systems in the region.

Why did you choose to publish your research in this Collection?

We chose this specific Collection because it was a perfect match for our research's core message. It wasn't just about reaching the right audience; it was about placing our research in direct conversation with the leading experts and policymakers focused on this exact challenge.

We knew the readers of this Collection would be the very people best equipped to critique, adapt, and implement these tools in practice.

Why did you choose to publish open access?

For this work, open access was non-negotiable. This research was co-developed from the start with our colleagues in Malawi. It would be completely counterproductive if my closest collaborators — who have been instrumental in building this research — hit a paywall.

Open access ensures that a policymaker in Lilongwe or a PhD student in Delhi has the exact same immediate access as I do here in York. It’s a practical requirement for equitable partnership and accelerating real-world impact.

How did you hear about the Collection?

The journal reached out directly about the call for papers. It was perfect timing: We were finalising our manuscript and looking for an appropriate journal, so this opportunity was exactly what we needed. The Collection's focus aligned perfectly with our research, making it an ideal fit.

How do you think publishing to the Collection has impacted your research so far?

Publishing in the Collection has given this research much greater visibility, specifically because it showcases the real-world application in Malawi. This has acted as a powerful proof-of-concept.

The main result is that we've had tangible interest from researchers and health ministries in several other African countries. These aren't just academic inquiries; they are concrete conversations about how to adapt and implement these tools to fit their national contexts, which is exactly the outcome we hoped for. 

Thinking about your career as an early career researcher (ECR), what kind of impact has publishing in this Collection had on it?

While the full impact on my career is something that will unfold over time, publishing in this Collection has been a crucial, foundational step.

For an ECR, the immediate value comes from the credibility it provides. Being included in a curated Collection by established editors acts as a 'stamp of approval' and effectively positions my work within the most relevant community of experts and policymakers.

It’s less about immediate metrics and more about building a reputation as a specialist in health resource allocation in Africa, which is the necessary groundwork for future collaborations.

Do you have any advice for other ECRs thinking of publishing to a Collection with Springer Nature?

My advice is to think strategically about fit. Don't just look for a high-impact journal; look for a Collection that tells a story your research can contribute to.

Being part of a curated Collection amplifies your message and places your work in context. For an ECR, this is invaluable.

Moreover, the visibility you get from strong indexing and a respected publisher like Springer Nature isn't a vanity metric: it directly leads to the citations and collaboration opportunities that are essential for building a sustainable academic career.

Would you publish in a Collection again, and why?

Absolutely. As I said, Collections offer an excellent opportunity to ensure one’s research contributes directly to a specific, impactful conversation, reaching the very people who can act on it. It’s about getting the work in front of the right audience, not just the biggest one. 

P_Megha Rao circle © Springer Nature 2025
About the Author

Megha Rao is a Research Fellow for the Thanzi Labwino (Better Health) project and is part of Global Health. She holds an MSc in Economics from the University of Warwick and a BA in Economics from Stella Maris College (Chennai, India). She has more than five years of research experience, primarily focusing on health system governance and financing for efficient and effective healthcare delivery. Visit Dr Rao’s ORCID profile to view all her published works.

Springer Nature Collections are curated groups of articles that support researchers by providing highly focused explorations of specific themes and trending topics. Collections cover all areas and aim to enhance the visibility and impact of research.

Read more research success stories and find out how publishing to a Springer Nature Collection can help you achieve your career goals at: www.springernature.com/collections

Related Content

Open access in action—Stories from around the world: Dr Ruiz Serrano

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Aug 1 2025

Welcome to a new blog series, where researchers take the spotlight to share their experiences publishing open access (OA). Why did they choose to publish their work OA? How did they cover article processing charges (APCs)? What was the impact of their OA publication? Hear directly from authors who’ve done it, and gain practical insights from their journeys. 

In this blog, we speak with Dr Andres Ruiz Serrano, whose latest article, “Rationality and the exploitation of natural resources: a psychobiological conceptual model for sustainability,” was published OA in the journal Environment, Development and Sustainability during his PhD studies at the City University of Hong Kong. Dr Ruiz Serrano published this article OA with the publishing costs covered by Springer Nature’s transformative agreement (TA) in Hong Kong. 

Andres Ruiz Serrano © Springer Nature 2025


“I firmly believe that the transformative power of knowledge lies in its accessibility. For this reason, I constantly strive to publish my research OA.”

Thanks for being the first guest in this blog series! Could you tell us about yourself and your research, and what you think about publishing OA? 

My name is Andres Ruiz Serrano. My research includes strategic marketing, strategic management, organisational behaviour, theory of organisations, social welfare and innovation, sustainability and environmental innovation, social psychology, and institutional theory. Social development and equality have always been at the core of my professional and academic endeavours.

Since I started my research journey, I have been guided by a singular aspiration: To share the limited knowledge I have acquired with all humans across the globe. I firmly believe that the transformative power of knowledge lies in its accessibility.  

For this reason, I constantly strive to publish my research OA. If I am to assist society, I must ensure that knowledge is disseminated to nations, regions, communities, and individuals, for they have the natural right to learn from others.

When our knowledge and expertise are made available to all, we empower individuals to improve their quality of life. The absence of access to breakthrough technologies, scientific advancements, and inclusive public policies perpetuates cycles of disparity and marginalisation. It is, therefore, my commitment to share my humble knowledge and expertise through OA with those who do not possess the economic means to pay for a research article. 

What do you consider to be the benefits of publishing your work OA?   

For me, there are three major benefits when publishing our research OA:

  1. We ensure the equitable dissemination of scientific knowledge, granting unrestricted access to individuals across all societal strata, particularly those who may lack the resources to obtain such knowledge. By doing so, we repay and honour our debts to society. We compensate for all that society has provided for us. 
  2. OA amplifies the reach and influence of my work, reaching scholars, practitioners, and policymakers who might otherwise face financial barriers to accessing critical information. 
  3. We ensure scientific knowledge is readily accessible anytime, anywhere. The COVID-19 pandemic exemplifies the life-saving potential of openly shared research. Had research on the Coronavirus been confined behind paywalls and journal subscriptions, the rapid development of vaccines, medical protocols and coordinated global responses might have been severely impeded, with devastating consequences for humanity. 

“I found that publishing OA under the agreement was efficient, practical, and transparent.”

You financed the OA publishing of your article through the Hong Kong JULAC OA agreement with Springer Nature, while you were affiliated with City University of Hong Kong, a participating institution. How did you become aware of this agreement, and what has been your experience publishing under it?. How did you become aware of this agreement, and what has been your experience publishing under it? 

City University of Hong Kong stands as a distinguished academic institution driven by ethical principles and a constant dedication to social development. The university prioritises empowering students, faculty, and external stakeholders to contribute meaningfully to social progress.  

In alignment with the university’s commitment to the dissemination of knowledge, they promote the Hong Kong JULAC OA agreement with Springer Nature through various channels, such as library campaigns and initiatives, workshops, and informational materials distributed across campus. I was introduced to this agreement through the invaluable guidance of CityU Library staff.  

The process of publishing my work under the OA agreement was remarkably efficient and seamless. The journal facilitated the verification of the agreement with CityU, while the university only had to confirm that my manuscript had been accepted.  

From that point onward, CityU and Springer Nature smoothly managed all subsequent steps, ensuring a simplified and expeditious experience for authors. Having also published OA previously not under an OA agreement, I found that publishing OA under the agreement was efficient, practical, and transparent. 

What would you consider to be some of the barriers or challenges to OA publishing in your field? 

It appears that certain scholars within the business field may be reluctant to accept the advantages of OA publishing due to institutional pressures and stereotypes. Unfortunately, a prevalent misconception persists within the academic community: Only subscription-based publications are considered sources of superior credibility, methodological rigour, and academic prestige.  

While it is undeniable that the integrity of a journal depends on the expertise of its editorial board and the diligence of its peer reviewers, this stereotype and bias inadvertently foster a perception of research as a commodified enterprise accessible to elite institutions and privileged academics.  

Contrary to this prevailing discourse, I have personally observed numerous OA articles and their authors achieving significant recognition, often ranking among the most cited and influential works in our field. As an academic community, it is critical that we collectively challenge these unfounded prejudices against OA publications. 

How would you define the societal impact of research? What support do researchers need to maximise the societal impact of their work and what role does OA play in it? 

The societal value of research depends on whether scientific knowledge is being created to assist society and the ecosystem. When research solely benefits a select demographic with the financial resources to access it, its influence is restricted to economic markets and niches, rather than advancing broader social progress.  

In such a case, knowledge becomes a luxury reserved for the few, for the privileged, rather than a shared resource for the many, for the commons. By publishing research openly, our research achieves its purpose of serving society and contributing meaningfully to the collective good. 

What advice would you give to others considering publishing their work OA? 

Fear not. The academic community ought to embrace a paradigm shift, one that prioritises accessibility and inclusivity over profit-driven models. Scholarship should be a pursuit of knowledge for the collective, not a commodity confined to those who can afford it. 

The Hong Kong JULAC agreement

Dr Ruiz Serrano’s article was published OA with fees covered under the Springer Nature transformative agreement (TA) in Hong Kong with all member libraries of the Joint University Librarians Advisory Committee (JULAC).  

This TA allows affiliated authors to publish their work OA with fees covered in more than 1,900 hybrid journals, and gives reading access to over 2,000 journals across the Springer and Adis portfolios. 

Thanks to the Hong Kong JULAC TA, which came into effect in 2024, there has been a massive rise in OA uptake in Hong Kong, noticeable across various disciplines: 

The Hong Kong JULAC agreement © Springer Nature 2025

OA agreements, like the Hong Kong JULAC TA, offer eligible authors the most straightforward and accessible route to publishing their work OA. Authors like Dr Ruiz Serrano can enjoy the benefits of publishing OA.

Learn more about APCs and how you can identify your eligibility for financial support to publish your work OA. You can also visit our new OA agreements pages to find out whether your institution is part of a Springer Nature OA agreement.

- Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest! -

Supporting open science practices: Why sharing protocols matters

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Jul 31 2025

With its emphasis on transparency, accessibility, and collaboration, open science speeds up scientific progress and facilitates the rapid sharing of knowledge. As a researcher, sharing your research outputs openly is crucial to address the world’s most urgent challenges, from poverty to climate change. In this blog, we’ll explore how and why you should share your protocols, and the benefits to you and the wider scientific community.

What are protocols and why are they key to advancing hands-on and observational research?

Protocols are written plans or step-by-step guides that explain exactly how you conduct your experiments or procedures or collect your data. Along with data and code, they form key elements of open science by enabling researchers to properly interpret, then replicate, build on and validate each other’s work. Put simply, if another researcher hopes to understand and reproduce your process or result, or reanalyse your data, they need to know exactly what you did and how you did it.

Sharing your protocols supports transparency and accountability, which fosters trust in your research findings. Sharing openly ensures equity by making the latest techniques accessible to researchers everywhere, not just those in well-resourced institutions. It also allows for the proper credit and recognition for everyone involved in the work.

Transparent protocols bring additional benefits, such as improved consistency, efficiency, and collaboration. They standardise processes, making it easier for others to follow your methods, and clarify ethical considerations, such as consent and permissions. They also help you to meet the compliance requirements of funders, your institutions, and publishers.

The ‘Methods Matter’ movement

A new cohort of advocates are championing the case for open protocols, and are gaining momentum. For example, in 2024, a new report, “Promoting Reusable and Open Methods and Protocols (PRO-MaP): Recommendations to Improve Methodological Clarity in Life Sciences Publications” was issued by the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre. It seeks to improve the reporting of detailed, reusable, and open methods and step-by-step protocols in the life sciences. PRO-MaP outlines actions that four stakeholder groups—researchers, research institutions and departments, publishers and editors, and funders—should take to achieve these goals.

Researchers at the Berlin Institute for Health also started the inaugural ‘Love Methods Week’ in 2024,  with involvement from the Springer Nature protocols.io team. The Love Methods initiative states: “Methods are one of the most valuable outputs that researchers create. In many fields, others may be more likely to reuse, and cite, your methods than your data. Reproducibility starts with methods. If others don’t know what you did, they can’t reproduce your research. We can’t reuse open or FAIR data responsibly if we don’t know how they were generated. We need to share methods along with data to facilitate reuse.”

How to start sharing

We strongly recommend that you plan to share protocols as early as possible to accelerate the scientific process and foster trust. By documenting your methods in an organised and accessible format, you give others the information they need to understand, reproduce – and potentially improve upon – your work.

Following the new PRO-MaP recommendations, as a researcher, you should:

  • Create and share detailed, step-by-step protocols. Publish them in online repositories that allow version control, so others can replicate and build upon your work. 
  • Use established study design and reporting standards. Reporting frameworks like ARRIVE or MDAR ensure clarity and trust in your findings. 
  • Cite protocols accurately. If you adapt or build on another method, point to its source, which should ideally be openly shared. 
  • Recognise protocols as valuable research outputs. Regularly update and share your protocols. Doing so helps establish a culture that rewards methodology development and fosters reproducibility. 
  • Collaborate with institutions and funders. Encourage your department or funding body to include protocol sharing and methods development as part of performance reviews, grant applications, and thesis requirements. 

Routes for sharing protocols

As an author, you can start by sharing your protocol openly before publication in any Springer Nature journal. Below are some key avenues for sharing your protocols:

Open access protocol repositories 

Open science repositories such as Springer Nature’s protocols.io, Open Science Framework (OSF), or bio-protocol are designed to help you share your methods freely and openly.

Many, including protocols.io, offer version control and the ability to assign a Digital Object Identifier (DOI) so your protocol can be cited and tracked. While most basic features remain free, certain advanced tools may require a subscription, and the level of community engagement can vary. Additionally, because everything is openly accessible, protocols may be misused if taken out of context or insufficiently explained.

Springer Nature now has an integrated route for protocols.io as part of the submission workflow for Nature Cell Biology, offering authors a seamless route to submit protocols alongside their article.

Scientific journals specialising in protocols 

Journals such as Nature Protocols, Springer Protocols, Nature Methods, and Nature Reviews Methods Primers allow for peer-reviewed protocol sharing, which can bolster your protocol’s credibility. Published protocols are permanently archived and citable, which can also enhance your academic profile. However, it’s worth bearing in mind that some of these journals are accessible either by subscribers or charge open access publication fees. You may also find it harder to update protocols post-publication if your methods change.

General research repositories

Free-to-use repositories such as Zenodo, Figshare, and Dryad offer rapid sharing and open access, ensuring a wide reach for your protocols. These platforms also provide DOIs for citation. However, without peer review, readers must assess each protocol’s quality for themselves. Moreover, protocols on these sites can follow widely different formats, which can complicate comparison or replication across studies.

Find out more

No matter which option you choose, providing clear and detailed documentation will help other researchers make the most of your protocols and your data and, in turn, contribute to more transparent, efficient, and equitable science. Without protocols, data is not reusable in a responsible manner.

If you’re interested in learning more about sharing your protocols, protocols.io hosts regular webinars, across three different times zones, on why and how to share detailed protocols. 

We host communities where you can discuss the benefits of sharing dynamic protocols with other researchers:

You can also find out more about Nature’s policy on experimental protocols.

Request a free personal demo to see how protocols.io can help with your specific research needs.

Related content

This blog is part of an open science blog series. Find out more about open code and open data.

- Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest! -

More than just a number: How new impact factors help Discover authors

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Jul 30 2025

Discover journals were built with openness, inclusivity, and global reach at their core. With authors from nearly 160 countries from wide ranging research areas, the Discover portfolio has become a trusted home for scientists worldwide.

Now, we’re proud to share a new chapter in our journey: six more Discover journals have been awarded their first-ever impact factors (IFs). In this blog, I discuss the value of adding IFs to the broad set of indicators that we use when delivering the research published in Discover journals. I’ll also explore why this milestone matters—not just for our journals, but for the diverse researchers who publish with us.

We cover what you discover 

The Discover journals have a diverse author base that hails from approximately 160 countries from all corners of the world, which is something we are incredibly proud of at Springer Nature. One of our key goals is to empower more scientists from emerging research hubs throughout the world to share their work with the global community. Recently, six of the journals in our Discover portfolio were awarded their first-ever impact factors (IFs) giving us a total of eight journals with this metric.

While we know that no single metric can capture the full value of a piece of research, this achievement marks an important milestone—enhancing visibility, credibility, and opportunities for our global author community.

IFs are just one of the many key markers of research quality and visibility, but they represent a significant point in a journal’s evolution towards fully serving authors in every part of the world. Career progression and grant funding can both be influenced by whether an author’s published work appears in journals with an IF. This important milestone could enhance the opportunities and reach of our authors everywhere.

IFs in a nutshell 

The IF shows how often—on average—recent articles from a journal are cited by other researchers. It is calculated annually based on all the citations of a paper made in a year compared to all the other journal articles published in the past two years.

Four ways impact factors can make a difference 

  1. Increased visibility: While we aim for all Discover journal articles to appear in the Directory of Open Access Journals, and many are also listed in Scopus and PubMed, the newly added IFs will further increase readership and engagement with your research.
  2. More networking opportunities: Publishing in journals recognised by an IF may help our authors to connect with leading experts in their field.
  3. Better funding prospects: Funders often take into account the IFs of the journals in which researchers’ work has been published when assessing applications.
  4. Higher citation potential: Publishing in a journal with an IF can raise the chance of your research being cited, increasing its impact.

Discover journals with IFs in 2025

Making the most of metrics

Of course, we know that no single number can define the value of an article. We fundamentally believe in looking at research impact through a broad set of indicators. Springer Nature is a signatory of the San Francisco Declaration of Research Assessment (DORA). As part of our commitment to DORA’s principles, all Discover journals display a range of article-level metrics to help capture their impact, including download numbers, Altmetric data and Scopus CiteScore metrics (where available).

We also aim for other types of impact. For example, the Discover portfolio was built to closely align with the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). You can easily identify which Discover journals support the SDGs by checking whether they have an SDG badge on their homepage. All of the Discover journals are also fully open access, ensuring that the research we publish can reach more of the people who can benefit from it.

Inclusive and rigorous research  

Discover was created to provide a home for all valid research, with researcher needs in mind. This mission remains our driving force. We don’t chase high IFs, and we won’t turn away good research for having lesser perceived significance or impact. We continue to welcome research that may struggle to find a venue, such as replication studies, negative results, policy briefs and case reports. We believe that being inclusive about the research we publish is crucial for academic progress. You never know which data might lead to new insights down the line.

At Discover, we put you—our authors—front and centre. We pride ourselves in being fast and rigorous in our editorial processes. Our team and reviewers ensure that even while we aim for quick decisions, the quality and the integrity of what we publish is always our first priority. Now that some of our journals have the added interest that comes with an IF, you can be sure we’ll keep maintaining the high editorial standards that have earned us this credibility.

Explore Discover journals across six subject categories 

  1. Applied Sciences
  2. Environmental Sciences
  3. Humanities and Social Sciences
  4. Materials and Chemistry
  5. Medicine and Life Sciences
  6. Physics and Engineering

You can browse all the Discover journals here.

Embracing the future

This new recognition shows that our imprint is maturing, and we are proud of Discover’s journey so far. We are working hard to ensure that more of our journals continue to be recognized by our communities—reaching key milestones such as receiving an IF is one step along that path. We are also working on launching new journals in subject areas where research communities need an inclusive, fully open-access home.

I want to thank our authors, editors, reviewers and readers for helping us achieve this significant milestone. Together, we form a community united by a vision of open, inclusive research communication. Want to join us? Whether your next paper confirms a much-needed null result or unveils a world-changing discovery, I invite you to submit to one of our journals. We look forward to helping you share your findings with the world.

Ready to take your discovery to Discover? Explore our journals here.

Related content

How Springer Nature Collections power SDG research

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Jul 25 2025

For all researchers, particularly early career researchers (ECRs), the ultimate goal is to see their work make a tangible difference in the world. Springer Nature is committed to helping researchers bridge the gap between publication and practice. Our Collections offer a dedicated platform to ensure your work on the world's toughest challenges is published, promoted, and positioned to create real-world change. In this blog we share how Collections from Discover, BMC, and Scientific Reports support the SDGs.

Collections in action: Advancing the SDGs

Transforming promising research into real-world impact is a significant challenge, especially when tackling urgent, complex issues like those outlined in the the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), a call for action from all UN member countries to promote prosperity while protecting the planet.

Springer Nature supports all 17 SDGs through a dedicated Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) Programme that connects researchers with policymakers and business leaders who need scientific insights to achieve these global goals. Our Collections are a key part of this commitment, designed to amplify research that addresses everything from health and well-being to climate action and social justice.

“It's part of our mission at Springer Nature to accelerate solutions to the world's greatest challenges. And one way we can influence what content we publish is by the type of Collections we launch. In Scientific Reports, for example, we launched a Collection, Long-term, sustainable solutions to radioactive waste management. I think this is a wonderful example of how we contribute to accelerating solutions to address the world's greatest challenges.”

- Daniel Korany, Executive Vice President Journals, Full OA Brands, Springer Nature

Springer Nature Collections also actively support researchers whose work aligns with the SDGs. These curated articles provide a focused platform for high-impact research, enhancing its visibility and influence. Recent collections have, for example, focused on topics ranging from social behaviour and interaction, ambient air pollution, and non-communicable diseases to the urban heat island effect and sustainable fashion.

Some of these Collections are:

Scientific Reports Collections

As an open-access multidisciplinary Nature Portfolio journal, Scientific Reports publishes original research from across all areas of the natural sciences, psychology, medicine, and engineering. Since the first article Collection was launched in 2017, the journal has continued to regularly launch and publish exciting Collections related to a multitude of research areas.

Faija Miah, Senior Commissioning Editor for Springer Nature, notes that in the first two months of 2025 alone, Scientific Reports launched 19 Collections covering SDG2: Zero hungerSDG3: Good health and well-beingSDG6: Clean water and sanitationSDG7: Affordable and clean energySDG9: Industry, innovation and infrastructureSDG12: Responsible consumption and productionSDG13: Climate action, and SDG14 Life below water. In fact, as you can see from the table she created, a few of those Collections were associated with more than one SDG.  

Table: Scientific Reports Collections launched between Jan-Feb 2025 and their associated SDGs.

P_Scientific Reports Collections teaser image © Springer Nature 2025

As it stands, Scientific Reports has 110 SDG-associated open Collections, including 78 Collections launched in 2024, covering 15 of the 17 goals.  Additionally, more than 42 Collections are associated with SDG3: Good health and well-being.

For Anthony Heron, Managing Editor of Scientific Reports and Interim Editor in Chief/ Deputy Editor in Chief of the Arctic Institute, “Collections serve as vital platforms for enhancing scientific dialogue and informing global action. For example, through collections such as Understanding species redistributions under global climate change, Climate change and physical health, and Past sea level and ice sheet change.” He adds, “Scientific Reports demonstrates its commitment to advancing SDG 13 by fostering interdisciplinary research that deepens our understanding of climate impacts on ecosystems and human health.”

Explore some SDG-associated Scientific Reports Collections: Social behaviour and interaction, Ambient air pollution and noncommunicable diseases, Urban heat island effect, and Sustainable fashion.

BMC Collections

By curating high-impact Collections that align with global health priorities, BMC plays an active role in advancing scientific knowledge that supports sustainable development and improves lives around the world. The BMC portfolio features numerous Collections that directly address SDG 3 or "Good Health and Wellbeing", such as:

  • The Fibrosis and Cancer Intersection (FACI) article Collection in the Journal of Translational Medicine has garnered over 40,000 article accesses, demonstrating its timeliness and relevance.
  • Collections in the Malaria Journal that focus on specific, urgent topics, such as implementing the RTS, S/AS01 malaria vaccine in Ghana, Kenya, and Malawi. These collections enhance community engagement and research output in a vital area of public health.
  • The Infectious Diseases of Poverty Journal features Collections aimed at eliminating diseases of poverty, a key factor in achieving the SDGs.

The Fibrosis and Cancer Intersection (FACI) article Collection in the BMC Journal of Translational Medicine demonstrates how Collections can accelerate progress on critical health challenges. By attracting over 40,000 article accesses, it has proved to be a timely and highly relevant platform for researchers. Moreover, the Collection's guest editors highlighted its potential to "accelerate the development of new therapies to treat cancer", directly advancing SDG 3 - “Good Health and Wellbeing” and showing how focused research can translate into tangible medical breakthroughs.

Discover Collections

With their strong emphasis on open access, inclusive publishing practices, and multidisciplinary collaboration, Discover creates a unique publishing environment where SDG-related research can thrive. Discover journals and Collections are designed not only to disseminate knowledge but to amplify its societal relevance, helping bridge the gap between research and implementation.

When developing a Discover Collection, guest editors are encouraged to identify SDGs most relevant to their Collection’s topic. What’s more, every new Discover journal is required to align with at least one SDG as part of its core scope, ensuring that all research published, including in Collections, contributes to this global effort.

In 2024 alone, Discover launched 559 SDG-related Collections, representing over half of all Collections initiated that year. Discover Sustainability led the way with 82 SDG-focused Collections, attracting 843 submissions and publishing 154 articles to date.

Key Discover journals driving SDG advancement include: Discover Sustainability, Discover Environment, Discover Education, Discover Life, Discover Public Health, Discover Civil Engineering, Discover Energy, Discover Cities, and Discover Agriculture.

“Collections play an important role in helping Discover highlight and promote research related to the SDGs. Led by expert guest editors, they focus on timely global issues and provide a platform for impactful research to reach a wider audience.” 

-  Jing Guo, Team Lead, Collections Management and Acquisition, Springer Nature

Read more in the latest Discover blog: Why Discover journals are an ideal outlet for SDG-focused research

A faster path to impact  

Collections can be launched more rapidly than traditional journals which is critical for researchers working on fast-moving topics or emerging trends. Findings can reach the communities that need them the most and make a real-world impact in real-time, a crucial factor when addressing the urgent challenges outlined in the SDGs. Accelerating the publication timeline helps advance scientific discovery when it matters most.

“Collections are such an effective way for us to respond quickly to emerging research topics. It can take years to develop, launch, and establish a new journal in a trending field, but we can be faster with a collection. For instance, we launched a Scientific Reports Collection, Virtual reality in psychological research, which was hugely appreciated by the research community.”

- Daniel Korany, Executive Vice President Journals, Full OA Brands, Springer Nature

Why choose a Collection for your research?

Publishing in a Collection offers researchers a distinct advantage by combining several benefits to advance their careers and amplify the impact of their work.

  • Inclusivity: Collections provide a global platform for diverse research perspectives that traditional journals might overlook. 
  • Visibility and reach: Collections are open access and actively promoted, ensuring maximum visibility and reach, making the work accessible to practitioners, policymakers, and communities worldwide.
  • Collaborative environment: Collections connect authors with peers and editors to create networking opportunities. 
  • Rigorous peer review: Collections ensure the research carries a trusted reputation for quality and is recognised by senior academics and decision-makers.
  • Discoverable: Springer Nature Collections are also integrated with Springer Nature’s SDG Programme hub, helping readers easily locate research tied to specific goals.
    New Content Item

Join the impact 

By combining open access publishing with rigorous peer review and community-driven support, Springer Nature Collections provide researchers with the platform needed to transform their work into global impact.

Ready to make a difference with your research? Visit Springer Nature Collections to discover how you can contribute to solving the world’s greatest challenges.

From the floor of ALA to the future of libraries

T
The Link
By: undefined, Wed Jul 23 2025

As June scorched to a close here in Philadelphia, I had a home-field advantage in navigating this year’s ALA Annual Meeting, which I appreciated since I was facing a conference with hundreds of sessions spread over five days, hundreds of vendor booths spread over an enormous exhibit floor, and more than 14,000 registered attendees. Having stepped into my new role as Springer Nature’s first-ever Director of Library Relations (North America) back in March, it was an opportunity to see our library community through new eyes, and to reintroduce myself to that community. This reflection marks the beginning of The Library Link, my new regular column exploring the evolving relationship between libraries and academic publishing.

“Charting a path through the myriad opportunities at ALA is always a challenge; I frequently had three or more sessions I wanted to attend at the same time, a situation shared by many I ran into during the conference.”

Carving out time for the exhibit hall is always a must as well, even if you’re not planning to stand in line for the latest ARCs (Advance Reader’s Copies, which are such a big draw that many folks buy a one-day or exhibit-only pass just so they can stock up on new reads). And the keynote speakers, this year the headliners were Gretchen Whitmer, George Takei, Carla Hayden, and Geena Davis are always top notch. But the most rewarding part of ALA for me was and remains the chance to see so many of my old, new, and soon-to-be friends in a single place and at a single time or perhaps more accurately, in a series of adjacent times and places!

Reintroducing myself to the librarian community

Happily during my career to date I’ve had the opportunity to work in a wide range of roles at a wide range of libraries, so I have a diverse network of folks to touch base with. Many of them were curious about my new role, especially about what motivated me to make the move. When I explained that a large part of my job description falls under the heading of “Library Champion”, that I get to represent a library-forward perspective inside our company while maintaining and building connections within our community to make sure I stay current with people’s concerns it made a lot more sense to them.

One of them said “it sounds like you get paid to just be you” while another said, “it sounds like a difficult job you’re going to have to tell people things they don’t want to hear.” There is some truth to both those assessments, but my experience so far is that my Springer Nature colleagues are very eager to hear from me because they want to make sure they are serving our library partners well. Similarly, while this position plays to my strengths in many ways, I am also finding that I have a lot to learn about the business of academic publishing, but also about how to find platforms for sharing my insights with fellow librarians that can help them navigate the challenging environment they face right now.

A challenging landscape for libraries

There were a lot of big announcements at and around ALA this year from the Supreme Court decision protecting the Universal Service Fund, which (among other things) supports broadband Internet access for libraries and schools, particularly in underserved areas; to the arrival of ALA’s new Executive Director, Daniel J. Montgomery, who has spent the past 15 years leading the Illinois Federation of Teachers; to Carla Hayden’s appointment as a senior fellow at the Mellon Foundation, which seems an excellent fit given their history of supporting vital initiatives in libraries and archives.

“What struck me more than any of these big announcements was librarians’ persistence in the face of enormous challenges.”

As many sessions and conversations at the conference highlighted, now is a difficult time for libraries and librarians of all kinds. Whether they’re facing book challenges, cuts to collections funds, hiring freezes, the loss of grant funding, or the further proliferation of misinformation enabled by new technologies like AI, the librarians I spoke to maintain a sense of resilience and a conviction that we must continue doing the critical work that needs to be done to support our communities.

“With my new role, and the new perspective it brings, I see many opportunities for me to engage with fellow librarians to make sure they have the tools they need to succeed.”

In these efforts: whether it’s helping them articulate and demonstrate the value of their support for open access publishing, anticipate the impact of changes to funder policies, better connect with the research integrity concerns of their colleagues in research administration, or relay their concerns to my new colleagues at Springer Nature, my position enables me to make connections that I wasn’t able to in the past, which I find immensely rewarding.

The persistence of library values

“The sessions I attended and the people I met with at this year’s ALA reminded me of something I learned when I first started library school that most of us become librarians because we enjoy helping people find the information they need and use it well.”

Books remain a big part of that, and I think they will for the foreseeable future but at deeper level we are here for the communities we serve. That’s true of the librarians I met at ALA, and it is true of me as I embark on the next phase of my library career.

If you are a librarian reading this and are curious about how Springer Nature’s work aligns with library values or are interested in talking about how we might work together to promote those values, please reach out!

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

The state of null results: a new survey of researchers

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Jul 23 2025

Globally, the scale of research published is roughly three times larger than it was 30 years ago. Yet an estimated €26 billion in Europe is wasted in any one year by research that is conducted but not shared by publication. Springer Nature’s new white paper, The state of null results, based on responses from 11,069 researchers across 166 countries, is the first large-scale look at why ‘null results’ are not getting published, and why this needs to change.  

I spoke to Springer Nature’s Chief Scientific Officer, Ritu Dhand, about what the survey tells us. 

What is a null result, and why do they matter?

In the survey, we defined null results as ‘an outcome that does not confirm the desired hypothesis.’ It is not that there is ‘no data’, but rather that the data fail to support the expected effect. Researchers need access to all results to fully understand a research topic. One person’s ‘null’ result may mean something positive for another researcher. Yet the scientific community appears to have created a research environment where researchers either feel little point in writing up null results or struggle to publish negative findings. We’re wasting time and money re-running the same experiments because results that don’t conform to any given hypothesis are considered to be unworthy of publication and thus are not being shared.

What’s a real-world example of null results?

One example that comes to mind is from a time when impactful papers were being published around the findings of a mouse-knockout.  A researcher built an entire grant proposal around a mouse knockout experiment only to learn, privately, that the embryos had no phenotype. The null result had never been published, and that single omission would have burned through a huge grant. Scale that up and you see why duplicated studies cost funders so much every year. It’s a waste of time, waste of money, and ultimately affects people’s lives.

What other problems does not publishing these results create?

Science could advance so much faster if we publish null results. Unpublished null findings allow researchers to start one rung higher on the ladder. By knowing what doesn’t work, researchers can more quickly redirect efforts to finding a new hypothesis or method that does. If just one researcher is inspired by a null finding, and that negative finding contributes to a new scientific discovery, then that value should be recognised.

In a global research environment, it is also no longer adequate to just share your results with close colleagues. Publishing null results ensures reproducibility and equitable access.

What motivated Springer Nature to undertake this survey?

Although everyone knows null results exist, we wanted to better understand why null results are not regularly being reported. One of the main findings of our survey is that the majority of researchers acknowledge their importance. The fact that we heard from more than 11,000 researchers shows this is a system-wide problem that affects every region and discipline. It was as though researchers were saying, ‘Thank you for asking, this needs discussing.’

Key findings from the survey:

The prevalence and importance of null results:

  • 53% of researchers have run at least one project that produced mostly or solely null results. 
  • 98% recognise the benefits of sharing null results. 
  • 88% agree that sharing null results improves the quality of subsequent research. 
  • 72% reported positive outcomes from publishing a null result, and 68% had used null results shared by others to refine their own work. The main benefits were informing new hypotheses (39%); adapting methods (34%) and inspiring future research (33%). 

The challenges and barriers to publishing null results:

  • Only 68% of those who have generated null results have shared them in some form. 
  • Only 30% submitted them to a journal. 
  • Researchers cite barriers including concerns about negative bias, a lack of clarity on where to publish, a low likelihood of journal acceptance, and a lack of support. 

What challenges to publishing null results did the survey find?

The survey identified an intent-action gap: although most believe that sharing null results is important, there are less than a third sharing effectively via journals. There are six notable challenges we need to address:

Firstly, outdated sharing habits. The research community is global; swapping data informally worked 25 years ago but today, your community is no longer on your doorstep.

Secondly, researchers are assessed in the main by where they publish and citations continue to drive research assessment and career progression, but a traditional focus on formally only citing positive advances in a research paper also means that null papers are by default not cited and thus appear to lack merit using traditional metrics. We need to encourage new metrics that recognise and reward all rigorous research. 

Thirdly, the number one barrier researchers identified is the fear that journals won’t accept null results. 82% of researchers agreed that ‘null results are less likely to be accepted for publication at a journal’ was their greatest concern when submitting to a journal. In practice, more than half of null-result paper submissions are accepted (58%), but fears here outpace reality.

This is compounded by poor signposting: only 15% of researchers were aware of a journal that encourages publication of null results. If a journal considers null results, then they need to clearly indicate this in the author guidelines.

There is also a fear of negative consequences from publishing a null result. 20% reported career concerns. That worry often confuses two issues. We’re talking about original studies that yield null results, not papers that claim earlier work was wrong. The former should enhance a reputation for rigour, not harm it. The reality is that most authors cited benefits from sharing null results, including enhanced reputation and new opportunities for collaboration.

Lastly, 55% of respondents were unaware of any institutional or funder support for publishing nulls. Interestingly, those who were aware of support were more likely to publish their null results: 72% had shared null results and 34% had submitted null results to a journal. It’s a clear signal that we can boost publication of null results through providing more training.

What is Springer Nature doing to encourage the publication of null results?

Springer Nature is dedicated to communicating all forms of research and we publish a range of inclusive journals that aim to publish all in-scope, technically sound research that has undergone rigorous peer review and validation. These journals provide a platform for null results, foundational and fundamental advances, as well as more descriptive papers on experimental design and data studies, which support reproducibility and data sharing. 

By publishing this white paper, we also hope to stimulate more discussion to address the barriers we have identified. There are actions for all stakeholders across the research community, including publishers, institutions and funders. We need to ensure researchers see value in sharing null results, are aware of how and where they can share them, and are incentivised to do so. 

Read the white paper The state of null results for further insights.

Ritu Dhand © springernature 2023
Ritu Dhand, Chief Scientific Officer, Springer Nature

Ritu Dhand is responsible for championing our editors, focusing on promoting and driving external editorial excellence, in partnership with all the journal publishers across Springer and BMC journals.

Before taking on the role of Chief Scientific Officer in January 2022, Ritu served as VP Nature Editorial, overseeing editorial strategy and management of Nature, Nature Communications, and the Nature Research and Review Journals.

Ritu holds a PhD in cancer research from University College, London.


Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest!

Science on the Spree: Adapting to the consequences of climate change

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Jul 22 2025

Heat, drought, heavy rain – how do we adapt to the consequences of climate change? Science on the Spree 2025 brought together politicians and scientists to exchange views on current research findings and their relevance to political debate. I spoke to Svenja Müller, Events and Communications Officer at Springer Nature, who has organised the event series since its inception in 2023, to learn about measures to protect society from the impacts of climate change, and the importance of research-policy exchanges.

Tell me a little about Science on the Spree.

Now in its third year, Science on the Spree is an annual event hosted by Springer Nature in Berlin, Germany. It is the German counterpart to Science on the Hill, an initiative by Springer Nature that has brought together politicians and scientists in Washington, D.C., for the past nine years.

Science on the Spree provides a platform for politicians and leading scientists to exchange views on current research findings and their relevance to political discourse. Each year, the event focuses on pressing issues high on the political agenda — such as sustainable nutrition, drug policy, and climate change adaptation. Bringing together researchers and policymakers is key to addressing these pressing challenges facing humanity.  

Why is it so important that knowledge and insights generated by research reaches policymakers?

Whether it’s climate change, pandemics, or migration, effective political decisions can only be taken based on sound science and grounded in evidence. Science on the Spree provides a forum where politicians and scientists can discuss the latest findings in science and hammer out the scientific foundations of future policies.

It is likewise important that these exchanges are accessible to the public. Anyone interested can follow the discussion on site or via free livestream. When the dialogue between researchers and policymakers is open and transparent, as in Science on the Spree, it helps the public gain deeper insight into how political decisions are made, ultimately building trust in the process. This supports engagement and informed participation from the public.

This year’s focus was on adaptation to climate change. Could you tell us a little about the participants and audience?

The speakers in this year’s Science on the Spree were experts from climate science, economics, and politics. Each presented a unique perspective in the discussion on effective strategies for adaptation and damage mitigation. 

  • Dr. Jan-Niclas Gesenhues: Member of the German Bundestag (Alliance 90/The Greens); Environmental Policy Spokesperson for the Green parliamentary group and Head of the Working Group on Environment, Climate Action, Nature Conservation, and Nuclear Safety
  • Dunja Kreiser: Member of the German Bundestag (SPD), Member of the Committee on Economic Affairs and Energy and the Committee on the Environment, Climate Action, Nature Conservation, and Nuclear Safety
  • Prof. Dr. Walter Leal: Professor of Climate Change Management and Health at the Hamburg University of Applied Sciences and Professor of Environment and Technology at Manchester Metropolitan University 
  • Dr. Britta Stöver: Economist and Co-Head of the Energy and Climate Division at the Institute of Economic Structures Research (GWS)
  • Prof. Dr. Hans von Storch: Climate Researcher and Professor at the University of Hamburg and at the Ocean University of China in Qingdao; former Director of the Institute for Coastal Research at the Helmholtz Research Centre in Geesthacht

The panel discussion was moderated by Katharina Menne, Editor at Spektrum der Wissenschaft. Dr. Beatrice John, Head of Programme Adaptation at adelphi, Europe's leading independent think-and-do-tank for climate, environment, and development, opened the event with a keynote speech.

Science on the Spree, Berlin, 2025 © Till Budde

The event was attended by political stakeholders at federal and state level, journalists, representatives from associations and institutions in the areas of environmental conservation, civil protection and disaster control, scientists, and science enthusiasts.  

The discussion centred on how society can better protect itself from the impacts of climate change, such as extreme weather events. What were the key takeaways?

In light of increasingly frequent and severe weather events, the expert panel discussed how climate adaptation measures can be designed and implemented to be sustainable, socially equitable, and financially feasible. The discussion also focused on what is needed to foster motivation and ensure long-term perspectives.

The discussion yielded several key insights, which the panellists put forward as recommendations to policymakers:

  • Better monitoring is needed throughout Germany to assess risks more accurately – especially at a local level.
  • Climate adaptation primarily takes place at the municipal level. Municipalities must be empowered financially and in terms of personnel to implement climate adaptation measures.
  • Health protection should be more strongly anchored in climate policy since climate change poses many health risks (e.g. increasing burden from allergies, mental health effects, etc.).
  • When climate adaptation is designed in a targeted and inclusive way, it can also improve quality of life and social justice.
  • The economy must be enabled and supported in its transformation towards sustainability, e.g. through investment programmes and clear regulatory frameworks
  • Climate protection and adaptation are matters of international responsibility that must be assumed.

Ahead of the event, the panellists were asked how they would invest €10 billion in climate change adaptation right now. What were some of their ideas and suggestions?

This was an interesting exercise, which raised a spectrum of suggestions:

  • Jan-Niclas Gesenhues and Dunja Kreiser, both members of the Bundestag, would invest the money in restoring nature, for example through peatland rewetting. Kreiser also highlighted the sponge city concept as an important investment, aiming to make cities more resistant to heavy rain or heat.
  • Walter Leal, a sustainability researcher, would invest the money into adapting agriculture to climate change in order to protect people from hunger.
  • Hans von Storch, a climate researcher, would split the money: €5 billion would go to the Global South, while the other €5 billion would be used in Germany to reduce water-related hazards such as floods and storm surges.
  • Economist Britta Stöver would invest the money in measures that achieve multiple goals at once, such as trees and drinking fountains in cities to combat heat, which would also improve quality of life, store carbon and support local retail.

Find out more: Watch a recording of the event (English subtitles are available) to catch the entire discussion, or download a policy brief with the key takeaways.

Svenja Müller © Konrad Gös
Svenja Müller, Events and Communications Officer, Springer Nature
.

Svenja Müller is a member of Springer Nature's External Communications Team, based in Heidelberg, Germany. She is responsible for the organisation of external events that underline the company’s purpose as a driver of progress. Svenja holds a bachelor's degree in economics and Romance studies from the University of Heidelberg, and is passionate about sustainability and languages.

Is there a strain on peer review? – It’s more complicated than you think

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Fri Jul 18 2025

The significant growth of academic publishing in recent years has led some to argue the system is reaching a breaking point. Ritu Dhand suggests that globalisation and changing quality thresholds should prompt a rethink about where and why strains exist in the current research system. 

Blog was originally published on the LSE Impact Blog and is re-published here with permission.

Is there a growing problem of “too many low quality” research publications? This is a question many in the sector have considered, but what lies behind it? One way addressing this question is by setting it in the context of two decades of rapid evolution in the research publishing landscape. By doing so we can shed light on this ‘strain on publishing’ and at the same time bust some of the myths this framing seeks to maintain.

Global growth in research – western dominance of editors and reviewers
 

From 2003 to 2023 the research landscape has grown nearly 200% from 1,515,000 citable research documents, to 4,793,000. The diversity of these publications has also increased, with over two thirds of research contributed by researchers in western nations in 2003, but only about 40% of research being contributed by western nations in 2023. Around 40% of all citable documents are now contributed by researchers in Asia. 

This increased diversification helps to explain the surge in number of research articles, but what of its perceived quality? In 2023, in the region of 45% of all citations were to research documents produced by western nations, notably around 40% of all citations were to research produced by researchers from Asia. Indeed, for two consecutive years Clarivate has announced that China has the highest proportion of papers in the top 10% and top 1% most cited.

However, this diversity is not reflected on editorial boards, which remain broadly the same as twenty years ago. Journals with the majority of editorial positions filled by researchers from western nations, will also be inviting the bulk of peer reviewers from western nations and this presents a challenge. Lack of diversity creates inequality in assessment of research due to the existence of homophily in peer review where editors will tend to use reviewers from the same regions as they are based. Thus, the burden of peer review for this significant growth in research papers rests predominantly on the shoulders of western researchers. Arguably then, if a global research audience was truly engaged in editorial positions and in peer review – there would be less strain on publishing activity.

The need to redefine ‘impact’ and ‘quality’ in assessment of research
 

Open Science has also positively changed the number of research papers being published by recognising the value of other forms of research. The true benefit of a research community practicing open research was seen during the global pandemic, where researchers and journals were taking a more inclusive approach, seeing the merit of negative results in removing redundancy and saving researcher time, valuing the validated data & experimental design papers for supporting reproducibility and using foundational studies as the building blocks to hit key milestones faster. Impact wasn’t defined by a citation metric; impact was defined as research that advanced the pace of discovery. The result – we went from a fatal global disease to effective drugs and vaccines in eighteen months.

Yet, despite the impact shown and lessons learnt, similar article types are today frowned on by researchers as ‘low quality’, as their value is not captured by current citation behaviours. Indeed, it has been reported that around 50% of funded research remains unpublished. Whilst elements of this type of research may be technically unsound, a large proportion of this research consists of papers that advance the pace of rigorous research in the laboratory. This presents a waste of funder money as well as researcher time – a PWC study estimated that up to €26 billion in Europe alone is wasted due to duplicated work.

"similar article types are today frowned on by researchers as ‘low quality’, as their value is not captured by current citation behaviours"

Established inclusive journals like PloS, Scientific Reports, BMC series and more recently Frontiers and MDPI are publishing large proportions of this research. The high numbers of articles published in these journals show the level of demand. Inclusive journals tend to be larger because there are fewer of them (estimates of >95% of all journals being highly selective – rejecting 75-90 % of submitted papers). Larger inclusive journals also tend to be seen as lower quality because they tend to have journal impact factors in the 0-5 range, but any one paper could be garnering tens to 100s of citations. Indeed, comparison of Springer Nature’s Inclusive journals with selective journals that sit in the same IF range reveals Inclusive journals publish a similar proportion of the highest impact papers as well as authors from the top research institutes. Considering other impact metrics also reveals; over a third of the research published in Springer Nature’s inclusive journals is directly contributing to addressing the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

Why do we do research?
 

As a research community, we are facing a landscape that is arguably driven by factors that are taking away from the ethos of why we do research – to learn, collaborate and advance knowledge.

Active researchers need to be able to learn from all forms of validated research. There remains a need and a place for both selective and inclusive journals across a range of impact factors to effectively serve our researchers, science and society. We need to ensure there remain high peer review standards on all journals, selective or inclusive and continue to invest in integrity screens to maintain trust in the published literature.

Ensuring there are measures in place that enable the better recognition of all validated research, is essential for building a more equitable and accessible scholarly landscape. This means embracing both selective and inclusive journals as complementary forces in advancing global knowledge. As a global research community, we all have an active part to play in making this work. The total number of articles being published shouldn’t be a problem in a digital world, we need improved filtering, alerts and search to give researchers sufficiently customised results. We need to diversify our editorial teams and utilise the global researcher community to power peer review. And given its seventy years since the impact factor was created, it’s time to increase the type and scope of metrics to better reflect the value of research in a globally diverse and inclusive research landscape. Most importantly, we need to keep at the forefront of scientific debate – who we are serving and why we are in the business of doing research.

Science for a Sustainable Future: The value of a strong connection between science, research and policy

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Jul 18 2025

This year’s Science for a Sustainable Future event focused on the question What is needed to make the SDGs happen by 2030? and comprised two webinars on topics that provide helpful answers: the value of a strong connection between science, research and policy, and the importance of data in advancing the goals, especially SDG 4, a decade after the UN’s A World that Counts report.

SN SDG logo © Springer Nature 2019

Science for a Sustainable Future is a joint initiative of the United Nations Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN) and Springer Nature, now in its fifth year. It brings together leading researchers, practitioners, and policymakers to discuss the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) — from the specific topics and metrics to the challenges in achieving their aims, and what it would take to make them a reality. It is a flagship activity of Springer Nature’s SDG Programme, which aims to connect the best research on sustainable development with those in a position to act upon it.

SDSN © SDSN



Read on for some impressions from each of the sessions and the central themes that were touched upon. 

Impacting SDG policy: The role of science and research in driving sustainable change

Even the best science can’t help achieve the SDGs if policymakers never find out about it. This session focused on how researchers can have more impact on policy and showcased best practice examples of policy and research collaboration. It also featured concrete recommendations from our speakers to help policy makers and researchers work more closely together.

Panel session speakers included:

  • Dr. Chagun Basha, Chief Policy Advisor, Office of the Principal Scientific Advisor to the Government of India 
  • Dr. Sarah Foxen, Knowledge Exchange Lead, UK Parliament 
  • Professor Tan Sri Dr. Zakri Bin Abdul Hamid, Distinguished Professor, UCSI University, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia 
  • Dr. Stavroula Kousta, Chief Editor, Nature Human Behaviour, Springer Nature (Moderator)

One of the key things our panel agreed was that bringing research from the lab to legislature and ultimately wider society needs a “whole ecosystem” approach which starts, but doesn’t end, with open access (OA). OA is essential because policymakers don’t necessarily have access to paywalled research.

But, beyond that, researchers need to be able to communicate their work— leading with how the research can help solve problems, rather than leading with methodology. Researchers need both training in how to do this (as it differs significantly from how they usually communicate their results) as well as incentives — at the institutional and funder level — to do so.

As one example, Dr. Sarah Foxen talked about how the UK was able to ban microplastics from cosmetics. This story followed research results from the lab to society (as given voice by Sir David Attenborough who brought wide attention to the issue), to the UK’s infrastructure for embedding researchers with Parliament through secondments and fellowships.

Aditionally, Dr. Chagun Basha discussed how India’s National One Health Mission helped connect research to public health policy during the Covid-19 pandemic to protect India’s population and limit the corona virus’ impact in India.

Professor Tan Sri Dr. Zakri Bin Abdul Hamid talked about the need to connect applied research on top of basic research, to bring practical solutions.

Science for a Sustainable Future 2025: Impacting SDG Policy (summary) © Springer Nature


Ten years of A World that Counts: Where has the data revolution taken us in global education? 

How has the data revolution affected progress towards the SDGs in education — if it’s had an impact at all? These were the questions this session addressed.

Panel session speakers included:

Dr. Manos Antoninis, Director, Global Education Monitoring Report, UNESCO 

Dr. Marcos Delprato, Research Associate at the Instituto de Investigaciones Educativas (IIE), Universidad Nacional de Chilecito, Argentina 

Dr. Clara Fontdevila, British Academy Postdoctoral Fellow, School of Education, University of Glasgow, UK 

Dr. Suzanne Grant Lewis, Member, Judging Panel, Yidan Prize for Education Development; Emeritus Chair of Education Science and Policy of Education.org (Moderator)

The panellists agreed that while there’s been progress in applying data to education on some fronts (in mindset and feasibility, for example), data collection and analysis remain incomplete. For one thing, there’s an inherent tension between global goals on the one hand and local and national governance on the other and addressing this means finding a balance between these competing forces. This can mean aligning global and local priorities better, including giving countries more flexibility in setting their own national benchmarks.

Dr. Clara Fontdevila pointed out that, in 2015, even trying to get this data was seen as a near-impossible task, due to the various data sources coming from national and local governments. But there has been a revolution in the mindset towards using data for education.

Dr. Manos Antoninis noted that fewer than 20% of countries report data on educational attainment early in primary education, and that many countries oppose providing this data, even when it is collected at the national level. On the other hand, most countries do report on educational attainment at the end of primary and lower secondary education, and this allows for monitoring of trends across these time periods.

Dr. Marcos Delprato spoke to the issue of data missing in some cases because it is not reported, even though it exists, and in other cases it is not included in the framework for reporting – for example some key drivers of SDG 4 targets are not reports on because the UIS database framework does not allow for these. He also emphasised the need for frameworks that can address and make sense of multiple overlapping variables, especially when looking at issues of inequality.

It’s also important to keep inclusion and fairness in mind, which means that the data that is collected needs to be disaggregated by gender, location, wealth, disability, and other relevant dimensions. But this data is often missing or under-used.

We are less than five years away from the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) original 2030 target, but educational attainment goals seem further away than that, meaning we need to adjust our approaches. This means more realistic, flexible, and country-owned targets, and that the emphasis should shift from short-term results to building institutional capacity over the long term, to include both quantitative and qualitative goals.

05SI1_SfSF25_02_2 © Springer Nature


Overarching themes

With only five years until 2030, one theme ties these two sessions together: While research and data are essential, on their own, they’re insufficient. Policymakers need to know about relevant and impactful discoveries and solutions to enact them into policy. And in education, we need insights — for example for equity and inclusion — that the data can bring to help reach educational aspirations, reflecting local and national nuances. 

Visit Science for a Sustainable Future to learn more. Watch the event recordings and download the policy briefs.

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Supporting open science practices: Why sharing your code matters

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Jul 17 2025

Research data and code are central to scientific discovery. Sharing these outputs can accelerate research, creating opportunities for the scientific community to make new insights and discoveries faster. In this blog, we’ll explore why sharing your code benefits you and others, how we support you in making your code available, and the steps you can take.

What exactly do we mean by code sharing?

Research data and code are key elements of science. It’s an inherent principle that researchers should be able to replicate and build on an authors’ published claims (including their own work). Where code or mathematical algorithms have been a central part of the results described in a research article, it’s important to make these available in trusted repositories, such as Code Ocean or Zenodo, that assign a permanent identifier. It should also be cited in your reference list, helping both reviewers and other researchers to assess, replicate, and build on those studies.

This practice isn’t just integral to scientific, technical or medical research: quantitative research in the Social Sciences increasingly relies on new datasets and code. Additionally, it's not only essential for research published in journals: primary research described in books or chapters, where code has been used to generate results or support claims, is also important to share.

Other benefits of code sharing:

  1. Reproducibility: Being able to reproduce research not only improves trust but ultimately improves the collective knowledge base.
  2. Interdisciplinary application: Collaboration across disciplines through code sharing can enable new breakthroughs by reducing effort and duplication and enabling novel applications.
  3. Policy compliance: Code and data sharing are increasingly required by funders and institutions.

Our policy for code sharing

Our State of Open Data report and regional research integrity training surveys continue to show that researchers need more support with code and data sharing. Our open science policies are designed to make it easier for you to share outputs, including our unified policy for journals and books on code sharing. The policy encourages code to be as open as possible, recognising that in some cases, there may be reasons that the full code cannot be shared.

For journals:

  • All research manuscripts involving newly developed code require a code availability statement, even when code cannot be shared (for example, due to legal or ethical concerns).
  • We also encourage you to make your code publicly accessible using a platform with a permanent identifier, such as Zenodo or Code Ocean.
  • Some journals, including Nature Portfolio titles, require code to be available to reviewers during the peer review process. It's important to consult individual journal submission guidelines and reach out to your editor

For books:

  • We strongly encourage making any supporting code available in a public repository, such as those mentioned above, at the time of publication.

Simplifying code sharing

Sharing code has its challenges. Beyond any technical, legal and commercial restrictions, running complex software on a different machine requires substantial effort and, in many cases, may not be feasible. We’ve developed guidelines for authors and a code and software submission checklist to help authors compile and present code for peer review.

Additionally, our partnership with Code Ocean enables authors to share code as part of the manuscript submission process, allowing for a more seamless experience to code sharing for peer review and publication, and giving you additional technical support. Using this service not only increases transparency but also helps peer reviewers verify what they are reviewing. Editorial support is also available, with editors on hand to assist you in understanding and navigating our code-sharing policy.

Learning from Nature Computational Science

For journals that offer code sharing, we can see that combining policy and technical support has been highly effective in helping researchers share their code. Nature Computational Science has had a 100% code sharing compliance since 2021 (when it launched). Code is required during peer review, and the journal also encourages public sharing in a repository on publication. Our integration of Code Ocean into the submission process, along with proactive and passionate support from our editors, has helped authors to navigate their open science needs. As a result, every single primary research article published in the journal since launch provides a code availability statement and all share their code publicly, cite it, and have a permanent identifier.

A code article format: the reusability report

Nature Machine Intelligence also encourages re-use of existing code via the reusability report article type. The reusability report explores alternative uses of previously published code in the context of a new dataset or new scientific application.

Getting started

Code sharing is not only best practice but an opportunity to drive reproducibility, collaboration, and trust in science, ultimately benefiting both the scientific community and society at large. To effectively support code sharing, here are a few key principles to consider:

  1. Plan ahead: It’s important to plan for code sharing early in your project by reviewing relevant requirements from journals, funders, and your institution.
  2. Select a public repository: When you’re ready to share, deposit your code using a platform that assigns a permanent identifier to the code, such as Zenodo or Code Ocean and include an open-source licence, if possible. If code sharing isn’t a possibility, ensure that the reason is summarised in your code availability statement.
  3. Provide documentation: Ensure your code has all the relevant documentation such as README files, installation instructions, dependencies, and usage examples.
  4. Verify and test your code: Ensure your code has been tested before sharing and consider sharing updated versions of your code via version-controlled platforms.

> Find out more about our code policy

Related content

This blog is part of an open science blog series. Find out more about open protocols and open data.

- Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest! -

Why Discover journals are an ideal outlet for SDG-focused research

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Jul 16 2025

In an era where global challenges demand urgent, coordinated action, research aligned with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) plays a vital role. But producing impactful research is only part of the equation—ensuring it reaches the right audiences, is accessible to all, and sparks real-world change is just as important.

This is where the Discover journals stand out. With their strong emphasis on open access, inclusive publishing practices, and multidisciplinary collaboration, Discover journals create a unique publishing environment where SDG-related research can thrive. They are designed not only to disseminate knowledge but to amplify its societal relevance, helping bridge the gap between research and implementation.

In this blog, we take a closer look at how Discover journals—and their growing portfolio of guest-edited Collections—offer researchers a targeted and powerful platform to publish work aligned with the SDGs. Whether it’s climate action, global health, quality education, or sustainable innovation, these journals provide a home for research that’s meant to be seen, shared, and acted upon.

From accessibility and visibility to community building and global impact, we explore the many ways Discover journals support the goals of researchers committed to solving the world’s most pressing challenges.

The Discover journals’ commitment to open access (OA), inclusive publishing, and multidisciplinary research significantly enhances the impact of research aligned with the SDGs. This commitment creates a publishing space in which the visibility and usability of research is amplified across sectors and geographies.

The Discover series advances the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) through rigorous, rapid, and representative research that reaches global audiences. Every journal in the series contributes to this mission, openly sharing critical knowledge — from climate science to social equity, clean energy to public health, and cutting-edge education research to sustainable urban development — to empower researchers and policymakers. By bridging high-quality scholarship with inclusive publishing, we accelerate collaborative solutions for a sustainable future.” 

- Sweater Shi, Executive Publisher, Discover at Springer Nature

Open Access: Making your work available via OA publication accelerates the translation of research findings into real-world applications. It gives access to researchers, policymakers, and practitioners across the globe, particularly where resources are limited. You work can be freely and immediately applied to sustainable development challenges.

Inclusive: Welcoming participation of diverse voices and perspective in publishing means that underrepresented communities can share context-specific research and insights.

Multidisciplinary: Suitable to the inherently interconnected nature of the SDGs, multidisciplinary research addresses complex global challenges in an integrated way. It encourages collaboration across fields and specialties to reach robust solutions that address the multi-dimensions of life.

Discover’s publications are accessible, inclusive, rigorous, and actionable, and support the efforts to accelerate progress toward achieving the SDGs. When you publish in a Discover journal, you amplify your work’s societal relevance, and position it to drive real-world impact.

Dedication to the SDGs across the Discover portfolio

The Discover portfolio in its entirety contributes to progress on the SDGs. As early on as the journal proposal stage, Discover titles are asked to consider their support for the SDGs and align with SDGs relevant to their subject matter.

Leading the portfolio’s support of the SDGs is Discover Sustainability, dedicated to supporting all 17 SDGs. The journal publishes multidisciplinary research addressing sustainability challenges and is intended to help researchers, policymakers, and the general public understand how to ensure the wellbeing of current and future generations considering the global challenges facing the world.

Other Discover journals that focus on specific SDG topics include Discover Environment, Discover Education, Discover Life, Discover Public Health, Discover Water, Discover Civil Engineering, Discover Energy, Discover Cities, and Discover Agriculture.

SDG-related publications in the Discover journals show higher engagement compared with non-SDG content. With a 53.9% higher average Altmetric score and 12.6% more citations (Dimensions) on average, this research is clearly not only academically influential. Its resonance with broader audiences signals that it has societal relevance and impact.

In my role overseeing Discover Sustainability, Discover Water, and Discover Energy, I've seen firsthand how our journals drive progress on the Sustainable Development Goals. What inspires me most is how we turn open access into tangible impact — from urban sustainability solutions shaping policy to renewable energy research fueling the green transition.” 

- Angela Yang, Associate Publisher, Discover at Springer Nature

Discover editors and publisher recommend articles on the SDGs:

Sustainable development goal 12 and its synergies with other SDGs: identification of key research contributions and policy insights,” Discover Sustainability

Effects of COVID-19 on the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs),” Discover Sustainability

Addressing malaria incidence in Africa through health care expenditure and access to basic sanitation services,” Discover Health

 Artificial intelligence for sustainability: opportunities and risks of utilizing Earth observation technologies to protect forests,” Discover Conservation

“Collections play an important role in helping Discover highlight and promote research related to the SDGs. Led by expert guest editors, they focus on timely global issues and provide a platform for impactful research to reach a wider audience.” 

-  Jing Guo, Team Lead, Collections Management and Acquisition, Springer Nature

Collecting momentum: How Discover Collections go beyond in support of the SDGs

In the Discover journals, guest editors lead the publication of Collections on emerging topics in their fields. These Collections allow authors to publish their work alongside relevant research centred on a specific topic. Collections help readers to quickly identify research that is of interest to them. The thematic focus and targeted audience mean that articles published as part of a Discover Collection receive more downloads and reads.

While defining and conceptualising their Collection, guest editors are also invited to identify SDGs related to their Collection’s topic. Discover Collections are also linked to Springer Nature’s SDG Programme hub, which makes it even easier for readers with an interest in specific SDGs to find this important content.

Collections are therefore a prime tool to support the SDGs. By curating focused, interdisciplinary research, they foster collaboration and bring together researchers working on similar issues from varying aspect. By collating expertise and knowledge, they amplify visibility and make it easier to access actionable knowledge and to translate it into policy and practice.

In 2024 alone, Discover journals opened no less than 559 Collections related to the SDGs to submission. These accounted for over 50% of all Collections launched that year. Discover Sustainability alone opened 82 Collections related to the SDGs in 2024, attracting 843 submissions so far, with 154 articles already published online.

Table: Discover Collections opened in 2024 that are related to SDGs

P_Discover Collections © Springer Nature 2025

Example Discover Collections that support and amplify SDG-related research:

Proudly supporting the SDGs: How you can easily identify SDG content

You can easily identify which Discover journals support the SDGs by their SDG badge on their homepage. The SDG badge indicates that over 50% of the journal’s publications are SDG-related. And when you publish there, your work will find a home alongside other impactful and relevant articles on topics relating to the SDGs.

Supporting SDG © springernature 2025

Visit Discover journals to find the right one for your next SDG publication.

Partner to Promote Your Book: Springer Nature Affiliate Programme

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Jul 15 2025

Becoming an academic book author is no small task. Most manuscripts don’t make it that far. However, with thousands of books published every year, you’ll need to find ways to make yours stand out from the crowd and be noticed.

Getting involved in promoting your book is crucial. Although your publisher will guide you, it’s important to find a good mix of promotional activities that work for you, including social media, conferences, blog posts to name but a few. In our last post, we looked at networking and sharing, and heard the advice of seasoned authors on what worked for them and why. In this post we’ll be focusing on partnerships, and how these can be a key element of successful book promotions.

Partnering – what it is and how to do it

“Surely I’ll have my hands full as it is?”, I hear you say. It’s true that you can achieve great results through more standard book promotions, but partnerships go that one step further.

Partnering in the research information life cycle means collaborating with others to achieve common objectives. It’s a longer-term relationship with a strategic approach that’s of mutual benefit to all involved. The Springer Nature Author Affiliate Programme works to do just that, focusing on common goals with authors and sharing successes. But let’s look first at some of the ways you can forge mutually beneficial relationships with those around you to help get your book known.

Firstly, share some of the work (and reap the benefits) by collaborating with other authors in fields similar to yours. Work together by cross-promoting your books, leveraging each other’s networks and resources such as your websites, social media and email contacts. Create a significant joint presence, and share the costs, at conferences and events such as book launches and workshops. You might even work together to create joint blog posts promoting your books.

Although your book’s primary audience may be the research community, don’t forget the people in between, who work to get copies out there. Make contact with your local bookstore, or other specialist booksellers relevant to your field, as they may well be interested in creating a display, organising an event, or highlighting your book on their website. And don’t forget your library, whether local to you or at your institution, who can promote your book through displays, talks or workshops. After all, they stand to benefit as much as you do from the increased interest in your book.

Lastly don’t forget publishers. Your relationship with your publisher has huge potential for joint ventures.

Partnering with your publisher 

Having signed a contract with your publisher, you’re already in partnership with them, as you both stand to benefit from the common aim of disseminating copies of your book as far and wide as possible. So it makes sense to work on this partnership, in a number of ways. 

  • First of all, it’s important to be proactive. From the very start, go the extra mile when it comes to communicating with editorial and marketing. As we’ve already seen, you’re one of many other authors they’ll be working with, so do what you can to connect with them. Stay connected - keep those lines of communication open! 
  • When your publisher asks you for supporting information about your book, and about yourself, give them as much information as you can. You’re the expert in your particular field and you know more about the book’s audience than anyone else. For example, they might ask you to share your contacts so they can market your book to them and seek review opportunities. They might also look to highlight relevant societies and organisations who could advocate it to their members. They have teams who work on promoting the books they publish, so make the most of this – it’s free!
  • Follow your publisher’s advice on how to promote your book. However busy your schedule, make time to follow this advice as it comes from experts and is tried and tested. 
  • Bear in mind any specific opportunities your publisher offers, such as publicity events or panel discussions. Be ready and willing so you don’t miss out on the visibility, both for you and your book.
  • Consider any commercial ventures your publisher might suggest to you, such as the Springer Nature Author Affiliate Programme.

Increasing your impact in partnership with Springer Nature

The Springer Nature Author Affiliate Programme is an opportunity for authors to share in the success of their books. By embedding a link to the Springer Nature online shop on your website, social media or networks, you’ll earn commission on the sale of your book, and any other products that sell through that link. It’s a very simple process - the Springer Nature support team will provide you with free advice and the tools you need to get started.

Not only do you benefit from your book’s increased exposure, and impact, but you’ll also share in the financial benefits. At Springer Nature we recognise that we too gain from your efforts in this partnership so we want to give something back.

The Author Affiliate Programme - a popular initiative

Currently there are 206 authors partnering with Springer Nature in the Programme, and many more have participated since its inception in 2018. It’s easy to join – once you’ve registered and your application has been accepted, you’ll receive your membership information and instructions on how to get started. And once you’ve started promoting your book via the Springer Nature shop, you can measure your progress with reports which analyse the statistics on your account.

Springer Nature are here to help  

Partnering with you in the Author Affiliate Programme is just one of the ways Springer Nature try to help authors on their publishing journey. We recognise the longer-term value of working together with a common aim, and we encourage you to join us in this initiative!

You can find out more about other ways we support you at our author hub, where you’ll also find a wide range of tools and advice on how to promote your book.

What R&D leaders can learn from AI-driven drug discovery

T
The Link
By: undefined, Mon Jul 14 2025

AI is increasingly used in drug discovery and development. By generating hypotheses and uncovering connections, it supports researchers in making first-in-class discoveries. The key to this ability lies in combining high-quality, structured data with systems designed to identify opportunities and collaborate with researchers to validate them. With insights from FRONTEO’s Director and CTO, Dr. Hiroyoshi Toyoshiba, we explore how AI is able to suggest novel ideas, and why human expertise still matters.

In today’s pharmaceutical landscape, the pressure to innovate is relentless. R&D teams are expected to deliver faster, cheaper, and more targeted therapies, yet the path from idea to approval remains long and uncertain. With ever-growing volumes of data and scientific literature, it is impossible for researchers to consider it all. AI is increasingly used to conduct analyses and reach insights previously inaccessible.

AI is used in various stages in drug development, but it cannot do it alone. As Dr. Hiroyoshi Toyoshiba, Director and CTO at FRONTEO, a company that developed the Drug Discovery AI Factory, puts it: “Even a large amount of data and AI will not necessarily produce the right answer. Discovery is not something that can be achieved by AI alone.”

The most promising approaches use AI to generate hypotheses and uncover non-obvious connections to support researchers in making first-in-class discoveries. “It is ultimately humans who turn those hints from AI into innovative discoveries,” says Dr. Toyoshiba. These lessons are not just relevant to FRONTEO, they’re applicable to any organisation navigating the complexities of modern drug development.

From data overload to AI-supported hypothesis generation

The volume of academic literature is growing exponentially, and with it, the challenge of identifying meaningful insights. Traditional methods of literature review are no longer sufficient, and AI is harnessed to accomplish what humans no longer can, due to overwhelming amounts of data.

Dr. Toyoshiba explains: “Academic papers are essential sources of information for generating hypotheses. That’s why I focused on natural language processing AI — to analyse scientific literature and generate new ideas.”

This shift, from manual review of literature to AI-supported hypothesis generation, represents a broader trend in the industry. But it also raises new questions: How do we ensure the AI isn’t reinforcing existing biases, so that it can reach the full potential of its analysis and find novel ideas? And how do we to validate the insights produced by AI?

The power of unbiased AI and serendipity

AI is being increasingly utilised in the compound optimisation phase of the drug discovery process. This is a later stage of the drug development process, in which scientists attempt to improve the effectiveness and safety of a drug before moving to clinical testing. But AI indeed also has immense potential in generating new scientific hypotheses.

“Due to its nature, AI tends to lean toward computational optimisation: It excels at getting closer to the correct answer in a short period of time. However, identifying entirely novel targets remains a challenge. What we should truly aim for is the discovery of innovative and highly reliable candidates that have not yet been explored by anyone in the world,” says Dr Toyoshiba.

One of the most compelling ideas from Dr. Toyoshiba’s work is the concept of “discontinuous discovery”, finding unknown relationships from known information. This requires AI systems that are unbiased and exploratory. “One of the key points in utilising AI to discover the unknown is ‘unbiasedness.’ We are especially conscious of not relying on human biases,” he says. “Another key point is how to intentionally generate serendipity, which is considered essential for discovery.”

This approach is different to the conventional use of AI as a tool for optimisation. Instead, it positions AI as a creative partner, one that can surface surprising connections and prompt new lines of inquiry.

Why human expertise still matters

Despite the growing sophistication of AI tools, discovery in life sciences remains a fundamentally human endeavour. While algorithms can surface patterns and suggest connections, it is ultimately up to researchers to validate, interpret, and act on those insights. As Dr. Toyoshiba puts it, “It’s ultimately humans who turn those hints into innovative discoveries.”

This highlights the importance of collaborative intelligence, a model where AI augments, rather than replaces, human decision-making. For R&D leaders, the most effective strategies involve integrating AI into workflows that enhance scientific judgment.

This means ensuring that AI-generated hypotheses are rigorously tested through established methods, including preclinical and clinical validation, and that the technology fits seamlessly within existing scientific and regulatory ecosystems.

The role of trusted data

Another critical factor in the success of AI-driven drug discovery is the quality of the data it relies on. AI models are only as effective as the information they’re trained on, which makes structured, peer-reviewed, and diverse scientific literature essential. As Dr. Toyoshiba emphasises, “The reliability of data sources for analysis is extremely important. In that regard, Springer Nature offers a highly trusted database of top-tier academic papers.”

Springer Nature’s research corpus spans multiple disciplines and is well-suited for cross-domain discovery. But the broader takeaway for any organisation using AI in R&D is clear: Data governance and source credibility must be a top priority. Prioritising quality over quantity ensures that AI tools generate insights that are not only novel, but also scientifically sound and actionable.

Toward specialised AI for personalised medicine

As the pharmaceutical industry advances toward precision and personalised medicine, AI must evolve alongside it. With treatments increasingly tailored to individual patients, AI systems will also need to become more specialized, designed for specific therapeutic areas, data types, or stages of the drug development pipeline.

“Just as pharmaceuticals have shifted from general-purpose drugs to more personalised treatments,” notes Dr. Toyoshiba, “AI in the drug discovery process must also shift from a general-purpose role to highly personalised functions.”

This evolution presents both challenges and opportunities. It will require new models, regulatory frameworks, and a deeper understanding of how AI can be ethically and effectively applied in targeted contexts. For organisations willing to lead this transformation, the potential to drive more precise, efficient, and impactful discoveries is significant.

How R&D teams can leverage AI effectively

As AI continues to reshape the landscape of drug discovery, R&D leaders have a unique opportunity to rethink how innovation happens. By using AI not just to optimise but to explore, organisations can unlock new hypotheses and accelerate the path to first-in-class therapies.

The key lies in combining high-quality, structured data with systems designed for collaboration, where AI surfaces possibilities and researchers apply their expertise to validate and act on them. To move forward, teams should assess where their biggest discovery bottlenecks lie, evaluate the reliability of their data sources, and explore how AI can be integrated into their scientific workflows to support human insight.

If you're working with AI or advanced analytics in R&D, access to high-quality, structured research data is essential. Springer Nature offers tools and services that help organisations make the most of scientific literature, supporting better insights, faster hypothesis generation, and more informed decision-making.

P_Hiroyoshi Toyoshiba teaser image © Springer Nature 2025
About Dr Hiroyoshi Toyoshiba

Dr Toyoshiba is Director and CTO at FRONTEO. After obtaining his PhD in mathematics in 2000, he conducted data analysis in life science research in various capacities, including at the Medical Information Department of Kyushu University Hospital, the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) in the United States, and Takeda Pharmaceutical Company, Ltd. In 2017 Dr Toyoshiba joined FRONTEO, where he develops AI algorithms specialised for the field of life science. He became FRONTEO’s CTO of Life Science AI in 2019 and an executive officer in 2021. Since 2024 he also serves as FRONTEO’s Director.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

How Publishing in a Collection Ensured Malaria Control Guidance Reached Policymakers

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Sun Jul 13 2025

Publishing in a Springer Nature Collection enhances the visibility and real-world impact of an article, and Dr Eboh from Kogi State University can attest to this. When he published his study on addressing malaria through healthcare expenditures in a Springer Nature Collection, his work was academically recognised and achieved real-world impact. Dr Eboh shares his experience publishing in the Collection and the gratification of seeing it inform global policy.

Malaria remains a dire health scourge. According to the World malaria report 2024, published by the World Health Organization (WHO), there were an estimated 263 million cases and 597,000 malaria deaths worldwide in 2023. As a researcher in Nigeria, one of the countries with the heaviest malaria burdens, Dr. Alfred Eboh has seen first hand how families and communities can be devastated by the disease.

Eboh, a medical sociologist at Kogi State University, and Aderonke Omotayo Adebayo of the University of Ibadan, published an article demonstrating how improvements to healthcare expenditure and access to basic sanitation can reduce malaria cases and deaths. By choosing to publish in a Springer Nature Collection, they gave their work visibility and accessibility which enhanced its real-world impact.

Their article, Addressing malaria incidence in Africa through health care expenditure and access to basic sanitation services was published to the Springer Nature Collection Health Systems in sub-Saharan Africa in Discover Health Systems. This ensured that global policymakers had open access to their empirically grounded findings. “This isn’t just an academic exercise: It’s about saving lives and livelihoods in the places I call home,” said Eboh.

We spoke with Dr Eboh to find out more about his work, as well as the impact and benefits of publishing in a Springer Nature Collection.

Can you give us an overview of your research and the motivation behind it?

We set out to understand how different streams of health-care funding and access to basic sanitation influenced malaria incidence across 28 African countries from 2000 to 2019. Our team was struck by the persistent — yet under‑examined — role that these factors play in the fight against malaria in Africa.

Although there is abundant literature on bed nets and drug therapies, far fewer studies systematically quantify how government budgets, out‑of‑pocket payments, external aid, and access to clean sanitation together shape malaria incidence over time.

By anchoring our work in the Health Production Function framework, we sought to fill that gap and provide policymakers with clear, empirically grounded guidance on where and how investments can yield the greatest reductions in new malaria cases.

What were your main conclusions?

We found that out-of-pocket health expenditure was positively and significantly associated with higher malaria incidence, suggesting that financial barriers prevent people from obtaining timely prevention and treatment.

Similarly, external health expenditure and people using at least basic sanitation services were negatively and significantly associated with malaria incidence, an indication that donor funding and improved environmental conditions both play critical roles in reducing new cases.

In contrast, domestic general government health expenditure alone showed no statistically significant effect on malaria incidence after controlling for various other factors.

Why are these findings important?

They highlight that who pays and how funds are channelled can matter more than aggregate spending levels. For malaria control, removing out-of-pocket costs, sustaining external partnerships, and investing in sanitation are all vital complements to government budgets.

Why did you choose to publish your research in this Collection?

The Health Systems in sub-Saharan Africa Collection in Discover Health Systems specifically targets interdisciplinary research on how health system financing and infrastructure impact population health. Our work sits at the nexus of economics, public health, and environmental services, making this Collection the ideal forum to reach both health economists and policymakers interested in systems-level levers for disease control. 

Why did you choose to publish open access?

Open access ensures that malaria-affected countries, many of which have limited journal subscriptions, can freely access and apply our findings. It also aligns with funder mandates and maximises citation potential, accelerating the translation of research into policy.

Publishing in a dedicated Springer Nature Collection has increased my work’s visibility among health systems researchers and donors. It's also strengthened my CV by demonstrating engagement with a focused, high-impact journal early in my career.

- Dr Alfred Eboh, Department of Sociology, Kogi State University, Nigeria

How do you think publishing to the Collection has impacted your research?

As of 23 June 2025, the article has attracted five citations in peer-reviewed journals according to the Google Scholar platform. This underscores the impact and relevance of publishing open access in a targeted Collection. 

Importantly, the WHO’s World malaria report 2024 referenced our study’s insights on the importance of external funding and sanitation in reducing case numbers. This was incredibly gratifying: Seeing our work inform a flagship policy document underscores that rigorous, data‑driven research can, and does, shape global strategies.

We have since published a follow‑up paper in a well‑regarded, open access BMC journal has widened our reach, ensuring that practitioners, NGOs, and other researchers can build on our methods and findings without barriers.

Ultimately, the impact of these publications and their endorsement in academia and also policy affirm that scholarly work can move beyond citation counts to influence budgets, programmes, and — most importantly — health outcomes on the ground.

Any tips for other researchers thinking of publishing to a Collection?

Align your topic closely with the Collection’s scope and review past articles to gauge fit. Engage with editors early, perhaps by sharing a structured abstract or outline, and highlight policy relevance and interdisciplinary appeal in your cover letter.

Also, ensure data transparency, for example, by depositing datasets in a public repository, to meet open -science expectations.

Finally, would you publish in a Collection again?

Yes, because Springer Nature Collections bring together a community of like-minded scholars and practitioners. The thematic focus, coupled with the open access format, amplifies impact and fosters cross-disciplinary dialogue in ways that stand-alone journals often cannot.

P_Dr Alfred Eboh © Springer Nature 2025

About the Author

Dr Alfred Eboh, Department of Sociology, Kogi State University, Anyigba, Kogi State, Nigeria.



Springer Nature Collections are curated groups of articles that support researchers by providing highly focused explorations of specific themes and trending topics. Collections cover all areas and aim to enhance the visibility and impact of research.

Read more research success stories and find out how publishing to a Springer Nature Collection can help you achieve your career goals at: www.springernature.com/collections

The role of metrics in research assessment: Perspectives from early career researchers

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Jul 10 2025

A recent white paper - The state of research assessment: Researcher perspectives on evaluation practices - drew on the voices of over 6,600 researchers globally, across all career stages and disciplines. One of the largest surveys of its kind, it provided a lens through which we can better understand the state of research evaluation and assessment, as well as the varied experiences, perceptions and wishes of researchers navigating this environment.

Nearly 1,300 early career researchers (ECRs) from 105 countries completed the survey, and this article focuses on their views on evaluation and the future of research evaluation.  

These ECRs represented many disciplines and the research they undertake ranges from wholly fundamental through to entirely applied research, but most (81%) do both fundamental and applied research.

ECR involvement in research evaluation

Nine out of 10 ECRs responding to this survey have experience of being evaluated in the past 5 years, with 6 out of 10 being involved in research evaluation.

ECRs most frequently experienced research evaluation for grant applications (57%), but their research is commonly evaluated for new jobs, career advancement and in internal institutional assessment processes (43%).

Around a third also reported involvement in research evaluation through membership of panels for internal evaluation and staff recruitment, though they're much less frequently involved in regional or national research evaluation exercises (14%).

Key Findings: What do ECRs say about the evaluation of their research?

As a group, ECRs are generally positive about their experiences of being evaluated over the last 5 years – mirroring the results of the wider survey. However, they do identify significant concerns and desires for future change. Three key themes stand out in their responses:

> A desire to move beyond narrow publication metrics

ECRs expressed concerns that their experiences of evaluation encouraged or incentivised quantity (of publications) over quality, and that this is based on publication metrics to the exclusion of rounded qualitative assessments. For over half of the ECRs responding to the survey, evaluation is experienced as something that is entirely or mostly based on publication metrics (18% reported it as being entirely based on metrics, with 38% reporting that assessment was mostly based on metrics).

"The evaluation process is principally quantitative and bibliometric, there is no possibility for qualitative evaluation and impact of research."
- Early career researcher from Argentina

Only one in three of the responding ECRs reported evaluations that were approximately equally based on metrics and qualitative approaches.

> Incorporate wider contributions and impact

ECRs want to see their wider contributions to research recognised, alongside consideration of the impact of their work for society, the economy and organisations.

“The actual metrics in my country do not reflect the full work I have developed. The assessment is mainly based on published papers, but little is given to the effort put into supervising students, workshops and even review assessments of national or international (EU) panels. The results from the application of my research within local populations are also not taken into consideration.”
- Early career researcher from Portugal

Many types of research outputs used by ECRs are not included in evaluations. One in four said they had produced outputs like datasets, reports for non-academic audiences, and software code that weren't considered in their evaluations. Even highly measurable outputs like patents are often overlooked.

> Transparency and fairness

Transparency and fairness of the evaluation process is the third area of high priority for ECRs, for whom evaluations come at a critical and defining stage in their development. The survey data shows that ECRs whose research is evaluated through both metrics and qualitative inputs respond more positively about fairness and whether evaluation represents a good use of their time.  

“Ensuring that the assessment framework is fair, transparent, and inclusive of diverse forms of research output is essential.”
– Early career researcher from India

What do ECRs want the future of research assessment to look like?

Research assessment reform has been discussed at length within the academic community, through initiatives like the Leiden Manifesto, the Declaration on Research Assessment (DORA) and the Coalition for Advancing Research Assessment (CoARA). While ECRs' views align with these reforming initiatives, 41% of responding ECRs didn't know if their institution had signed up to one of these initiatives. For those who knew that their institutions had signed up, nearly 7 out of 10 reported perceiving change as a result of this.

In an ideal research evaluation process, 54% of ECRs want an even mix of qualitative and metrics-based assessment. A significant number (just over 1 in 4) still feel that metrics should feature strongly or entirely in their ideal evaluation process.

Whilst publications remain the most highly weighted element, ECRs reported that their ideal evaluation is one that moves towards a greater weighting on their contributions to society (referred to in the survey as “the public good”), and wider contributions to research and research culture.

“It is essential to move beyond traditional metrics like impact factor to more comprehensive evaluations that include societal impact, interdisciplinary contributions, and real-world applications.”
– Early career researcher from India

What ECRs recognise is that qualitative elements, especially relating to societal impact, can be much more difficult and time-consuming to develop. For ECRs, there's an additional challenge that research impact can take years to materialise.

Embracing change in research assessment

The data presented in this white paper provides a strong evidence base to help understand early career researcher perspectives on existing and future evaluation practices.

Overall, ECRs are positive about the ways that they are currently evaluated. However, there are some notable concerns, alongside a desire to move towards a system which places greater weight on positive contributions to society, the wider research community, and research culture.

Key questions emerged from this research that particularly affect early career researchers: How can assessment practices better represent researchers' input and effort? What is the optimal balance between quantitative and qualitative indicators? How can contributions to society be embedded into evaluation frameworks rather than just highly regarded? And how can processes minimize administrative burden on researchers?

As an early signatory of DORA, Springer Nature recognises that traditional metrics can't capture the full spectrum of a researcher's contributions. Through initiatives like DORA and CoARA, the research community is making progress towards more holistic assessment. However, our survey findings highlight gaps between current practice and ECRs' preferences - pointing to continued work needed in research assessment reform.

Read the white paper The state of research assessment: Researcher perspectives on evaluation practices and find tools and resources for early career researchers here.


Also of interest:

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Researcher's Source Monthly Digest!

A social media how-to for Chinese researchers

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Jul 9 2025

Nearly all researchers, both worldwide and within China, use social media in their work*. This means that social media skills are becoming as much a part of the researcher toolkit as lab equipment, or article writing skills.

For Chinese researchers, these skills can come in two parts: How to network and promote your results on social media within China; and then how to network and promote your work globally. In this blog, we’ll look at both, and talk to some Chinese researchers with experience using social media across platforms for research.

We’ll start with the key Chinese social platforms researchers use in their work, and then look at the global picture.

Social media in China 

Social media like the Internet as a whole started out text-based, but has evolved to include pictures, and now sound and video (multimedia). Because working in multimedia is a different process than working mainly in text, it’ll be helpful to address each of these in turn.

Text-based social media: WeChat 

WeChat launched in 2011, and has transformed from a simple messaging app into an indispensable multi-functional platform with a vast user base. And by “vast,” we mean 1.4 billion active monthly users who spend an average of about 80 minutes per day on the platform.  

Chinese researchers use WeChat to discover research content, share research and resources, and communicate and collaborate. According to Springer Nature’s recent social media survey, Chinese researchers are most likely to use WeChat to discover research content (67%); but that implies that, if you want your work to be discovered, sharing it on WeChat is a good way to do that (and 56% of researchers already do).  

A key feature making WeChat particularly powerful for research: Official Accounts. These are ideal for organizations (like businesses, but also institutions) and individuals who want to push regular content updates to their subscribers.  

“I primarily rely on WeChat Official Accounts… Many research groups actively promote their research outcomes through their institutions’ WeChat accounts.”

- Jianning Kang, Ph.D. student at Tsinghua University

“I follow many academic Official Accounts on WeChat, and I browse the content of these accounts [several] times a day.” 

 - Ruimin Li, at Gannan Normal University 


As for how to promote your own work this way, Xiaohui Tan, Ph.D. at Peking University First Hospital, suggests for WeChat, “convert[ing] the core conclusions of your paper into popular science posts, accompanied by flowcharts or data visualization animations.”  

Jianning Kang adds, “For domestic promotion, I recommend prioritizing WeChat official accounts, as their content style better meets the professional and user-friendly requirements of academic dissemination.”

Image-based social media: RedNote

Over 300 million users (especially younger users) are active on RedNote (formerly Xiaohongshu) each month. On RedNote, younger researchers tend to compare their experiences of publishing their work in journals, and share tips and resources for publishing. Because RedNote is an image-oriented platform, you’ll want to lead with an engaging image that concisely conveys a key finding. For example,

“When these problems arise, we… refer to others’ experience posts on RedNote. Sometimes, others’ posts can resolve issues we may not have noticed ourselves, and occasionally, collaborations for device applications can also be established through these platforms.” 

- Lingwei Zeng, Associate Professor at Hunan University of Science and Technology

Video-based social media: Bilibili

According to Jianning Kang, Bilibili has strong interactive features and is suitable for science videos — a format likely to become more common both within China as well as globally.  

Qing-Wei Chen, Ph.D., Associate Professor at South China Normal University, says that “Bilibili has many excellent video tutorials that not only allow you to learn how to use various research software and research techniques (such as literature search, literature management, and research writing), but can also be recommended to your students for learning, which can greatly improve the research progress of new students.” 

(Stay tuned to The Source for a forthcoming blog post on using social video for research communication and networking, coming soon.)

Global social media  

While networking, sharing research and collaborating within China is important, it’s also important to try to connect with the global research community, and this is where good use of global social media platforms comes in.

Global social media for research: How to find you communities 

You’ll find the global research community networking and sharing their work on a variety of global social media platforms, ranging from research-specific (like ResearchGate) to the more general (LinkedIn, Facebook, BlueSky and others).  

There are a few strategies for finding and interacting with like-minded researchers that work across all platforms. These include finding the societies and communities working in your area, and joining and following them. In materials science, for example, this would include the Materials Research Society, the ASM, the TMS, and others. In neuroscience, that would be the Society for Neuroscience. In mathematics, the American Mathematical Society. These societies themselves maintain active social media presences, and you can often connect with like-minded researchers by following them. 

Accurately connect with scholars: check who is interested in similar topics through ResearchGate, and send targeted private messages to discuss technical details; screen researchers in the same field on LinkedIn, and initiate collaboration invitations based on common interests (e.g., “I saw the model design of your XX paper, and we’re solving a similar problem, can we discuss cross-validation solutions? We are working on a similar problem, can we discuss the cross-validation program?”)

- Junya Sun, Professor 


You can also look for researchers who’ve published work that you use or admire, and look for them on the platforms where they’re active, and follow them there. Once you’ve found your niche, you can share your work there, and also reach out to other researchers directly, to network and collaborate.

Global social networking 

Social media was originally called social networking, and for research, that’s one of its superpowers. For research collaboration, it’s less about posting, re-posting, and liking, and more about making connections that you can then take offline and into real life. But it makes finding connections — that you might not be able to make any other way — possible.  

While social media can be a powerful tool for finding collaborators, it’s not the only way to find like-minded researchers working on similar questions to you. You’ll find more advice, tools, and tips on the Author’s Hub on SpringerNature.com.

Related Content

Eight proven steps to improve eBook collection development in libraries

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Jul 8 2025

As libraries continue to adapt to the growing demand for digital resources, developing a well-rounded eBook collection has become a key part of supporting research and learning. But with so many options and limited budgets, how can librarians make informed, sustainable decisions? Based on insights from Springer Nature’s eBook specialists, this guide outlines eight practical steps that can help libraries shape their eBook strategies, balancing user needs, budget constraints, and long-term value.

This guide draws on the expertise of three Springer Nature professionals who support eBook strategy and development in collaboration with libraries worldwide:

  • Marianna La Martire, eBook Sales Specialist, is focused on Southern Europe.
  • Wouter van der Velde, Global Director, Books Solutions Portfolio, has extensive experience with eBook collection development worldwide.
  • Yuki Suganuma, Business Development Manager, eBooks, is focused on Japan, Southeast Asia, and Oceania.

Step 1: Assessing your library’s eBook needs

The foundation of effective eBook acquisition is a clear understanding of user needs, something best achieved through a data-driven approach.

Marianna says, “Usage statistics and denials provide valuable insights into actual demand, helping to guide informed collection development decisions. However, it is equally important to consider the quality of the books, looking at factors such as the number of citations, impact factor, and specific features like DRM (digital rights management)-free access. Ensuring easy and unrestricted accessibility is key to meeting the diverse needs of all users.”

“Usage/denials are key metrics,” Yuki concurs, “and it’s also important to assess actual/repeated needs through chronological data as academic research trends change.”

According to Wouter, it’s the combination of librarians’ data analysis skills and their deep understanding of researcher communities that transforms raw data into meaningful insight. “Librarians are essential to analysing the data and more importantly, they combine the analysis with their deep knowledge about the research areas they are supporting. Not all crucial content shows by high usage for instance, but a library’s connection to the departments help to identify the right content strategy. Keeping the communication lines with departments and faculty open is crucial.”

Why choose to license collections instead of selecting titles individually? Purchasing complete collections can be a more cost-effective approach, offering greater long-term value. As usage accumulates over time, the cost per download decreases significantly, making collections a strategic investment.

It’s also important to consider the types of books that best align with your library’s needs, whether that’s a balanced mix of reference works, monographs, or textbooks.

Step 2: Budgeting

With budgets under pressure, making a strong case for investing in eBooks, rather than other resources like journal, requires solid data. Flexible eBook models such as Evidence-Based Acquisition (EBA) can support this by providing usage insights that help demonstrate value and guide purchasing decisions.

As Marianna explains, “One of the best strategies is to move beyond traditional purchasing models and adopt more flexible, data-driven approaches... EBA models allow libraries to offer broad access to a large catalogue of eBooks for a fixed period, usually 12 months. During this time, usage data is collected, helping librarians identify which titles truly meet the needs of their users. At the end of the access period, only the most relevant and highly used titles are purchased for permanent access.”

That last point on continuity of access is important. Yuki notes, “Continuity is important for the model... From a return on investment point of view, collections would be more economical based on the peak usage of eBooks.”

The EBA approach could be complemented with others to serve the library best. Wouter suggests that “core research areas can be served by Continuing Access Models, while research areas with less immediate content needs might be served by other licensing models.” Librarians’ expertise and familiarity with their users will guide them in identifying licensing models that match their collection development strategies best.

Step 3: Selecting titles

Curating a well-balanced eBook collection is a core strength of librarianship, but the pace of new publications makes it increasingly important to have a clear strategy and the right tools. According to our experts, data-driven decision-making, particularly through usage statistics and denial reports, is key to identifying high-value content and aligning acquisitions with user demand.

Marianna finds that “adopting a flexible acquisition strategy helps diversify the collection, allowing libraries to respond to a wide range of user demands and build a comprehensive, well-balanced digital library that serves the entire academic community.”

“With budget usually being the limiting factor,” says Wouter, “Librarians need to weigh a number of tools and consider different licensing models to effectively build their collection, for example taking on a broad Evidence Based Selection model, where content is available to the patrons without limitations, and analysing usage statistics to license essential content in perpetuity. Or a library can choose to select individual books using smart selection tools, acquiring only books that are requested or have high denials, or it can use a combination of licensing models.”

Step 4: Licensing and access

To support seamless access, it’s important to avoid licensing restrictions that limit how users can engage with content. Choosing DRM-free models with no user limits helps ensure that eBooks are readily available whenever and wherever they’re needed.

Marianna notes, “Libraries should look for content that offers continuous access, no DRM limitations, and unlimited simultaneous users. Providing unrestricted access removes barriers to usage, ensuring that all users can consult the materials they need at any time without restrictions. These features should reassure libraries that they are offering a reliable, user-friendly digital experience for their academic communities.”

Yuki says, “DRM-free across campuses and departments would be helpful for eBooks because books provide fundamental knowledge across disciplines to conduct research. According to customer feedback, institutional purchases are key to early career researchers and students, as they wouldn’t need to buy all relevant titles by themselves and they can read as many titles as they want without incurring personal cost. Similarly, with eBooks, end users wouldn't have to wait for print titles to be returned and could read or even take notes offline directly in PDF or ePub just as they would with their own print copies, through our full download and offline functionality.”

And, you also need to have excellent metadata and cataloguing. Wouter points out, “Equally valuable is the quality of metadata: ‘a book is only as good as its metadata,’ as this will make a title discoverable. A key element to make sure that licensed books are available and findable is to prioritize cataloguing the content. Studies showed that usage has more than doubled when MARC (machine-readable cataloguing) records are loaded into catalogues. Secondly, a licensing model and hosting platform should make sure that the author’s work is protected against illegal dissemination, but at the same time make it as easy as possible for a reader to use the content, for instance by liberal DRM protection.”

Step 5: Technical infrastructure

A reliable technical infrastructure plays a key role in ensuring users can easily discover and access the eBooks they need. Strong discovery tools, in particular, help surface relevant content and improve overall engagement with the collection.

Marianna says, “A strong discovery service is essential to support an eBook collection, enabling seamless search across a wide range of licensed content. Libraries can address common technical challenges by integrating their eBooks into discovery tools like ProQuest-ExLibris Primo, Summon, EBSCO Discovery Service, and WorldCat Discovery.” To help with this, Springer Nature “provides full metadata and text to ensure our content is easily indexed and discoverable, helping libraries offer a smooth and reliable user experience.”

Step 6: Promotion and outreach

While making licensed eBook content discoverable is essential for increasing usage, it’s equally important to take proactive steps to ensure users are aware of what’s available to them.

Marianna’s advice is, “To promote an eBook collection effectively and increase usage, libraries should actively communicate through websites, newsletters, and social media, and organize training sessions or webinars (services that we regularly offer to support our library partners). Collaborating with faculty to integrate eBooks into course materials and promoting open access content within departments are also powerful ways to boost visibility and engagement across the academic community.”

Step 7: Training and support

Maximizing the value of an eBook collection also requires staying informed about new technologies, trends, and developments in digital publishing.

“Libraries,” Mariana explains, “provide regular training and support to both staff and users, helping them navigate digital resources effectively.” But librarians, too, require ongoing training. “Staying updated with the latest eBook technologies and trends is essential, and continuous professional development through webinars, vendor updates, and participation in library networks can help libraries keep pace with new developments.”

Springer Nature supports librarians as well as researcher and staff. “[Springer Nature has] developed the Librarian Portal, a dedicated platform for libraries, where we offer training sessions and webinars on how to access purchased content, download MARC Records, KBART files, and title lists with key bibliographic information. We also support librarians in using the Single eBook Shop, our online platform for selecting individual eBook titles. Staying updated with the latest eBook technologies and trends is essential, and continuous professional development through webinars, vendor updates, and participation in library networks can help libraries keep pace with new developments.”

Yuki adds, “Besides just technical support, we also organise an eBook summit with librarians, authors, senior academics, university research administrators, and others to have a better understanding of eBooks as well as the global situation around eBooks. Topics include the latest use of AI in eBooks for example, so we try to provide comprehensive information and collaborate with libraries to make eBooks better in many ways.”

Step 8: Evaluation and improvement

Just as data plays a key role in planning and developing an eBook collection, it should also inform ongoing evaluation, helping identify which resources to expand, adjust, or retire based on usage and relevance.

Marianna says, “Libraries should evaluate the success of their eBook collection primarily by analysing usage data within their community, as it remains a key indicator of engagement. Continuous promotion of available content is also essential to encourage more active use. Additionally, libraries should consider qualitative aspects, such as identifying top-performing eBooks, highly cited titles, and subject relevance, to ensure that their collections align with the academic and research needs of their users.”

However, Wouter also observes, “Indeed usage and cost per download are important indicators of success, but a librarian should also realise that quantity is not necessarily an indicator of success. For example, while a group of students all using the same textbook at the same time will result in high usage — which proves success without doubt — it should also be considered that few uses in a specialist book by a single advanced researcher working on a high-profile research project could be equally valuable.”

And Yuki adds, “It’d be helpful to analyse usage by copyright year, subject, book-series, book-type, or even taxonomy, so that a fairer picture (not dependent on specific subject areas with large numbers of researchers) could be obtained.”

Strengthening library collections through strategic eBook planning

These eight steps reflect the insights and experiences shared by librarians as they navigate the evolving landscape of eBook collection development. For a deeper look at how these strategies are applied in practice, case studies from institutions such as the University of British Columbia and Virginia Tech offer valuable context. To explore additional resources and tools, visit the Springer Nature eBooks platform.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

The open access advantage: Real stories from multidisciplinary Scientific Reports authors

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Jul 4 2025

When your research is openly accessible, it has the power to travel further, reach more diverse audiences, and drive meaningful change. This benefits researchers from all backgrounds, across all fields, and from all career stages, but if your work is multidisciplinary or supports the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), visibility and accessibility are especially critical to drive real-world impact. As one of the world’s most cited open access journals, Scientific Reports is designed to help your research do just that.

In this blog, we spoke with researchers about how publishing in Scientific Reports helped amplify their work—boosting visibility, increasing accessibility, and supporting practical applications that align with global sustainability goals.

If you're a multidisciplinary researcher looking to publish your work openly and make a meaningful impact, Scientific Reports offers an ideal home for your research. With our broad readership, trusted editorial standards, and multidisciplinary scope, we provide a platform where your findings don’t just get published—they get noticed. This visibility is especially important for researchers whose work crosses disciplines or address global challenges aligned with the SDGs.

We spoke with five researchers about how publishing in Scientific Reports helped increase the reach and impact of their multidisciplinary research. From attracting more citations to connecting with collaborators across fields, their stories highlight how choosing the right journal can amplify your work in powerful, tangible ways—and help translate research into progress on the SDGs.

Here’s what they said.

Kristina Wolf

Kristina Wolf is a Research Associate with the School of Engineering at Newcastle University. She has a deep enthusiasm for public safety and disaster risk management, which stems from her research at the Tohoku University in Japan. By leveraging geospatial technology and a multi-agency incident management approach, her work contributes to improved emergency planning and response in the UK—ultimately strengthening urban resilience and supporting SDG11.

As one of the worlds most cited open access journals, Scientific Reports helped boost the discoverability and visibility of Kristina’s research. For Kristina, publishing to Scientific Reports, resulted in increased citations, visibility, and understanding of her research.

“Publishing OA helped increase the readership of my work among researchers and practitioners. Making the work more accessible and visible to researchers has also led to more citations… Also, appearing in Scientific Reports’ video campaign is a fantastic opportunity to give people an insight into my work and virtually show them the facilities in Newcastle.”

- Kristina Wolf, Research Associate with the School of Engineering, Newcastle University

Read Kristina Wolf's full interview

Amisha Singh

Amisha Singh is a Research Scholar, Psychologist, and Assistant Professor at the University of Delhi, specializing in sports psychology. Amisha is also deeply committed to fostering interdisciplinary collaboration to advance knowledge in her field. As a result, when selecting a journal for her research, she felt it was essential to publish her work open access (OA) to maximise the dissemination and impact of her findings.

For Amisha Singh, “When I began considering where to publish this research, Scientific Reports stood out to me for several reasons. The journal’s open-access model was particularly appealing because it ensured that the research would reach a broad audience, from sports psychologists and coaches to athletes themselves. The visibility and credibility of Scientific Reports were also important factors, as the platform allows for rigorous peer review while making the research accessible worldwide.

In addition, Amisha found publishing to Scientific Reports to be an effective solution, bringing her research global impact. She adds “One of the most rewarding aspects of publishing my work has been seeing its impact on a global scale.”
 

“Publishing in an OA journal like Scientific Reports has been invaluable. The reach of my work has extended far beyond what I had initially imagined. I’ve received feedback and inquiries not only from academics but also from sports practitioners looking to apply the findings in real-world settings.” 

Amisha Singh, Ph.D. Scholar, Department of Psychology, University of Delhi, India,

Faith Ka Shun Chan

Faith Ka Shun Chan, a Professor at the University of Nottingham, Ningbo China, currently conducts research on international water management practices, with a particular focus on flood risk management in East Asian mega-deltas and coastal mega-cities. His multidisciplinary research addresses several of the SDGs including “addressing poverty and vulnerable communities for SDG 1, [...] SDG 6 on water, SDG 11 on building sustainable communities, SDG 13 on climate change and other SDGs related to terrestrial and coastal estuarine aspects. Thus, our research is very diverse and important to contribute towards our major goal of delivering sustainable development particularly as I spoke above – to contribute to our urban future and benefit the next generations, not only for the Chinese cities but in the Asia-Pacific Region.”
 

“Publishing in an OA journal like Scientific Reports [is] very helpful to improve the visibility for sure as there are quite a few people who emailed me/us after our papers were published at Scientific Reports. That provides convenience and a free download mechanism for their readers. That will certainly help readers to go through the paper and follow up on some major issues in the past five years.”

Faith Ka Sun Chan, Professor at the University of Nottingham, Ningbo China

Read Faith Ka Shun Chan’s full interview here.

Simona Francese

Simona Francese, Professor of Forensic and Bioanalytical Mass Spectrometry at Sheffield Hallam University, is a chemist with a research background in “all things mass spectrometry”, and a passion for forensic science. When Simona realised her findings could help increase cancer screening uptake and save lives, it became essential for her to publish with a reputable Journal with high reach.
 

“This is why we looked at Journals of high scientific prestige and high reach in order to disseminate our findings and connect with the relevant communities to progress and eventually implement this research. Scientific Reports fit the bill and was the obvious and the right choice for us.”

Simona Francese, Professor of Forensic and Bioanalytical Mass Spectrometry at Sheffield Hallam University

This decision paid off for Simona, with her paper benefiting from the open access advantage. She says, “The reach mentioned above is naturally maximised by publishing in OA because additional scientists and Institutions, potentially important for future collaborations, can access scientific papers and I believe that this, together with the significance of the paper, has contributed to such a high number of downloads.”

Read Simona Francese's full interview

Anurag Roy

“Publishing with Scientific Reports is particularly important for OA because it allows your research to be freely accessible to a global audience. This OA model ensures that your work reaches not only other scientists but also industry professionals, policymakers, and the public, enhancing its impact and application across various fields.”

Anurag Roy, University of Exeter (UoE), Penryn Campus, UK
 

Early career researcher, Anurag Roy, is a material chemist specializing in solar energy materials. He argues that open access journals like, Scientific Reports, are important precisely because they widen access to research for the benefit of society. He says, “The decision process for choosing where to publish primarily involves evaluating the nature of the research, its scientific outcomes, and its potential impact on society or the targeted audience. These factors, along with the integrity and relevance of the work, are carefully considered. Open access journals play an important role in this process, as they enhance visibility and increase citations, which my institution actively supports and encourages for the public benefit.”

Read Anurag Roy’s full interview.
 

Conclusion

Your hub for global discovery. As the world’s fifth most-cited journal, Scientific Reports has global impact, with more than 734,000 citations in 2023, over 225 million downloads in 2024, and widespread media attention and use in policy documents.

Over recent months, in this blog series, you’ve heard from five researchers from a variety of disciplines and at various career stages. They each shared the impact publishing to Scientific Reports has had on their research and their career.

Now it’s your turn. Take the next step and find out how to start your submission to Scientific Reports.

Scientific Reports is an open access journal publishing original research from across all areas of the natural sciences, psychology, medicine and engineering. As the 5th most-cited journal in the world, we offer authors a trustworthy and highly respected home for their research. Learn more about how we support researchers at every stage of their research career and how you can publish with us.

Related content

Unlocking Research Impact: What Is a Springer Nature Collection?

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Jul 3 2025

At Springer Nature, we believe publishing is about more than just sharing research—it's about amplifying its impact. We also understand that researchers need effective ways to publish their work, without compromising on quality, so research can start making a positive impact as soon as possible. That’s why we developed a new explainer video: “What is a Springer Nature Collection?.”

Whether you're an author looking to amplify your work, a reader searching for cutting-edge insights, or an academic eager to shape the future of your field, this short video offers a unique peek behind the scenes at how our Collections are curated, protected, and positioned for real-world influence.

What Exactly Is a Springer Nature Collection?

A Collection is more than just a series of related articles. It’s a curated, evolving body of knowledge focused on a timely research theme or interdisciplinary topic. They are guided by expert guest editors, supported by rigorous editorial standards, and designed to drive engagement, visibility, and collaboration across the global research ecosystem.

By combining quality content with strategic focus, Collections allow research to reach relevant audiences and create lasting impact—both within and beyond academia.

What You’ll Discover in the Video

In this video, we explain what makes Springer Nature Collections important:

How Collections Are Created

Developed with input from the research community and tailored to current scientific conversations

The Role of Guest Editors

Thought leaders who define the scope, ensure quality, and foster community engagement

How They Differ from Journals

Flexible, faster to launch, and focused on dynamic and emerging topics

Why Authors Choose Collections

Higher visibility, increased downloads and citations, and meaningful networking opportunities

Real-World Impact

For example, our Virtual Reality in Psychological Research Collection helped connect new technologies with real-world applications in mental health

Our Commitment to Integrity

Comprehensive checks, editorial support, and a strong foundation of transparency and trust

Watch the video to go behind the scenes with Springer Nature experts as they share what Collections are, how they are made, and why they matter:

What is a Springer Nature Collection? | We Explain

Why Collections Matter

Springer Nature Collections are created with the research community and for the research community. They provide an inclusive platform for:

  • Connecting experts across disciplines
  • Promoting innovative ideas and cross-sector dialogue
  • Making research more discoverable, accessible, and actionable

Whether you're submitting your latest findings, or helping shape a theme as a guest editor, participating in a Collection offers a meaningful way to contribute to global knowledge.

Ready to Get Involved?

If you're curious about becoming a guest editor, submitting to a Collection, or learning more, this video is the perfect place to start.

Want to learn more about Springer Nature Collections? Visit our new hub

The inside out librarian – How libraries are becoming essential research partners

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Jul 1 2025

The academic library’s core purpose remains unchanged - getting the right information to the right people at the right time. What has changed though is the way this is done, what people do with it and how it’s synthesized. As we saw in our last post, many working practices have been turned upside down by the digital revolution, ushering in a wave of necessary new skills and processes.

In this post, Greg Sheaf, Assistant Librarian at Trinity College Dublin and Arianna Keyser, Adjunct Instructor Librarian at Weber State University, Utah, help us consider how these changes have reset relationships within the institution, between the library and its patrons in faculty and the research office. “We’ve gone from service providers to partners, says Greg. “We’re not book monkeys anymore!”

From gatekeepers to innovators

Open access (OA) and Research Data Management gain momentum, not to mention AI, there’s been a growing need for librarians to contribute more directly to the research process. Out with gatekeeping, and in with playing a leading role in navigating the digital space. Why? Libraries have skills which have suddenly become a lot more useful. They’re the ones who adopt new technologies, as they work to keep the library at the forefront of delivering relevant and current information to their users.

The advent of OA has had a profound effect on the librarian’s place in the research ecosystem, both broadening and underscoring the importance of their role. Not only do they now guide researchers through the publishing process, but they also play a leading role in negotiating transformative agreements and spreading the word about OA throughout their institutions.

The Research Office – new pathways

As open research gathers pace, at many institutions the library and research office are working more closely together, combining skills and knowledge to optimise their services.

At Trinity College Dublin, Research Informatics has been relocated from the library to the Research Office. “Metrics are more important now, feeding into rankings,” says Greg Sheaf. “This is a good illustration of how library expertise is valued and transferred out.”

At the University of Manchester, the Library Research Services Team has joined with the Research Office to form the Office for Open Research (OOR). A shared service, this is a single point of access for all research support provided by the library, at every stage of the research process, including research data management, OA, Research Indicators, open research skills and training, and open research systems.

Librarians as educators

As researchers grapple with a myriad of digital tools and resources, librarians are there to help guide them through. And in this age of misinformation, there’s nobody better placed to help users distinguish information that is trustworthy and reliable. “Critical evaluation is more important than ever, especially with the rise in AI,” says Greg. “The amount of literature and data produced is doubling every year, and as research builds on what went before, it’s crucial for researchers to know if something is right or wrong. Libraries play a key role in fake news, helping users learn to recognise and evaluate reliable information. This is mirrored in the rise in evidence-based medicine, which looks at the best evidence at a point in time and builds on that.”

Arianna Keyser agrees with Greg that researchers need to question their sources. “In today’s environment of information overload, the assumption that you know how to use technology and find things online is completely inadequate - analysis and critical thinking are so important. And there’s an essential misunderstanding - being technologically literate doesn’t mean being research literate.”

Arianna’s role straddles library and faculty. With a foot in both she inserts herself in courses teaching information literacy, good scholarly practice and the expectations of college-level writing and research. “My role isn’t universal in the US,” she says. “Teaching good research practice is a grey area, where everyone’s responsible so there’s no overall owner. Libraries have a beneficial perspective, but a lack of support means we can’t always get involved – faculty are busy teaching their subjects and tend to hope good scholarly practice happens with experience.”

The inside out librarian – a team effort

For some time now we’ve been hearing the term “inside out librarian”. The relationship between librarians, faculty and the research office has evolved to the extent that some librarians are now leaving traditional library services behind and embarking on a whole new persona as partner and collaborator.

Greg says it all depends on the discipline. “In more literature-based disciplines such as English and History, the relationship remains more traditional and they see no need for the library to be further involved,” he says. “The library has always been their laboratory. However, in the Health Sciences and some of the Social Sciences, librarians are becoming co-researchers in their own right, sought out by faculty to collaborate in research for their particular skills.” Greg has watched this relationship evolve over the past decade or so, with the library acknowledged as a member of the team for their expertise. “Interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary research is more prevalent. Everyone involved is an expert in their own sub-fields, working together as a team. The library brings it all together by devising and running search strategies, then uploading this to software such as Covidence for screening to evaluate for quality.”

Libraries – leading the way forward

The upshot is that the library’s contribution is more valued now. According to Greg, faculty can do more research now, of higher quality. “We’re contributing directly to a stronger research output at our institution,” he says. However, it’s easy to become a victim of your own success. “Our workload is increasing as more people recognise the value of what we do. We’re looking into where AI can help in our workflow to free up our time – perhaps with ordering and more mundane tasks.”

The library has taken giant steps from service provider to partnering with faculty and the research office. “Library skills are seen as attributes in their own right that help in the research process,” says Greg. “And we’ve earned kudos for it, as stakeholders recognise the value of the work we do.”

As libraries move from the margins to the heart of research, at Springer Nature we’re here to support your journey - whether you're navigating open access, shaping research strategy, or exploring new tools. Explore insights from peers and thought leaders on our news blog, and keep up with the latest trends by reading the latest white papers.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Research integrity in books: Prevention by balancing human oversight and AI tools

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Jun 26 2025

What does it take to maintain research integrity and promote publication ethics in scholarly books? Publishing a book with the highest integrity standards requires a holistic approach that prioritises prevention, leverages human expertise and judgement, and is supported by automated tools. Find out how this is done at Springer Nature.

Research integrity is essential to scholarly publishing. It ensures the accuracy and reliability of published research that further advances scientific knowledge, and promotes the upholding of ethical standards and accountability.

Maintaining research integrity in the publication process

Research integrity issues encompass a wide range of potential infringements that can significantly undermine the trustworthiness and credibility of academic and scientific work. These include content from paper mills and fake conferences, plagiarism, data fabrication and falsification, text recycling, duplicate submission, citation manipulation and more.  

To maintain and ensure research integrity, Springer Nature incorporates checks throughout the publication process, from submission to post-publication. These include establishing guidelines, policies, and practices on publication ethics and integrity, implementing rigorous peer review, and employing various tools to detect integrity issues. And, when a concern over the integrity of a published piece arises, it is thoroughly investigated.

Prioritising prevention to maintain integrity in books

To maintain research integrity in the publication process, the focus is on prevention by promoting the highest ethical and integrity standards. Heather King, Senior Manager Editorial Design, Books at Springer Nature explains that to ensure integrity in book publication, Springer Nature accompanies the authors, editors, and reviewers closely throughout the publication process, and supports them in maintaining the highest integrity standards.

“Our responsibility is to deliver authentic content that is sound and free from error, fallacy, or misapprehension. For us, this means detecting a wide range of possible integrity concerns, and rejecting problematic projects long before too much time and resources have been invested in them,” says King.

A research integrity approach tailored for books and grounded in human expertise

Research integrity is often associated with journal articles, which frequently publish primary research and are where most breaches of integrity occur. Between the shorter publication timelines and the pressure to publish in journals, it is not surprising that journal articles are typically the first to come to mind when considering research integrity.

But books take longer than journal articles to conceptualise, write, review, and publish (1-3 years on average). This prolonged, iterative process naturally permits more detailed attention and quality control from the author, editor, and the peer review process. Niels Thomas, Managing Director, Books at Springer Nature, shares that the relationship that develops out of this process supports research integrity. “The lengthy collaboration often fosters a strong personal relationship between the author and editor, allowing for the implementation of distinct research integrity measures compared to journal publications,” Thomas says.

Research integrity in books focuses more on prevention, promoting ethical behaviour and ensuring credibility and reliability, King explains. This approach aligns organically with Springer Nature‘s overall supportive stance towards book authors.

From the very early stages of the publication process, including the conceptualisation phase, authors are supported directly by Springer Nature publishing editors. Authors have access to various services for language editing, structuring, preparing the table of contents, and finding references, to ensure due diligence is performed. In practice, breaches of integrity are less frequent in book publishing.

Peer review: Prioritising prevention to ensure research integrity in books

When a published work contains significant errors or ethical issues such as data fabrication, plagiarism, or other breaches of our code of conduct, it must be retracted to halt the spread of false or misleading information and maintain the integrity of the scientific record. To prevent the complex and difficult process of retracting a whole book, Springer Nature focuses on prevention and careful, early human scrutiny.

“Our focus is to support with the identification of integrity issues earlier in the process – from receiving an idea to the actual submission of a manuscript,” says King. A key component of this is peer review, where reviewers play a crucial role in ensuring that published books meet rigorous standards of integrity.

All book manuscripts are initially assessed by an in-house editor who decides whether to forward the submission to further review by relevant book series editors, editorial board, or external peer reviewers. The reviewers – subject matter experts – evaluate the manuscript’s quality and originality, to ensure its validity and that it meets the highest integrity and ethics standards.

Empowering reviewers: Streamlined process and best practice

“To support reviewers in performing their review, we recently launched an online portal that offers them a streamlined process for evaluating manuscripts,” King shares. “The portal includes all the information and documents the reviewers need, in one, easily accessible location, sparing them multiple emails and correspondences.”

For the peer review to best safeguard the integrity of the scientific record, it is essential that peer reviewers understand their role and responsibility in the publication and review process. Reviewers can learn more about peer reviewing books at Springer Nature to understand how peer review informs publishing decisions and to get advice on writing a constructive review.

Codes of conduct for authors, editors, and reviewers: Ensuring highest integrity standards

Spoit it © springernature 2025

Springer Nature’s comprehensive code of conduct for book peer reviewers offers a detailed description of the reviewer’s responsibilities, potential conflicts of interest to be aware of, policies around the use of AI in performing a review, and how to handle various concerns. This code of conduct, based on the Committee of Publishing Ethics (COPE) guidelines, is part of Springer Nature’s book publishing policies, and complements the codes of conduct for authors, for book volume editors, and for book series editors.

Providing clear information and closely guiding authors, editors, and reviewers throughout the publication process is essential to preventing errors due to lack of knowledge or misunderstandings (for example, plagiarism as a result from a lack of understanding of copyright laws or proper citation practices). In adhering to the codes of conduct, book authors, editors, and reviewers uphold international standards for responsible research publication.

Potential integrity problems in the use of AI in book manuscripts

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is a substantial issue for research integrity in scientific book publication. AI nowadays can easily and quickly perform secondary research for authors. And according to a recent Nature survey, researchers are interested in expanding their AI use for such tasks as manuscript preparation or handling large amounts of information (as in literature reviews, paper summarisation, and data processing).

With large language models (LLMs), it is simple enough to get large portions of a book manuscript written automatically by AI. But LLMs, such as ChatGPT, do not currently satisfy authorship criteria, and Springer Nature requires human accountability for the final version of the text and agreement by the authors that the edits reflect their original work.

To ensure the integrity of research, it is essential to identify when LLMs are used wrongfully. Peer reviewers, as experts in the field, can assist in flagging such content.

Identifying integrity breaches with the help of automated checks, or: AI to tackle AI

Incorporating AI tools alongside human oversight and prevention measures enhances the overall integrity of published books. AI tools have the efficiency and speed to quickly analyse volumes of data and identify potential integrity issues.

AI tools, with their enhanced detection capabilities, have the ability to accurately and consistently recognise subtle problematic patterns or plagiarism. By identifying breaches of integrity early, before manuscripts enter the editorial workflow, they support the human editors and reviewers in evaluating the content.

Manuscripts submitted to Springer Nature are screened for plagiarism by the Crossref Similarity Check tool before the review process begins. Additionally, a Springer Nature in-house AI tool also pre-screens all submitted book content to identify nonsense AI-generated text (a classic indication of paper mill activity) or even human manipulated text to defer plagiarism detection. And recently, another screening tool was launched to identify irrelevant references in submitted manuscripts.

The AI tools allow human reviewers to focus on more elaborate issues and complex evaluations. When they indicate possible breaches of integrity, a check by Springer Nature topical experts is initiated, returning the responsibility to humans and their expertise and judgment.

With a holistic approach that is based on prevention and human oversight and augmented with technology, Springer Nature ensures adherence with the highest standards in its published books, and maintains the integrity of the scientific record.

Learn more about peer reviewing books at Springer Nature, and explore the peer reviewer code of conduct, for everything you need to know about how reviewers safeguard the scientific record.


Related content:
What is research integrity?
Upholding research integrity: Resources for editors and authors

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

How we’re diversifying our editorial boards in China

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Jun 24 2025

We’ve previously explored China’s rise as a global leader in research, and why diversifying our editorial boards is essential to advance knowledge globally. In this blog, we hear from three Springer Nature colleagues who are actively supporting editorial board members (EBMs) from China: Chongfang Wang is Journals Growth Director, Greater China; Marc Gillet is Director, Editorial Engagement for Springer Nature Group; and Arnout Jacobs is Managing Director, Greater China.

Why diversify editorial boards?

Springer Nature is committed to a more inclusive strategy that accurately reflects the diverse communities we serve. “As publishers, it has always been our role to represent the communities that we publish,” explains Arnout Jacobs. Yet our 2024 editor diversity report showed that our academic editors – the decision makers for our journals – are not fully representative of the broader research community. There is much more we need to do to address diversity to ensure a fair and unbiased publishing system.

As Arnout Jacobs describes, EBM appointments typically last for a long period, “which is good, to give stability.” But in China, where research output has grown dramatically in both volume and impact, we need to move faster than we have ever done before. Since the start of 2024, we have appointed over 3,000 new EBMs from China. By diversifying our editors, we offer better regional knowledge to support submitting authors, widen the pool of reviewers that our journals work with, and, in turn, increase our effectiveness, speed, and overall satisfaction. 

Approaches to scale up recruitment of editors in China

In the past few years, we have expanded our local presence in China, from under 200 colleagues to over 400 today, and we continue to grow. There is a particular focus on recruitment of EBMs. “The team in Nanjing are helping recruitment of new board members and support for editors and institutional partners,” explains Marc Gillett.

This local strategy addresses several specific challenges in EBM recruitment. Firstly, in identifying qualified researchers. While China produces some of the world’s best research, there is also wide variability in quality across provinces and institutions, as Arnout Jacobs explains: “When I compare it to a country like the Netherlands, which has 14 universities, all of those universities deliver a predictable quality. In China, there is a very broad range. For an editor that may be pressed for time, this may play a role in unconscious bias.” 

Identification also presents a challenge because many Chinese researchers prefer mobile platforms to institutional email, making institutional affiliation harder to verify. “China has leapfrogged e-mail so people all work from mobile apps,” explains Arnout Jacobs. “For an editor, that's a red flag.”

Cultural factors also hamper recruitment. Junior researchers may hold back over inexperience, explains Chongfang Wang: “They still believe that they need more training and more publishing before they are confident to take on a role like this.” Meanwhile more senior researchers may also hesitate, as our recent interview with Dr Qiaolei Jiang suggested, waiting for an invitation. This is why a proactive outreach strategy, including offering training and direct support, is crucial.

An institutional recruitment model

One solution that we are rolling out is an institutional model, working with universities to scale up invitations to qualified EBMs. “This is something Chinese researchers are longing for,” says Chongfang Wang. “They hope that recruitment could be more systematic.” An institutional approach addresses several challenges, from qualifying a researcher’s credentials to ensuring a more diverse pool of candidates. “By working with universities, they can guarantee the people that we appoint, and can vouch for their knowledge in certain areas,” says Arnout Jacobs.

Institutions also welcome the opportunity to take part. “They encourage their researchers to take on these editorial roles, that helps improve the international reputation of their researchers,” notes Chongfang Wang. “We've already started approaching some of the best quality institutions here in China and confirmed more than 10 institutions to work with us.”  

For Springer Nature, this approach also reduces the time-intensive process of individual research integrity checks. “We have to do quite rigorous research integrity checks to make sure EBMs are legitimate researchers,” explains Marc Gillett. “We're still doing those checks for institutions, but we've got a degree of confidence because they're coming through a recommendation.”

Offering training and support

Beyond recruitment, a major part of our strategy involves supporting editors so they can excel in their roles. We have invested significantly in new technologies, including launching 42 online research communities. “We’re bringing on board 100,000+ editors into these communities, which is going to enable us to communicate more effectively, train more effectively, provide key policy updates, and also keep our board members better informed,” explains Marc Gillett. These communities provide the dual function of enabling training and support from Springer Nature, but also peer networking. “The networking opportunities they will get with international academics is pretty significant,” adds Marc. “And the more they work with us over the first year or two, they gain a series of certifications, reports, and metrics that show what value they're adding to the journals, which they can use outside Springer Nature.” 

In the future, we will be rolling out further support for new EBMs, especially early career researchers, explains Marc Gillett. “We've been running pilots, particularly targeting early career researchers, to see how we bring on a trained or trusted reviewer. We would provide access to tools and training before they are given access to our submission systems to act as reviewers. The aim is to not only give them the confidence and the ability to report well for us, but to recognise and support them so that in the future, they can say ‘I have been a trained reviewer in this area.’” 

Preliminary pilots of this model are promising. Marc Gillett notes, “The turnaround times of most of the pilot journals have come down by 5%. The editors themselves have got a much higher satisfaction rate, from 65% in 2023 to 77% at the start of this year, and activity levels are higher: from 29% of board members handling a manuscript to over 40% of board members handling manuscripts each month.”

Looking ahead

Scaling our editorial board network in China is key to reflecting the full breadth of global research. As we continue to roll out our online communities and training, participating editors will gain new opportunities to advance their careers, build professional networks, and contribute more actively to their journals. If you’re an institution or researcher interested in collaborating with us on our editorial boards, we want to hear from you. 

Read more on China’s development as a leader in global research by perusing the Springer Nature Global Research Pulse: China report

Supporting global open data through what really works

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Jun 24 2025

Springer Nature’s Ed Gerstner, Director, Research Environment Alliances, Academic Affairs, has been a longstanding champion of open data. In this special blog, he discusses the 2024 State of Open Data special report, which analysed data sharing practices globally. Having hoped to see more data sharing, Gerstner realises there’s still much to be done for open data. The report’s insights into what drives successful data sharing can guide further efforts to grow the global adoption of open data.

I've been a staunch advocate for open data for decades. Sharing research data allows other researchers to build upon research and advance discovery. As a researcher back in the 90s, pretty much the only way to obtain data from published research was to use something like DataThief — a programme that would digitise data from a figure scanned from a paper. The very name of the software implied that obtaining published data was akin to theft. Which is ridiculous.

Getting insights on open data practices to better promote data sharing

Sharing knowledge is fundamental to the principles of science and I've always felt that open sharing of data should be the default practice in research. But finding ways to encourage and support researchers to share their data has always been challenging. What works and what doesn't isn't always clear.

This is why the insights contained in the State of Open Data 2024 report, which I discuss below, are so important. And for me, they were also surprising: I expected to see a significant rise in sharing in response to funder-instituted open data mandates. But the relatively slow overall uptake and uneven response across various regions, as well as varying policies and mandates, have resulted in less data sharing in practice than what I would have assumed, which is unfortunate.

The analysis in the State of Open Data 2024 report shows us how much work there is still to be done, but it also brings us closer to understanding where and how to approach global disparities in data sharing. With these insights, stakeholders can better strategise data sharing interventions to further promote equitable data sharing.

Pursuing FAIR: The rise and challenges of data sharing 

The academic ecosystem began to encourage data sharing alongside the emergence of the open access movement starting in the early 2000s, advocating for transparency, reproducibility, and accessibility. In 2016, the FAIR principles were published in Scientific Data, encouraging data to be findable, accessible, interoperable, and reusable.

Data sharing is important because open, accessible, and reusable data helps to accelerate discovery. But despite the manifold benefits of sharing data, this practice is still not sufficiently embedded into the academic ecosystem and has yet to be widely adopted by the scientific community.

There are substantial barriers to data sharing, including lack of incentives (sufficient credit and reward for data sharing), technical barriers (access to repositories and support for data management), and an incoherent policy and compliance landscape (with large variability globally and across disciplines). To face these barriers, we need to better understand the incentives to data sharing, the support researchers receive to help and encourage them to share, and successful adoption of sharing.

Understanding what researchers think about open data, and how they are actually sharing data

Because of the importance of data sharing and the ongoing challenges in establishing it as a standard norm, understanding how researchers perceive open data is invaluable. The State of Open Data is a global survey that captures the attitudes of researchers towards open data. A collaboration between Springer Nature, Digital Science, and Figshare, the survey has been running for almost a decade. The survey provides insight into how researchers perceive and experience open data.

The special report published in 2024, titled Bridging policy and practice in data sharing, went beyond what researchers think about open data, to analysing actual data sharing practices, what researchers are doing about open data. With insights on funder, country, and institutional levels, the report identifies trends that drive successful open sharing and adoption.

“Everyone’s on board with FAIR principles but different regions and funders are executing it in different ways, and some are having more success than others. So, if we can find out what is successful, then we can advance that for everybody.” 

Mark Hahnel, Vice President Open Research at Digital Science and co-author of the 2024 special report

Open data adoption: Analysing data sharing and identifying success

In an informative and engaging webinar presenting the report and its findings, two of the report’s authors discussed their analysis and recommendations. Mark Hahnel, VP Open Research at Digital Science, showed how the citation data sets allowed them to analyse how many publications from various countries, institutions, or funders link to data sets. The data, Hahnel explained, can be “sliced and diced in many ways, which is really interesting to try and think about how we can have localised efforts to improve data sharing and where do we see success stories.”

The report shows how examining different “slices” of open data adoption gives insights into the incentives that drive success at the funder, country, or institutional level.

  • At the country level, the success of open data initiatives often reflects the broader policy environment, such that countries with proactive open science policies generally lead in open data compliance and engagement.
  • Funders play a pivotal role in determining the level of open data compliance, as they set the terms for data sharing and are often the primary source of mandates (but there is variability between public and private funders and therefore a mixed landscape).
  • Institutions, by providing the resources, infrastructure, and professional recognition for data sharing, are instrument in supporting or hindering open data practices. It would come as no surprise that institutions with robust data management services, such as dedicated repositories or support teams, tend to have higher compliance rates, and that these institutions are often located in regions or countries where open data is a policy priority.

“A really important point about open data and open science is that it doesn’t become just the preserve of the global north.” Graham Smith, Open Data Programme Manager at Springer Nature and co-author of the 2024 report

Informing policy and interventions for equitable data sharing globally

In the webinar, Graham Smith, Open Data Programme Manager at Springer Nature and co-author of the 2024 report, presented a data analysis based on Data Availability Statements from Springer Nature publications. The analysis shows a complex and evolving landscape of the various sharing methods used in publications.

While “on request” data sharing – the less favourable sharing option – remains dominant but is in decline, modest gains are seen in repository sharing in some regions. “’Data available on request’ is still higher than we would like, and ‘data sharing in manuscript’ is probably still higher than we would like, but this broadly downward trend is recognising there is something positive going on here,” Smith asserted.

There are, however, significant regional disparities that may reflect differences in resources, infrastructure, and community norms. Smith warned of open science becoming the preserve of better-resourced institutions or regions, with this clustering already noticeable now. “If we are committed to this openness, how does it work for everybody? It’s not just a case of making a mandate, making a policy and saying everything has to be open,” he urged reflection.

“We see a lot of policies for open science. We see that has some effect, but where we really see it working is where you pair solutions with policy.” 

Graham Smith, Open Data Programme Manager at Springer Nature and co-author of the 2024 report

Complementing policy with support to accelerate open data practices

Hahnel shared in the webinar that in countries where there was low awareness and education on open science, data sharing was low despite government mandates. According to the report and its authors, policy changes alone will not be enough to drive change. Mandates and policy should be complemented by training on data sharing and management, suitable infrastructure of sharing platforms, and fostering a culture that values and rewards data sharing. Providing practical support to researchers, beyond implementing policies, is important to addressing the various disparities that were identified.

Indeed, a recent white paper on research integrity training demonstrates that researchers recognise the need for this kind of training. The white paper shows that seven of the top ten topics in which respondents from the USA, the UK, Australia, and Brazil stated they wanted more training on were related to research data management and sharing.

The 2024 special report Bridging policy and practice in data sharing and the webinar with its authors offer a wealth of information and considerations which would be invaluable to anyone advocating for open data and working to support data sharing. You can dive deeper by reading the full report, or watch the webinar with Hahnel and Smith to learn more about the origins and purpose of the report.

The State of Open Data survey marks its 10th year running in 2025, and the next report will come out in the autumn. It will analyse a decade of data on researchers’ attitudes towards open data and how perceptions of open data have changed over the years. I’m looking forward to these insights to help us advance and support open data and open science.

Visit the State of Open Data page to find more information on the survey, impulse interviews with Hahnel and Smith, the 2024 report and more.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

What is a Collection? We Answer Your FAQs

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri Jun 20 2025

As an early career researcher, you manage many responsibilities, including publishing work, expanding your network, and establishing credibility in a competitive research environment. We understand that this can be challenging. In this blog, we answer common questions about Collections and reveal how Springer Nature Collections can help get your research discovered, shared, and used by relevant audiences so it can create a meaningful impact.

“When you think about an article Collection, imagine a book in progress. It starts as a blank slate, but as researchers contribute their work, it becomes a carefully curated collection of knowledge. Each article adds something new, building a bigger story, and helping shape our fields' future.”



- Petia Apostolova, Head of Collections Management and Acquisition, CMA

What is a Collection?

Often referred to as Article Collections, Special Issue's, or Topical Collections, a Collection is a curated group of journal articles that focus on a specific theme or emerging topic. Their aim—to bring research together from across disciplines to solve global challenges. By grouping research in this way, Collections also make it easier for readers to find and access the content they need. This leads to increased visibility and impact.

“Collections are important because they address the most urgent and significant questions in their field, which allows researchers to discover content more easily so they can focus on their own discoveries.”



- Kun Yu, Director of Collection Management and Acquisition, CMA

What is the purpose of Collections?

To make an impact, research needs to be discoverable and built on a foundation of trust. This is the core purpose of Springer Nature Collections. Our curated Collections are thoughtfully designed to facilitate collaboration among researchers. Collections create a focused and dynamic platform where authors working on similar research questions can share insights and discoveries.

In addition, by organizing a diverse range of research—spanning cutting-edge studies to niche topics—Collections elevate individual contributions. They also make sure all valid research is recognized and supported, regardless of its scope or popularity. This commitment not only enhances visibility for researchers but also encourages a more comprehensive understanding of complex issues, ultimately driving the scientific community forward.

How do Collection articles differ from standalone journal articles?

Collections differ from journals because they uniquely curate research around a specific topic. Journals, however, typically publish research within a particular discipline. Additionally, unlike standalone articles submitted to a journal, Collections authors are invited to submit their papers through an open Call for Papers.

Furthermore, Collections also differ from journals, because they are often overseen by Guest Editors who are experts in the Collection topic. Guest Editors are invited to guest edit a Collection by the Springer Nature Collection Management and Acquisition (CMA) team. They are chosen precisely because they understand and recognize the importance of emerging and multidisciplinary research.

How do Collections help researchers?

Researchers can benefit from publishing in Collection in many ways. Most notably, researchers need to stay up to date with current findings in their research area. Yet, searching for relevant can be time-consuming. This is why Collections exist. By grouping research around specific topics, Collections help researchers discover, cite, and build upon the latest research in their field (and beyond). Crucially, this means researchers can spend more time focusing on what matters—conducting their own research.

How do Collections benefit society?

Enhanced relevancy isn’t just beneficial for scientists and researchers actively performing research. Everyone invested in research outcomes serves to benefit from Collections. Whether you’re a patient, practitioner, policymaker, or funder, Collections make research more discoverable and accessible to all research stakeholders, especially when Collections are published open access (OA). Not only does this benefit society, but it also boosts the impact of research.

Who can publish to a Collection? 

Researchers at all stages of their careers and from nearly every research area can submit their work to a Springer Nature Collection. Whether addressing urgent global challenges or highlighting niche yet significant areas of study, Collections are an efficient way to disseminate research. Collections ensure research reaches those who need it, when they need it.

Who would benefit from publishing to a Collection?

All researchers serve to benefit from publishing to a Collection, but Collections can be particularly valuable if you're struggling to find a suitable publication for your research. Here are three instances where publishing to a Collection offers an ideal opportunity:

  • Researchers working on trending topics

Collections can be launched more quickly than journals, allowing researchers in trending or emerging fields to publish their work and findings without delays. Collections also have submission deadlines, so additional effort is placed on processing submissions efficiently, without jeopardising quality.

  • Multidisciplinary researcher

Multi-journal Collections, such as Marine Heatwaves, or Healthy Aging, are particularly helpful for researchers struggling to publish their multidisciplinary research. If your research doesn't fit the scope of an existing journal, then a multi-journal Collection (otherwise known as a cross-journal Collection) provides a solution.

  • Researchers who want to connect and collaborate

In simple terms, Collections bring together diverse perspectives and high-quality research centered around shared themes. This makes it easier for readers and potential collaborators to discover your work. As a result, this fosters stronger connections among researchers, increases visibility for your research, and amplifies societal impact.

In summary, if you're an early career researcher aiming to make a significant impact with your first published paper, a published author exploring an emerging research area, or someone whose work spans multiple disciplines, a Collection could present new opportunities for your career and research.

Are there different types of Collections?

Springer Nature Collections cover wide ranging subjects, exploring niche topics, like Virtual Reality in Psychological Research, or, topics that are broader in scope, as with our COVID-19 Collections.

You can also submit your paper to a multi-journal Collection such as, Generative AI for Mechanical Engineering Design and Optimization. This Collection has three participating journals (Scientific Reports, Nature Communications, and Communications Engineering). In this case, the Guest Editors are inviting submissions from across a broad mechanical engineering scope. 

On the other hand, you can publish to a Collection within a single journal, such as the Discover Global Society Collection, Technology and Global Social Problems, the Scientific Reports Collection, Drought-Resistant Crops, or the BMC Public Health Collection, Effects of Exposure to Media Violence.

How are Collection topics selected?

To make sure the most relevant content is published in our Collections, our dedicated CMA team collaborates closely with research communities to select trending topics.  They also provide data analytics to support Collection topic selection and select Guest Editors for new Collections. CMA members will then work with Guest Editors to develop the scope and aims and launch new Collections. 

“In the Springer Nature Collections Management and Acquisition (CMA) team, we treat research integrity as the as the top priority in the whole process. Nothing is more important than the integrity and quality of the content published in our Collections. To safeguard our Collections, we work very closely with our Research Integrity team (RIG), listen to their advice, and use their best practices in our Collections processes.”



Kun Yu, Director of Collection Management and Acquisition, CMA

Is it easier to publish to a Collection?

At Springer Nature, we believe that all published research should be trustworthy and of high quality. That’s why we rigorously check every submitted paper. To ensure Collections content meets our strict quality and ethical standards, we treat Collection submissions with the same care and consideration as journal submissions.

Conclusion

Research is a powerful force for progress, but it becomes even more impactful when it’s connected, discoverable, and trusted. That’s why Springer Nature Collections exist: they’re designed to make that happen by bringing researchers together, elevating your work, and supporting all valid research, no matter how niche or current it may be.

If your work contributes to solving big challenges or advancing important conversations, a Collection would be a great choice for your research.

Let’s bring research together, so it can go further.

Learn more about Springer Nature Collections

Redefining impact: how inclusive publishing builds value beyond journal rankings

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Jun 19 2025

We believe that trust and reliability are the true cornerstones of good research. Across our portfolio, Springer Nature publishes many inclusive journals, whose editorial mission focuses on rigour, transparency, and relevance over selectivity. An example of this is AIDS Research and Therapy, which features as a case study in a new white paper exploring the value of all validated research.

Why citations don’t show the full impact of inclusive journals

Journal citation reports (JCR) and journal impact factors (JIFs) are frequently used in academic publishing as a measure of impact. Yet many inclusive journals are categorised in the JCR as lower quartiles (Quartile 3 or Quartile 4). This positioning can lead to a misconception about quality: while not attracting high citations, these journals offer a crucial space for foundational and descriptive studies, methodological innovation, and emerging voices from underrepresented regions or early career researchers. They publish more articles, serve niche communities, and prioritise technically sound science over selectivity.

Our white paper explores journals in Q3 and Q4 of the JCR and the value they play in their communities. That includes journals like AIDS Research and Therapy, currently a Q3 journal. As editors-in-chief Patricia Price and Barbara Castelnuovo explain, many of AIDS Research and Therapy’s authors are early-career researchers or clinicians working with constrained resources, especially across Africa and Southeast Asia. These researchers are tackling region-specific challenges with limited datasets or single-site studies which would often fall outside the scope of highly selective, high-impact journals.

“A lot of data that comes out from Africa will be a single case study, with limited population sizes based on funding,” explains Barbara Castelnuovo. These are papers that inform local clinical guidelines, shape public health decisions, and fill critical gaps in the global evidence base, even if they don’t meet the novelty threshold of a Q1 journal. She notes: “when there are 20 published papers showing differentiated service delivery is working well, then you can have countries or organisations adopting these practices.”

These studies often have particular interest beyond academia, offering direct benefits for practitioners or policymakers working in these regions. Price emphasises the importance of actionable, context-specific work in these journals, adding, “I always emphasise the need for people to describe the population that they're treating.” By addressing local and actionable issues, lower-ranked journals like AIDS Research and Therapy contribute to solving real-world challenges faced by specific communities.  This kind of impact is not captured when looking solely at the JCR.

Usage tells another story

Usage data showcases the strong interest in these titles. Our white paper analysed the usage of Springer journals and found that engagement with Q3 and Q4 titles is both high and growing. Specifically:

  • Across more than 80 disciplines, Q3 and Q4 quartile journals account for over 50% of our usage, with 60 disciplines exclusively supported by these titles.
  • Q3 and Q4 journals accounted for 22% of all item requests in 2023 (including both downloads and access denials).
  • Engagement with lower-quartile journals is growing faster than for Q1/Q2 journals: 27% year-on-year growth vs. 17%.
  • The top users of this content represent high research output countries, including China, the United States, India, Germany, and the UK.

This reinforces that these journals are delivering content that researchers rely on. These journals are homes for foundational research, detailed methodologies, null results, and protocols, all which form an essential part of open science. Inclusive journals are, therefore, advancing more transparent, reproducible, trusted research.

Publishing in an open access (OA) journal (such as AIDS and Research Therapy) can further boost impact by reaching practitioners working in lower-middle-income countries, where many institutions and individuals cannot afford subscription-based journals. Barbara Castelnuovo says, “If you publish in a journal that only three people can read in Africa, then you're not going to have any impact.” OA makes it possible for local and contextual research to influence practice.

Why an inclusive approach matters 

Inclusive journals don’t just create space for diverse research outputs, they support the development of diverse researchers. Editors play a crucial role in determining whose voices are represented in our journals. Journals like AIDS Research and Therapy exemplify this role. The journal receives a significant proportion of its submissions from inexperienced researchers with limited resources and funding. The editorial team provides tailored support to these authors, helping them refine their manuscripts and ensuring their research is both accessible and impactful. Patricia Price says, “About 50% of the papers that come to me I send straight back with a set of instructions as to how to reduce it to a brief communication […] which is readable by people for whom English is not their first language. It serves both the author and the potential reader that they are concise and precise.”

This commitment to mentorship and guidance is also highly valued by AIDs Research and Therapy’s community. In Springer Nature’s annual editorial excellence survey, over 90% of authors agreed that the editorial advice helped improve their papers and that the peer review process was well managed.

By creating an inclusive and supportive environment, Q3 and Q4 journals empower researchers from diverse backgrounds to contribute to their fields, develop their skills, and grow as researchers.  

Opportunities for editors

While there remains a role for the JCR in academic publishing, journal value cannot be defined solely by the impact factor. Inclusive journals are undervalued by ranking systems, masking their true value in delivering a home for diverse voices and content types.

It’s important that our journals reflect the radically different publishing landscape and changed realities of global research. Here are some considerations for editors:

  • Authors need different types of journals. Inclusive journals play a much-needed role in advancing foundational, negative, or methodologically-focused results.
  • These journals offer much-needed support for emerging researchers: they offer a platform to build confidence, receive feedback, and learn to publish.
  • Inclusive journals foster global knowledge sharing: they support researchers in resource-constrained environments without the means to meet the thresholds of selective journals.
  • A diverse content portfolio, representative of your broader community, signals editorial interest to authors.

Join the Conversation

To dig deeper into our findings about inclusive journals and to consider how your own editorial practices support all validated research, read the white paper.

Life in the Library – Building a career in academic librarianship

T
The Link
By: undefined, Mon Jun 16 2025

The library is at the very heart of an institution, fulfilling the vital information needs of its users. As the previous blog highlights, libraries are also becoming strategic partners in research and innovation, requiring librarians to develop new skills in data management, digital tools, and open science. With these changes come new demands on skills and career development.

This post takes a closer look at what it means to build a career in academic librarianship today. Two early-career librarians—Eilish Purton, Research and Open Scholarship Librarian at the University of Sussex, UK, and Mary Blomley, Open Research Librarian at the University of West London (UWL)—share their experiences and advice on navigating the profession and growing within it.

Starting a career in academic libraries

The way to enter a career as an academic librarian might seem quite established and straightforward. However, Eilish feels this is changing according to developments in the industry. “The information environment is getting more complex,” she says, “and libraries are trying to stay one step ahead.”

Librarians are a well-qualified bunch. Not only do they need to have a first degree, many also have a master’s degree in librarianship or information science/management, and maybe even a further bachelor’s degree in their specialist area. Over the years this has more or less become the “gold standard” – the definitive route created by the industry.

Mary feels that librarians need a solid foundation. “It’s a good basis for starting your library career as it allows you to gain experience before you specialise in a specific library position. The library sector is constantly changing, at the mercy of things like technology, funding and government, so you have to be very flexible. That means the more skills a librarian has, the better equipped they are to cope with the constant changes.” Eilish agrees. “Most young people don’t enter librarianship knowing that they want to work in an academic library, but end up doing so as they learn more about the sector.”

But this amount of study requires a huge investment in time and money, which is increasingly difficult for many aspiring librarians. Some institutions are removing the requirement to have a library degree but it’s the subject of quite some debate.

Library careers and equal opportunities

Entering the industry as an apprentice or graduate trainee is an alternative option, and this is seen by many as a more equitable selection process. “In the shorter term,” says Eilish, “a masters’ will still notionally be seen as compulsory as candidates will distinguish themselves by having one. But traineeships are a great thing,” she adds. “Libraries should be focused on equality of access.”

In general, starting as an apprentice or trainee leads to entry-level, more functional positions in the library rather than more senior, specialised roles in academic libraries. Once you’re in, it’s possible to work your way up to a full librarian position, but it’s necessary to gain extra qualifications and undertake further training along the way. The opportunities to do so are many and varied – they’re also often easily accessible which enables librarians to absorb them in their daily routine.

CPD and digital skills for librarians

Accessible continuing professional development (CPD) is crucial for library professionals. Despite having an accredited masters’ degree, Mary is constantly on the lookout for opportunities to gain new skills and stay up-to-date, and she’s encouraged to do so by library management. “I tend to go for webinars, in areas such as open research and AI. I find it’s essential in order to for me to progress within academic libraries.”

Mary’s focus on open research and AI aligns with broader trends in the profession. As noted in the previous blog, librarians are increasingly expected to support research data management, digital scholarship, and open access initiatives—skills that are becoming essential for career progression.

CILIP, UKSG and SCONUL offer a wide range of online courses and webinars suitable for early career librarians, which are free and easy to access. It’s essential for librarians to tap into resources like these to enhance their professional careers, which in turn benefits the institutions they’re a part of.

Mary finds the leadership programme she takes part in very useful, especially focusing on teamwork and how to resolve conflict. “Communication in general is often taken for granted but in academic libraries we deal with very different stakeholders such as lecturers and students, so it’s really important.”

Mentoring and peer learning in libraries

With many budgets and staff counts suffering under the strain of cuts, learning from within and from your peers is more important than ever. There are useful early career librarian organisations who provide support and career opportunities such as NLPN and the ECLAIR Community in the UK. In the US, the ALA runs a range of mentoring programmes for all career stages in the academic library.

Mentoring supports both personal growth and professional development, while also helping library staff stay aligned with broader research goals. It’s an effective way to build skills, share experience, and strengthen the role of librarians in today’s research environment. According to Shin Freedman, head of Scholarly Resources and Collections at Framingham State University Library, mentoring capitalises on an institution’s intellectual resources to develop its professionals, with long-lasting beneficial effects for mentees, mentors and library organisations.

It’s mentoring that Eilish finds most important of all for staff development. “This is a sector that thrives off good mentorship. It’s the best kind of training you can have, growing and developing alongside someone with more experience.”

Lifelong learning for library professionals

Although every library is different in their approach to how they build and nurture their teams, it’s clear that there’s a strong emphasis on learning, both as a team and individually. Librarians are highly adaptable and excel at managing change - they’re also exceptionally proactive in seeking out ways to enrich their professional growth and enhance their careers.

As Eilish says, the library sector attracts clever people with a love of learning. “Librarians are highly educated in acquiring information, whether for their users or for themselves,” she says. “After all, when you’re working in information, can you ever be done gathering information or training in it?”

Looking to learn more about how librarians are growing into leadership roles and supporting change in their institutions? This white paper and recorded session on Leadership in the Library offers helpful insights and real-world examples that build on the themes explored in this blog.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

How your researchers can easily identify their eligibility to publish OA

T
The Link
By: undefined, Fri Jun 13 2025

It is important that researchers easily and clearly recognise when they are eligible for financial support to publish open access (OA). Let’s explore the various ways your researchers can get this information for publishing OA in Springer Nature journals: On the Journal Finder’s list of results, in the webpages of individual journals via the eligibility checker, and on the OA agreement country pages.

Librarians support their researchers as they navigate the complex landscape of scholarly communication and research dissemination. With an important role in advancing OA publishing, particularly for their researchers, librarians offer support regarding publication options, funder requirements, possible funding, and much more.

OA agreements support your researchers to publish OA, and are increasingly the primary way researchers finance OA publishing. It is therefore important that information about the option to publish OA with fees covered is made available and easily accessible to researchers along the way. This pertinent information supports their informed decisions and helps them maximise the visibility of their work. It helps to ensure that your institutions’ agreements are used for the benefit of the researchers and the scientific community.

To support authors in finding out about their eligibility for OA publishing funding, Springer Nature has different pathways that make this information available and clear to researchers. Whether they are browsing journal recommendations from the Journal Finder, exploring the webpages of specific journals of interest to them, or actively checking on availability of OA publishing coverage through their institutional affiliation, the information is there for them.

Looking for a relevant journal? Get information on APC coverage directly in your search results

Researchers search for relevant journals relating to their discipline, field of study, and research needs. Springer Nature’s Journal Finder provides researchers targeted recommendations based on their input of keywords. This saves researchers time and guesswork when they get a list of thematically-relevant journals, along with key journal information such as scope, article types accepted, and metrics.

As of May, they also get information on article processing charge (APC) coverage, right there for each result in the Journal Finder. At a glance, they can now directly see in which of their search results they are covered by an OA agreement , and what level of APC support is available to them. This information is personalised to their institutional affiliation, identified through their IP or self-declared.

P_SN Finder01 © Springer Nature 2025
P_SN Finder01 © Springer Nature 2025

Springer Nature’s Journal Finder showing APC coverage per journal

Eligibility checker on journal pages: Finding out about OA funding, where it matters most

With the eligibility checker, researchers can easily and clearly identify whether they are eligible for OA publishing funding, directly on each of Springer Nature’s journals pages.

When a researcher is checking out a journal’s page, the eligibility checker informs on funding availability, based on the researcher’s institutional affiliation – either identified through an IP address or self-declared.

With the eligibility checker’s notification on the journal’s webpage, researchers can find out about APC coverage through the relevant OA agreement for the specific journal they are browsing.

Eligibility for OA publishing © Springer Nature 2025

Springer Nature’s eligibility checker on journal pages

New country pages make it easy to learn about relevant OA agreements

It is now easier than ever to browse through Springer Nature’s OA agreement pages and find out about the various agreements by country and institution. For your researchers and anyone interested in finding out about the opportunity to publish OA with fees covered under an OA agreement, these pages offer a clear overview. 

Visit the OA agreements page where you’ll find the section with OA agreements by region.

OA agreements page © Springer Nature 2025

Springer Nature’s OA agreement webpage showing agreements by region


Under each region you’ll find the relevant countries for that region. Each country has a dedicated page with information about the relevant consortia and individual OA agreements, a full list of institutions that offer OA publishing coverage under any type of agreement, and information on upcoming author webinars relevant to them.


Whichever way your researchers choose to publish with Springer Nature, they’ll easily and clearly learn about their OA funding options.

Learn more about Springer Nature OA agreements and their benefits to libraries and institutions.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Science on the Hill: Planning for a post quantum future

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Jun 11 2025

2025 is the ninth year that Scientific American and Nature Portfolio—part of Springer Nature—hosted Science on the Hill, an event that seeks to ensure that the knowledge, findings and insights generated by research reaches policymakers who are helping make decisions that affect all of us.

This year’s discussion on Capitol Hill was titled ‘Planning for a post quantum future’.

The gathering featured a panel of three distinguished experts:

  • Eric Rescorla, a former CTO of Firefox and former Chief Technologist at the Center for Forecasting and Outbreak Analytics
  • Dr. Zaira Nazario, quantum theorist and Director of Science and Technology at the Office of the Director at IBM Research
  • Nima Leclerc, research scientist at the MITRE Corporation

and was moderated by Clara Moskowitz, Senior Editor, Scientific American. The event was attended by a bipartisan group of policymakers from Congress, federal agencies, and academia.

I spoke to Laura Patton, Head of Government Affairs, US at Springer Nature, who orchestrated this year’s panel.

Quantum is a buzzword getting a lot of attention recently? Why is that?

2025 has been declared the International Year of Quantum Science and Technology! Digital security experts around the world have their eyes fixed on the Y2Q—“Years to Quantum”—clock, which ticks down the time until the projected date when a quantum computer will be able to break an essential form of modern cryptography. Called public-key cryptography, it keeps your credit card number safe when you shop online and ensures that your phone's software update is coming from the phone company and not a hacker. But a quantum computer would render the standard types of public-key cryptography useless. And for governments and other institutions that need to keep secrets for the long term, the real deadline is much sooner, because if encrypted data sent today get stored, then a future quantum computer could retroactively decrypt the messages.

Tell us a little about the panelists? And who attended the event?

The panelists were Eric Rescolra, a former CTO of Firefox and former Chief Technologist at the Center for Forecasting and Outbreak Analytics, Dr. Zaira Nazario, quantum theorist and Director of Science and Technology at the Office of the Director at IBM Research, and Nima Leclerc, research scientist at the MITRE Corporation. The event was attended by a bipartisan group of policymakers from Congress, federal agencies, and academia.

SOTH25_event_1 © Springer Nature

What were the key takeaways?

Panelists discussed why public key cryptography is vulnerable to quantum, how many years are left until it can be broken, the potential implications of AI on quantum technology, and what governments and private organizations should be doing now to protect themselves. The panelists suggested areas that Congress could take action, including in federal funding, workforce development, and securing the hardware supply chain.

The panelists suggested areas that Congress could take action, including in federal funding, workforce development, and securing the hardware supply chain. 
Laura Patton, Head of Government Affairs, US, Springer Nature 

Why is it so important in general that knowledge and insights generated by research reaches policymakers?

When it comes to the newest scientific discoveries, we need to connect conversations about the “what and how” with the “why and why not”.  Researchers and policymakers often stay in their own silos, and have their own, separate modes of communication, and now more than ever conversation between the two is vital to address the world's challenges.

Science on the Hill events have been going strong for 9 years already now. Tell me a little about the concept in general.

We know that researchers want their research to have an impact, of course within the research community but also in addressing the global challenges we all face. In a Springer Nature survey a few years ago, 68% of authors Springer Nature surveyed - especially younger researchers - said that it is ‘extremely’ or ‘very’ important that research has societal impact beyond academia. We want to help them achieve this, and also to connect research with policymakers - policymakers who use the research to make decisions that impact communities here in the United States and around the world. At Springer Nature, our objective is to be a connection between the world of science and policy, and to make sure everyone benefits from the findings, knowledge, and insights that the research community generates, and Science on the Hill is a great way to achieve that goal.

Find out more, read related content and watch the recording of Science on The Hill 2025 ‘Planning for a post quantum future’

Laura Patton © Springer Nature

Laura Patton - Head of Government Affairs, US.

Laura works to disseminate and promote research from Springer Nature publications to a Congressional audience and other key policymakers, as well as build understanding of the scholarly publishing ecosystem. Before joining Springer Nature in 2022, she worked in congressional relations at the RAND Corporation. Laura started her career in Congress where she served as an aide to Representative David Obey, Chair of the House Appropriations Committee. She has an M.A. from Johns Hopkins University.


Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Fostering inclusivity and gender equity in engineering education

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue Jun 10 2025

June 23 marks International Women in Engineering Day, now in its 12th year. With the theme #TogetherWeEngineer, this global event highlights the importance of collaboration and inclusivity in shaping the future of engineering. Since its launch by the Women’s Engineering Society in 2014 and recognition by UNESCO in 2016, the day has become a key moment to reflect on progress—and the work still to be done.

One area where change begins is education. In April 2025, a new book series—Emergent Directions in Engineering Education—was launched to explore how engineering education can become more inclusive, innovative, and globally relevant. The first titles will be published in the coming months.

This books series, launched by publishing editor Claudia Acuna and series editor Jeffrey Buckley, builds on themes explored in earlier blogs. We’ve looked at how engineering is evolving to meet global challenges, from sustainability and emerging technologies, to supporting the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. This new books series continues that conversation—placing equity, access, and representation at the heart of engineering’s future.

We spoke with the series editors to learn more about the goals of the collection, the upcoming volumes, and how the series aims to support gender equity in engineering education.

1. What inspired the launch of the new book series “Emergent Directions in Engineering Education” and what gap in the literature does it aim to fill?

Engineering education is a vibrant and evolving field, yet within our education research publishing portfolio, there was a noticeable gap—projects related to engineering education often lacked a dedicated home. When such works emerged, they were scattered across different series, making it harder for readers to discover and engage with them cohesively. By establishing this dedicated book series, we aim to bring together groundbreaking contributions in engineering education, increasing accessibility and visibility for scholars, educators, and practitioners. Our ultimate goal is to become the go-to publishing house for transformative works in this field, fostering deeper connections within the academic community.

2. How do you hope it will impact the engineering community?

This series serves as a dynamic platform for exploring innovative and transformative developments in engineering education. By spotlighting emerging visions and future-oriented directions, we hope to inspire new research, pedagogical strategies, and interdisciplinary collaborations that shape the next generation of engineering education.

Are there any books already in the pipeline and if so around which topics?

Yes, several exciting volumes are in development! One contracted volume explores Interdisciplinary Engineering Education for Complex Real-World Challenges, while another—approved for contracting—examines Advancing Engineering Education in Africa. Additionally, we are considering several other projects that explore diverse and impactful areas within the field.

3. Where do you see the future of engineering education heading in the next decade?

Engineering education is poised for significant transformation, driven by developments in both industry and pedagogy. As concepts like Industry 5.0 and the emerging discourse around Industry 6.0 take shape, which emphasise human-centric innovation, resilience, sustainability, and advanced human-machine collaboration, engineering education evolves in parallel. We foresee a more learner-centric approach that integrates interdisciplinary collaboration, ethical reasoning, and real-world problem-solving at its core. Pedagogical innovation will play a critical role, with immersive technologies such as virtual and augmented reality, AI-powered tutors, and adaptive learning environments becoming increasingly prevalent. The future lies in preparing engineers who are not only technically proficient but also socially responsible, adaptable, and equipped to navigate complex, fast-changing global challenges.

4. How do you envision the series supporting academic libraries and their users—particularly in terms of curriculum development or research support?
The Emergent Directions in Engineering Education book series is designed to be a vital resource for academic libraries. It supports curriculum development by providing educators with forward-thinking research, case studies, and methodologies that can be integrated into engineering courses. Additionally, it serves as a valuable tool for research support, offering critical reviews, emerging scholarship, and curated insights that help scholars navigate complex topics. By housing these resources in one cohesive collection, libraries can facilitate easier discovery and engagement for students and faculty alike.

5. Are there any upcoming volumes that focus on underrepresented groups in engineering, such as women or minorities?
One project already approved for contracting is Advancing Engineering Education in Africa, which highlights diverse perspectives on engineering education in the region. We are also actively considering several proposals that address issues related to underrepresented groups, ensuring that voices traditionally marginalized in engineering education are brought to the forefront. Our commitment extends beyond specific volumes—we aim to foster a more inclusive and representative dialogue within the field.

6. How is the series addressing gender equity in engineering education, either through specific volumes or editorial direction?

The Emergent Directions in Engineering Education series is committed to fostering inclusivity and gender equity in engineering education. While the series covers a broad range of topics, we actively encourage submissions that explore gender-related challenges, best practices, and strategies for increasing diversity in engineering. Additionally, we seek contributions from diverse authors and scholars to ensure a wide range of perspectives are represented.

7. What trends have you observed in the representation of women authors or editors in engineering education publishing?
While engineering education publishing has historically been male-dominated, the past two decades have seen a clear and encouraging rise in the visibility and influence of women in the field. More women are leading research and authoring high-impact work, and also taking on prominent leadership roles in engineering education societies and editorial roles in leading journals—shaping the direction of scholarship and expanding the field’s intellectual horizons. However, there is still work to be done to ensure equitable representation, and we actively support efforts to amplify the voices of women in engineering education.

8. Are there particular challenges or opportunities in publishing research on women in engineering that you’ve encountered?
One challenge is the underrepresentation of women in engineering research, which can make it difficult to find a broad range of studies on gender equity in the field. However, this also presents an opportunity—by publishing works that highlight gender-related issues, we can help drive awareness and encourage further research. The series aims to provide a platform for discussions on gender equity, mentorship, and systemic barriers that women face in engineering education.

9. How can academic libraries better support the visibility and impact of scholarship by and about women in engineering?
Academic libraries play a crucial role in promoting gender-equity research. They can curate collections that highlight works by women authors, create research guides focused on gender diversity in engineering, and collaborate with publishers to ensure these materials are accessible. Libraries can also organize events and discussions that bring attention to the contributions of women in engineering education.

10. What advice would you give to aspiring women engineers and scientists who are looking to make an impact?
Believe in your expertise and contributions—your voice matters. Seek out mentors, build strong professional networks, and advocate for inclusivity in your field. Engineering thrives on diverse perspectives, and your insights can help shape the future of the discipline. Stay curious, challenge norms, and never hesitate to push boundaries in research and practice.

11. How can industry leaders and policymakers support the advancement of women in engineering on a global scale?

Industry leaders and policymakers can drive meaningful change by:

  • Implementing policies that promote gender equity in STEM education and workplaces.
  • Funding scholarships and grants for women pursuing engineering careers.
  • Establishing mentorship programs that connect women engineers with industry leaders.
  • Encouraging diverse hiring practices and leadership opportunities for women in engineering

There are many ways for institutions to further amplify the voices of women in engineering. They can actively recruit and support women authors and editors, drive funding research initiatives focused on gender equity in engineering and create mentorship and networking opportunities for women in academia. Springer Nature’s Macmillan Education department is supporting this cause through inclusive publishing guidelines, which are being put into practice across Curriculum and ELT to ensure diversity and inclusion within their work. These are based on core principles, including embracing inclusivity, remembering the bigger picture and overall contribution to inclusion in the wider society. Together we can shape the future.

Explore Springer Nature’s Engineering eBook Collection. Interested in adding the Engineering Collection to your library? Contact us for more information and licensing options.

Related content

_______________________________________________________________________

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Engineering a more inclusive future for women in STEM

T
The Link
By: undefined, Thu Jun 5 2025

Creating space for women in engineering isn’t a one-size-fits-all effort—it happens in classrooms, labs, workplaces, and boardrooms, and it involves everyone from educators and publishers to industry leaders and policymakers. Libraries also play a key role by supporting access to research that highlights gender equity and sparks important conversations. The Engineering eBook Collection includes titles that contribute to this dialogue, such as Advancing Women in Engineering by Dr. Bronwyn Chorlton.

In this blog, Dr. Chorlton shares insights from her research, the everyday challenges women face in engineering, and how small, thoughtful changes can lead to meaningful progress. This conversation is part of a wider dialogue on equity in STEM, reflected in many of the stories shared across Springer Nature’s platforms.

Tell us about your book, why did you decide to write it?

Our book was inspired by the many, many, many conversations that my co-author John Gales (York University) and I had together, as well as with practicing engineers, students, and academics about the challenges that they have faced in the profession.

It is so easy for a small thing to have a big impact on someone’s experience – for example, when a first-year engineering student goes to buy personal protective equipment for their first laboratory, what if they don’t even make steel-toed boots that come in their size? What if there is one pair of safety glasses labelled as being for women in the safety supplies store, and that pair of safety glasses is more expensive than the others (while also being inexplicably embellished with rhinestones). Of course, I saw and heard of many types of issues and challenges that were arising, big and small, the aforementioned is just one tiny example of a seemingly insignificant thing that can have an impact.

Who is your book aimed at and what impact do you hope it will have on your field of research and its readers?

The main question I aimed to answer was, how are the experiences of women in engineering unique? In Canada, we know that women leave the profession at higher rates than men, and even among those that graduate from an accredited undergraduate engineering program, fewer women than men are going on to becoming fully licensed engineers. I wanted to understand why that is – is the experience different among genders? What barriers are women facing? As a part of this, I surveyed over 700 people – engineers, academics, and engineering students – to understand what might be happening.

This book is meant for anyone active in engineering education or the engineering industry who wants to better understand the experiences of women in the field, and how they can support them. As a result, I think this book is particularly well suited to those in leadership positions.  I hope that this book has impact on several different levels – from simply understanding some of the challenges that women can face in the industry, to highlighting some of the recommendations that are outlined in each chapter and conclusion of the book.

How did you get into engineering?

I always loved Math growing up, but didn’t know exactly where that would take me. My father was an engineer, so while it was always clear he would love to see me as an engineer as well, there are so many misconceptions about what engineers really do and the impact that they can have.

Eventually, I was drawn to the Architecture Conservation and Sustainability Engineering program at Carleton University in Ottawa, as I wanted to blend my love of math with a creative angle. From there, I was hooked – particularly on structural engineering – and the rest is history.

How important is this field of research in the current environment? What influence does it have on current/future research, industry and policies?

I think that looking at the experiences of women in engineering is extremely important. There have been significant efforts to recruit women into the profession, and I think as a field we have a responsibility that to make sure that the profession we are recruiting them into is conducive to a rewarding career.

I hope that this research influences organizations in appreciating that there are different experiences being had – increasing awareness on creating more equitable and inclusive work and education environments. I hope that the results of the book encourage reflection on policies that could further support these groups – helping to promote the retention of women. This could revolve around themes of mentorship, collaboration, and resources, among other topics discussed in the book.

Have you faced any challenges as a female research/professional in engineering? If so, what were these challenges?

I think everyone faces challenges in their career from time to time. I think that many people who are not in the majority group of their field can tell you of times they’ve experienced microaggressions, outright discrimination, and systematic inequality. I think many people in these positions are often the only ones that look like them sitting at the table, and they have to speak up in order to have their voices heard. It can be hard!

How accepting is the engineering landscape for women in the field? What could be improved in your opinion?

Occasionally when I mention this area of interest to people, they will comment that the field of engineering has gotten a lot better in the past 10, 20, however many years. And it’s true! I think things have gotten better and I think things continue to get better.

That said, I think we still have a way to go. I think we need to get better at identifying unconscious biases that are woven throughout our thought processes and impact our decision making. These affect scenarios like hiring, how someone might be evaluated, and the roles they are expected to take during a project – all of which can affect a persons experience in their profession.

I also think we need to support women during periods of transition – for example, transitions from high school to university, transitioning to the workplace, etc. Looking at the case of students transitioning to university, recommendations we outlined in the book include that new initiatives to promote inclusion should be closely monitored and adapted as needed, with emphasis placed on promoting an inclusive peer culture which could be done through actively encouraging collaboration and mentorship.

There are several more areas of consideration and suggestions for improvement outlined in the book.

What advice would you give to female engineering students and those starting out in the industry based on your experience?

To engineering students, I would say that you belong here, and you can succeed here!

I think when people have a preconceived notion that they are not able to succeed, it becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy – they are less likely to follow up on the items they are struggling with, put in the hours to solve the tough problems they are working with. So know that you CAN succeed in what you’re working on – it might be tough, you might need to ask for help, but you can do it.

Which brings me to my next point, which is that if you have a question, ask it. The only questions I’ve ever regretted were the ones I didn’t ask. And likewise, if you want an opportunity, go for it – don’t hold back in raising your hand, or putting your name forward just because you might not be the perfect fit, or you’re concerned of what people might think. You never know what might happen unless you put yourself out there!

What should an organization consider when setting out to create a gender diverse workplace and the environment in which it can prosper? 

I think it is important to consider the local context – every organization will have its own unique strengths and challenges. Overall, I think it is important for organizations to have continual feedback from underrepresented groups about their experiences, and whether initiatives put in place to support these groups are effective. One theme we saw emerging from many participant responses was the importance of collaboration, and having input on the work they are doing. We found that engineers who reported greater ability to do collaborative work were more likely to say they wanted to remain in their current position (and beyond!), enhancing both the projects as well as cultivating a sense of community.

Empowering women in engineering with research and resources

Dr. Chorlton’s work is a great reminder that making engineering more inclusive isn’t just about big changes—it’s also about the everyday actions that help people feel seen, supported, and valued. Whether it’s through mentorship, better policies, or simply creating space for more voices, every effort matters. If you’re curious to hear from more women shaping the future of engineering, you’ll find inspiring perspectives from Alice Cline Parker, Alice E. Smith, Margaret Bailey, and Pamela M. Norris. Also, there’s a growing collection of author conversations with female researchers across disciplines sharing their experiences and insights.

You can learn more about how Springer Nature supports diversity and inclusion in research. And if you’re looking to bring this kind of content to your library, get in touch with us about adding the Engineering eBook Collection.

Bronwyn Chorlton © Springer Nature
About the author:

Bronwyn Chorlton is an Assistant Professor (Teaching) in the Department of Civil Engineering at the University of Calgary, in Alberta, Canada.  She received her engineering doctorate from York University in Toronto, Ontario, Canada in 2021. Her research background is focused on the discipline of structural fire engineering, and in particular the structural fire performance of historic and innovate timber products. In addition, Dr. Chorlton is a passionate supporter and advocate for equity, diversity and inclusivity in engineering and has led a multi-year research project supporting the retention of women in engineering.

Related content

_______________________________________________________________________

Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Safe, seen, supported: Better social and healthcare systems for LGBTQ+ communities

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu Jun 5 2025

In June, Pride Month is an important reminder that equity still requires our efforts. In this special blog, Aparna Anantharaman, the Co-Chair of Springer Nature’s SDG 10 Working Group, showcases a selection of publications that highlight the challenges facing the LGBTQ+ community. Research that supports the efforts to achieve equity, inclusion, and justice for all.

June is Pride Month, a time to celebrate LGBTQ+ (lesbians, gay, bisexuals, transgender, queer, and others represented by the plus sign) communities and reflect on the progress made toward equality, while acknowledging the discrimination and harm these communities have historically faced. As conversations around equity, inclusion, and justice grow louder, the call to build better social and healthcare systems for LGBTQ+ communities has never been more urgent.

For LGBTQ+ individuals to thrive, systems must be reimagined to prioritise safety, visibility, and support. This aligns closely with Sustainable Development Goal 10: Reduced Inequalities (SDG 10), which aims to reduce inequality within and among countries, highlighting the importance of inclusive policies and practices that leave no one behind.

In this blog, I bring together a selection of research and insights from content published in Springer Nature that highlights key considerations for creating more inclusive social and healthcare systems that better serve the LGBTQ+ community. You’ll find links to the articles and book chapters I mention, which cover the topics of higher education, mental health, inclusion in clinical research, transgender healthcare, and utilising emerging technologies for inclusion.

This pride month, I urge you to both celebrate the LGBTQ+ community as well as recognise and understand the challenges they face. The research shared below brings these important topics to light and supports the efforts to address them.

To build systems that make LGBTQ+ individuals feel safe, seen, and supported, transformations across every level are essential. And in making these changes, we don’t just improve outcomes for LGBTQ+ individuals — we build stronger and more compassionate systems for all.

Equitable education for LGBTQ+ students: Learning without fear

There are many challenges to creating equitable learning environments. In the journal Learning Environments Research, a recent article presents a model to support lecturers in establishing an inclusive learning environment by building on students’ different perspectives and talents in higher education.

Supporting inclusive education is important already in the school system, where LGBTQ+ students face bullying and exclusion. A chapter in a book on violence against LGBTQ+ persons describes the negative mental health and academic concerns that this bullying leads to, such as depression, anxiety, increased truancy, and poorer grades.

The authors identify strategies that educators can use to foster a safe and inclusive environment for sexual and gender diverse youth. In a book on transforming unequal gender relations, one chapter suggests mechanisms to prevent and mitigate bullying. These suggestions for strategies and mechanisms aim to enable a safe and nurturing learning environment for LGBTQ+ students. They include implementing anti-bullying policies, raising awareness about gender and sexual diversity, establishing safe reporting systems, and more.

LGBTQ+ mental health: Addressing a crisis

As global conversations around equity and inclusion evolve, intentional support for LGBTQ+ mental health must become a priority in both clinical and social policy frameworks to create a more just and supportive world. Affirmative, inclusive mental health services — both in-person and virtual — are crucial for reducing minority stress and improving resilience, self-esteem, and overall well-being.

LGBTQ+ youth often struggle to access mental health services due to a lack of affirming providers, consent barriers, or geographic limitations. A chapter published in a book on telemental healthcare showed that telehealth presents a promising solution for LGBTQ+ youth due to the broader accessibility it offers.

LGBTQ+ mental health remains a critical yet underexplored area in many parts of the world. This is certainly the case in India, where academic focus on sexual and gender minorities has only recently extended beyond HIV/AIDS prevention.

Transgender individuals, in particular, face unique challenges such as parental rejection in a society that places high value on familial ties, discrimination in healthcare settings, and complex dynamics within queer-trans communities. In a book chapter about a study undertaken in India, researchers revealed key themes related to transgender individuals’ relationships with parents, healthcare experiences, and community interactions, all of which impact their well-being.

Another book chapter of a study undertaken in India and exploring sexual orientation and mental health among young adults shows that heterosexual individuals tend to report higher levels of resilience and self-esteem compared to their homosexual, bisexual, and asexual peers. And in the workplace, according to a book chapter on awareness towards LGBTQ+ inclusion, members of the LGBTQ+ community face discrimination and job insecurity, despite growing visibility and policy discussions around inclusion.

LGBTQ+ inclusion in health and clinical research

Promoting LGBTQ+ health equity requires such efforts as inclusive study designs, improved data collection, legal protections, stigma reduction, and targeted health interventions. Representation in clinical trials is essential to fair and effective healthcare.

Nature Reviews Urology used the Pride month celebrations as an opportunity to consider how the field of urology can improve inclusion and healthcare for LGBTQ+ patients. In 2021, the NRU Pride collection brought together research on LGBTQ+ healthcare.

But most biomedical, health, and care research continues to inadequately account for the sex and gender dimensions of health and illness, reducing scientific rigour and leading to less effective treatments, particularly for women and sex and gender diverse populations. A recent article in npj Women’s Health sets out key actions for the UK research sector to embed meaningful accounting for sex and gender as a new norm for research practice.

In Nature Medicine, an article provides a roadmap for engagement and inclusion of LGBTQIA+ people in clinical research to confront their underrepresentation, which can result from binary gendered eligibility criteria that exclude participation by transgender, gender diverse, and intersex people.

Sexual and gender minority (SGM) communities also face unique cancer risks. A book chapter discusses opportunities to address challenge globally, through legal protections, prevention efforts, and others.

Healthcare for transgender and nonbinary individuals

Transgender and gender diverse (TGD) individuals face numerous and deeply entrenched barriers to high-quality healthcare, including challenges related to gender identity, race, socioeconomic status, education, immigration status, employment, and insurance. To reduce healthcare disparities for TGD populations, systemic and institutional changes are essential, alongside efforts to eliminate stigma.

Increasing numbers of transgender and nonbinary youth are seeking gender-affirming care, which has been shown to improve health and well-being. An article in Nature Reviews Endocrinology examines standard therapies and introduces novel approached as it explores how individualised gender-embodiment care can address the needs of youth up to age 18.

A study of dosing behaviour in Humanities and Social Sciences Communications analysed survey data from 379 trans individuals, to better understand deviations from prescribed doses of gender-affirming hormones, which improve psychological functioning and quality of life for transgender and nonbinary (trans) people. Overuse (24% took more hormones than prescribed) was linked to having the same provider for primary and gender-affirming care and to gender-based discrimination, while underuse (57% took less) was associated with income and insurance barriers. This article highlights the need to address access and affordability to support safe, effective hormone use.

AI and LGBTQ+ Inclusion

The use of technology is revolutionising healthcare, education, and social services. But without careful design, it risks reinforcing existing biases.

Men who have sex with men (MSM) who use dating apps are more likely to engage in condomless anal sex than those who do not. In npj Digital Medicine, a two-arm randomised controlled trial evaluated an interactive web-based intervention aimed at promoting safer sex practices. This kind of intervention has proven to be effective in sexual health promotion, and the articles shows results demonstrating a significant reduction in risky sexual behaviour.

An article in Nature Computational Science shows how digital safety systems used by artificial intelligence (AI) companies, though intended to protect users from offensive or inaccurate content, have sometimes inadvertently censored LGBTQ+ material. While many examples presented in the article stem from systemic bias rather than intent, efforts to create representational equity face many challenges.

Research that supports LGBTQ+ individuals and beyond

To build systems that make LGBTQ+ individuals feel safe, seen, and supported, transformations across every level — daily public life, higher education, mental health, technology development, and clinical research — are essential. Research and publications, like those presented in this blog, pave the way to identifying challenges and achieving progress. And in making these changes, we don’t just improve outcomes for LGBTQ+ individuals — we build stronger and more compassionate systems for all.

Celebrating the LGBTQ+ community: Explore more research in honour of Pride Month 2025 and in support of SDG 10.
 

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Diversifying our editorial boards in China – an EBM’s perspective

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Jun 4 2025

China’s rapid rise as a global leader in research makes it essential for editors to engage and collaborate with world-leading institutions and high-impact researchers from the region. Since early 2024, we have recruited more than 3,000 new EBMs from China to bring more diverse expertise and perspectives to our journals. In this blog, we hear from Dr Qiaolei Jiang, Associate Professor & Associate Chair of the School Board at the School of Journalism and Communication, Tsinghua University and an EBM for Scientific Reports. Dr Jiang shares her experience of becoming an EBM, and explains why representation from China is so important for research publishing.

editorial boards in China © Springernature 2025

Spotlight on Dr Qiaolei Jiang

Jiang © springernture 2025

Dr Jiang’s research spans communication and media studies, with a focus on emerging technologies such as social media, mobile communication, and AI. As an interdisciplinary researcher whose work bridges multiple fields, Dr Jiang acknowledges the role that academic journals play in advancing knowledge through diverse conversations. “Journals can work as a hub or platform for the whole academic community, which includes editorial board members, reviewers, authors, and other scholars,” she explains. “Journals are very important in nurturing the scholarly community and helping it grow and become more interactive.”

Keenly aware of the impact of digital divides from her own research, Dr Jiang views journal diversity as key to closing knowledge gaps. “Maybe it's related to my research background,” she notes, “but diversity can really help to deal with the so-called knowledge gap for academic communities.” Whether it concerns regional representation, gender balance, or varying career stages, Dr Jiang emphasises the importance of diverse voices. “A lot of very important issues cannot fully be researched by scholars from a single discipline,” she adds. “We need collaboration, and I think academic journals can be one of the platforms for scholars to meet each other and share their findings so they can provide insights from different angles and perspectives.”

How diverse editorial boards support research outcomes

A diverse editorial board is essential for creating a platform that accommodates diverse perspectives, provides essential contextual knowledge and enables new, innovative ways of thinking. “Because scholars are trained within their own specific disciplines and within institutions from specific areas, people may think within their own box,” explains Dr Jiang. “With more diverse editorial board members, we can think outside-of-the-box, know more possibilities, or alternative ways to improve the decision-making or review process.”

Local expertise is also critical for ensuring unbiased evaluation of research. “You really have to understand the context of the research and even culture before you are able to make a fair decision whether research is good or bad,” explains Springer Nature’s Journals Growth Director in Greater China, Chongfang Wang. To do this requires more reviewers and editorial board members who represent the research the journal is receiving.

Considerations for EBM recruitment in China 

Cultural factors can sometimes hinder participation in editorial roles. According to Dr Jiang, more junior researchers may lack confidence in their experience: “For some young scholars, they are not quite sure whether they are confident, and if they are ready to provide feedback.” Meanwhile, more senior scholars may also hold back from seeking EBM positions. “They may also be waiting for the journal to invite them or to be recommended,” adds Dr Jiang. “I think it's related to the Chinese culture, being more modest.”

Publishers can address these barriers by taking a proactive approach and investing in editorial engagement. “Nowadays we have more international interactions so there will be more chances for Chinese researchers to meet with editors … so they can see the opportunity to take roles,” says Dr Jiang.” Collaboration with associations or research institutions is another effective route for editors to engage with more Chinese researchers. (Look out for a follow up blog where we will explore this in more detail).

Supporting and training new EBMs

Beyond recruitment, continuous support and training are essential for EBMs. Springer Nature offers access to a range of online training and communities, as well as face-to-face interactions to build expertise and best practices. “After I accepted the invitation, I received the Code of Conduct with a lot of details about [EBM] responsibilities,” says Dr Jiang. “I regularly receive e-mails about workshops and last year we had a face-to-face meeting. It was fantastic to meet everyone, we talked about a lot of issues. The hybrid and offline resources and interaction are quite helpful for getting me more involved.”

For Dr Jiang, the time invested in being an EBM is well spent, something she encourages others to consider. “Choosing to take an editorial role means a lot of responsibility at the beginning,” she says. “In the short term, it means more work and more responsibility, especially for junior scholars. But for me, I think in the long run, it's really helpful because you have a chance to learn how publishing works. If you become part of the community, you will learn a lot … and you will feel like it's worth it.”

Learn more about China’s development as a leader in global research by reading the Springer Nature Global Research Pulse: China report 

How do you determine the value of a journal?

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed Jun 4 2025

As an author, how do you choose where to publish an article? Often, prestige and rankings, such as the Journal Citation Reports (JCR), come into consideration. In a new white paper, we’re exploring why all validated research is important. We challenge assumptions about journals with lower impact factors, showing that these journals are widely used, play a vital role in supporting specialised fields, promote inclusive publishing, and help early career researchers gain essential publishing experience. 

What is the point of journal rankings?

Journal Impact Factors (JIFs) and citation counts are often used to judge a journal’s value. But are they really the best way to assess the significance of a research contribution? “While a level of standardisation can be useful for evaluating and comparing journals, metrics like the Journal Impact Factor (JIF) and citation counts are often overemphasised as indicators of significance and novelty,” says Steven Inchcoombe, President of Research at Springer Nature. “This overreliance on JIFs is a concern for researchers and funders. A narrow focus on highly citable topics can come at the expense of innovative or exploratory research.”

Instead, we believe that trust and reliability should be treated as the cornerstones of good research. Our portfolio includes many inclusive journals, focused on methodological rigour and transparency. Many of these titles are categorised by the Journal Citation Reports as quartiles 3 or 4 (Q3 and Q4 journals). While these journals may not necessarily attract high citations, they often serve as platforms for multidisciplinary work, offer a space for discussion of new methodologies or data interpretation, and help to advance scientific discourse. The white paper explores the impact these journals are making.

Supporting specialised fields and emerging disciplines

Q3 and Q4 journals play a critical role in building and sustaining specialised and emerging fields of research. They often serve as the primary – or only – publishing venue for research in areas with smaller communities, fewer citations, or developing research networks.

For example, in a case study, AIDS Research and Therapy’s Editor-in-Chief Barbara Castelnuovo explains how her journal supports work with real-world clinical implications, which can impact policy decisions: “A lot of data that comes out from Africa will be a single case study, with limited population sizes based on funding… but when there are 20 published papers showing differentiated service delivery is working well, then you can have countries or organisations adopting these practices.”

These journals support research that may not meet the stringent novelty or dataset requirements of Q1 or Q2 journals, but play a unique role in shaping practices or informing policy, particularly in local and regional contexts. According to our analysis, across more than 80 disciplines, Springer Nature’s Q3 and Q4 journals account for over 50% of usage, with 60 of these disciplines exclusively supported by Q3 and Q4 journals. 

Our white paper shows that journals with lower impact factors are widely used and contribute meaningfully to the global research landscape, supporting specialised fields and fostering inclusivity.
Steven Inchcoombe, President, Research, Springer Nature

The engagement with these journals is growing

Our analysis also found strong and growing engagement with Q3 and Q4 journals:

  • In 2023, Q3 and Q4 journals represented 22% of usage for Springer Nature titles.
  • Readership is growing, too. In 2023, the average year-on-year usage growth for Springer Nature’s Q3 and Q4 journals was 27%, compared with 17% for Q1 and Q2 journals.
  • High research-producing countries are reading content in these journals. In 2023, countries with the highest levels of usage included China, the United States, India, Germany, and the UK. 

This level of engagement challenges the assumption that only Q1 and Q2 journals attract attention. Researchers rely on these journals for foundational insights, such as experimental protocols, null results, or early indicators of a new research direction. Usage, not just citations, tells us who is reading and learning from the work.

Creating opportunities for underrepresented voices

Q3 and Q4 journals play an important role in supporting more inclusive and globally representative research publishing. By offering an accessible platform for work that may struggle to find visibility in more selective journals, they help amplify contributions from authors in lower‑ and middle‑income countries and from early career researchers who are still building experience with publishing. By prioritizing accessibility, guidance, and capacity‑building, these journals often serve as an entry point into academic publishing—providing constructive feedback that helps researchers strengthen their work and advance their careers.

As Editor Barbara Castelnuovo explains, “It’s a chance for people who are trying to publish for the first time: maybe they've done interesting work but they don't know how to package it. Instead of just rejecting, we try to tell them how to improve the paper and resubmit it.”

Rankings change

It’s important to note that rankings are not static. Many journals begin their life in Q3 or Q4 and climb over time. Our study found that of 86 Springer journals added to the Journal Citation Reports between 2019 and 2023, nearly half of those that started in Q3/Q4 or were unranked are now in Q1 or Q2. 

Read more in the white paper

Q3 and Q4 journals are essential to an inclusive, equitable research landscape. Whether you're conducting regional work, evaluating methodology, or publishing for the first time, these journals offer the space to be heard and validated. As we head towards an increasingly open access (OA) world, it’s essential that we judge research by more than citations and rankings. As Steven Inchcoombe explains, “OA enables more equitable access to knowledge and supports diverse research communities worldwide. Through this white paper, we aim to demonstrate that supporting OA in all journals, not just those with high JIFs, is essential to building a more equitable and inclusive research environment.”

Read the white paper ‘Demonstrating journal value beyond rankings’ to explore the data, editor interviews, and insights on why all validated research is valuable.
 

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Understanding the gender gap in peer review at Nature Portfolio journals

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Tue May 27 2025

We know that supporting gender diversity in research and publishing has the potential to create better research questions, diversify methods and ultimately lead to better research outcomes for all. That’s why we looked deeper into this topic with a new report, Closing the Gender Gap: Peer Review at Nature Portfolio, which examines the current gender data for corresponding authors and reviewers at Nature Portfolio journals. We found that while women are underrepresented as authors and reviewers across the Nature Portfolio, this doesn’t have an impact on editorial and peer-review outcomes. We’re also encouraged to find evidence that efforts to improve gender representation through proactive editorial action and other efforts are working. We share a more detailed look at the results in this blog from Sowmya Swaminathan and Marios Karouzos.  

Estimating the diversity of the research community and benchmarking the representation of women in research is complex. Gender reporting places the percentage of women researchers globally between 30% and up to 50%, depending on career stage, region and discipline (UNESCO, SHE Figures 2024, Progress toward Gender Equality in Research & Innovation 2024). Women are 34% of corresponding authors globally with ~35% for EU-27, USA and China and 24% for India (SHE Figures 2024). Some key trends are shared across multiple benchmarking reports – first, the gender gap widens with seniority even in disciplines that have reached the “parity zone” (of 40-60% women) in early career and mid-career cohorts. Second, women constitute a high proportion of researchers in medicine/health sciences, life sciences and social sciences but continue to be underrepresented in several STEM fields, notably mathematics, physics, and engineering. Furthermore, researchers emphasise that at the current rate of change, some disciplines would take over a century to reach gender parity. 

Addressing gender diversity in research and publishing has the potential to diversify the types of research questions studied, the methodologies employed (especially greater attention to sex and gender analysis) and to improve research quality and impact. Sharing research findings through published articles and other formats plays an important role in shaping careers, influencing assessment of and progression for researchers. That is why we have examined the current gender data for corresponding authors and reviewers at Nature Portfolio journals to understand the potential impact of gender on submissions, the peer review process and on editorial decisions, in our new report Closing the Gender Gap: Peer Review at Nature Portfolio.

Quantifying the gender gap in authorship 

Analysing self-reported author and reviewer data for articles across Nature Portfolio journals, (includes Nature, the Nature Research and Review journals, Nature Communications, the Communications journals, and the NPJ series), we find that men far outnumber women, making up 65% to 90% of authors and reviewers, depending on whether it is original research or commissioned review-type articles, on the discipline and on the selectivity of the journal. Women are least represented in the most selective journals (12%-15% for Nature and the Nature Research journals versus 22%-23% for the Communications journals and the NPJs) and in the physical sciences (around 10% for physics, chemistry, materials and engineering versus 20%-30% in life sciences, medicine and psychology).  

The role of editors in narrowing the gender gap 

We previously reported on the pivotal role of editors in shaping the research landscape, and here we can directly assess the role that our editors play in ensuring fairness and inclusivity in the selection and peer review process.  Close to 14.7% of original research articles with women corresponding authors are sent out to review versus 13.4% for men corresponding authors. Similarly, around 14.8% of original research articles authored by women corresponding authors get accepted versus 13.9% for men. Given the sample size and the fraction of corresponding authors choosing not to disclose their gender, these differences are not statistically significant. Our analysis therefore finds no evidence that women corresponding authors are less likely to have their manuscripts sent out to review or get accepted for publication. This indicates that the assessment is based on merit and that the internal editors at Nature Portfolio journals and external reviewers do not introduce bias into the process. 

Our analysis also highlights the important role that editors of Nature Portfolio journals play in promoting gender equity in the peer review process and publishing more broadly.  

  • We find that review-type articles, commissioned by our editors, have a higher representation of women corresponding authors than the organic submissions our journals receive (23% for commissioned review articles versus 18% for original research articles).  
  • We see higher representation of women in commissioned review articles irrespective of discipline of the article, region of the corresponding author or selectivity of the journal.  
  • Equally encouraging is that the gender representation of reviewers (also invited by our internal editors) is also higher than of corresponding authors at the same journal. This latter point is especially important as our analysis indicates that when an article with a woman corresponding author is reviewed by a panel of referees of mixed genders, it is more like to be accepted that if it were reviewed by an all-men referee panel. 

The imbalance in gender representation found in our analysis is largely consistent with other reports. However, we are optimistic about the evidence that through robust editorial policies, training, and proactive engagement, journal editors and publishers at large can positively influence gender diversity.  We are especially encouraged by our data showing that proactively recruiting and mentoring early-career researchers in the peer review process significantly boosts gender diversity and yields many benefits besides for journals including supporting a rising generation of researchers. We have much more to do to address the challenges outlined above and detailed in this report. Ensuring a more inclusive research community requires an ongoing commitment to data collection, transparency and inclusive editorial practices, looking beyond gender to a much broader set of diversity characteristics. 

You can find out more about our wider commitments and actions to increase gender diversity on the Springer Nature's Global Inclusion in Research Publishing page. This Springboard blog also summarises the action we’re taking across our publications, platforms and policies to champion and support women whilst seeking to eliminate barriers for the next generation. 

Related Tags:

Use social media to find collaborators in other countries

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue May 27 2025

Research today is a truly global enterprise. You can see this just by looking at both author lists and citation lists on most published articles, which show contributors from around the world collaborating. Here you’ll see these authors citing global research, too. So how can you find collaborators for your work, beyond your home country’s borders? Social media can help make this possible, and the tips and tactics discussed below can help make that possible.

In this, the second blog in a series on how researchers can use social media in their daily work, we’ll take a look at how you can use social media to find collaborators from anywhere in the world.

Social media is global; and can also be specific

Social media networks have two aspects that can help you find collaborators from around the world. The first, is that they operate on a truly global scale — 60% of the global population (more than 5 billion people) have Internet access, and three quarters of global active researchers report using social media in their work. The second aspect is that people can use these platforms to find specific, interest-based communities. On Facebook, for example, people can join groups of like-minded people; and follow and like pages of shared interests. On microblogging sites like BlueSky or Mastodon, hashtags (#tags) make it possible to filter, sort, and follow specific topical interests.

And using a research-specific network like ResearchGate makes this even easier and clearer.

How to get started: Where to find your communities

Your main task: Find researchers who share your research interests.  

There are a few ways to approach this, one is: You can find and follow your community organizations on various social media platforms. In materials science, for example, this would include the Materials Research Society, the ASM, the TMS, and others. In neuroscience, that would be the Society for Neuroscience. In mathematics, the American Mathematical Society. These societies themselves maintain active social media presences, and you can often connect with like-minded researchers by following them.  

Another approach would be to find, follow, and join the communities that the authors of articles that you use in your research are part of. There are a few ways to do this. First, if you are on ResearchGate, you can often find those articles’ authors there. You may also come across other researchers commenting on or sharing the same articles too. From there, you can join those communities on ResearchGate.  

You can also search for the authors of articles and books you cite in your own work on other social networks; but it’s important to be aware that a lot of people have the same names, so you want to double-check the accounts that you find with the information (like institutional affiliation, for example) from their publications.  

These authors will often list their handles at other social networks as well. That makes it easier to find them there, and to join or follow the communities where they are active.

Getting involved in your communities

Once you’ve found the right places, you can participate in research-oriented conversations in those places, either by contributing or just by listening. Once there, you can reach out and connect with researchers from anywhere in the world who share your research interests. From there, it becomes much easier to connect and explore potential collaborations.   

Also, something to note: While it may seem counterintuitive, we’ve found that picking one platform and focusing on it — rather than trying to be everywhere — will tend to work better for most people. It helps you focus where you spend your time, to make the most of it. 

Global social networking

Social media was originally called social networking, and for research, that’s one of its superpowers. For research collaboration, it’s less about posting, re-posting, and liking, and more about making connections that you can then take offline and into real life. But it makes finding connections — that you might not be able to make any other way — possible.

While social media can be a powerful tool for finding collaborators, it’s not the only way to find like-minded researchers working on similar questions to you. You’ll find more advice, tools, and tips on the Author Hub on SpringerNature.com.

Related Content

How to check if your content is indexed on Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Fri May 23 2025

Getting published is just the first step; the important part of the process is making sure that your research can be found and accessed by the global academic community. Enter the Springer Nature Indexing Check Tool, a quick and easy way to verify if your publication is indexed in major databases like Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus.

Understanding the Springer Nature Indexing Check Tool

As an author, the inclusion of your content in esteemed databases like WoS and Scopus means your work is more discoverable leading to higher citations and peer recognition. So, you want to keep track of when your publication will be accepted. In the past, you would have to go through a lengthy process to find out when your title would be indexed on those databases. Now, with the Springer Nature Indexing Check tool, you can track when it will be accepted yourself and request indexing automatically.

Key benefits for you:

  • Automatic indexing requests: No more manual data entry. The tool can automatically request indexing for books that are not yet indexed, saving you time and effort. 
  • Enhanced discoverability: Proper indexing means that your work is more discoverable by the academic community, increasing its impact and reach. 
  • Time Saved: You can check the indexing status of multiple publications quickly and efficiently, saving you time.

How the tool works

In the application, you can search for Springer Nature titles individually or multiple titles at once, so you can manage both single and bulk indexing requests. For example, when searching for a single publication (DOI or ISBN), simply input the DOI or ISBN in the search bar and click ‘search’. 

P_Updated Single DOI Search (SN Index Check Tool) © Springer Nature 2025

You can search by journal article DOI, book DOI or book ISBN.  However, book chapter DOIs are not accepted—please use the DOI or ISBN of the book and not the DOI of the individual chapter. 

Search Results Status (SN Index Check Tool) © Springer Nature

The search results for this example indicate that the book and the series is indexed in Scopus. However, the book is not indexed in WoS. If you wish to suggest the book for inclusion in (WoS/BKCI/CPCI), click on the ‘Send Book Info’ button to generate an email to the Springer Nature Indexing team.  You will see the below pop-up: 

P_Updated Book Requirements (SN Index Check Tool) © Springer Nature 2025

Please review the requirements before suggesting a book.  If the book meets the requirements, enter your name and email, and select whether the book should be considered for BKCI/CPCI/ WoS or Scopus.  Then click submit, and your request will be sent as an automated notification to the Springer Nature Indexing team.   
 
If the Indexing team confirms the book is eligible, the book will be submitted for consideration in the selected service.  Please be aware that Web of Science and Scopus will make the final decisions regarding the content they index on their platform.  The team cannot guarantee that all titles submitted will be selected. 

Multiple DOIs search

The tool also allows you to search multiple books and articles at once. Choose ‘Multiple DOI’s Report’ from the left-hand side bar.  
 
In the Select Database drop-down box, select WoS or Scopus to choose which database you’d like to search.

P_Updated Multiple DOI Search (SN Index Check Tool) © Springer Nature 2025

Select either Journal if your file has journal DOIs, or Book if your file has book DOIs (do not mix the two in a single file). For book DOIs, please enter only book-level DOIs, not chapter-level. 

Click on Choose File to upload an excel sheet of valid DOIs that you’d like to check. 

Please see an example file below:

P_Updated Excel Sheet Example (SN Index Check Tool) © Springer Nature 2025

After the list has been uploaded, click on Generate Report. The search results will be downloaded as an Excel file, which will indicate which publications have been indexed in the selected service making the process even more efficient. 

Springer Nature has a range of tools and services to support you and increase the visibility of your research. The Springer Nature Indexing Check Tool is one of them, and best of all, it is completely free to use. Start tracking the status of your publications today. 

What does it mean to be part of Nature Portfolio? We ask Scientific Reports authors

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue May 20 2025

In this post, we continue our blog series by hearing directly from five researchers who published with Scientific Reports. They share practical advice on how others can increase the impact of their work through strategic dissemination, thoughtful journal selection, and staying engaged with their audiences. Whether you're just starting out or looking to expand your reach, their insights offer valuable guidance for making the most of your research.

At Scientific Reports, being your hub for global discovery means more than just publishing research, it means being a place researchers can rely on. Trust is at the heart of everything we do, from our rigorous peer review process to our commitment to open access and multidisciplinary collaboration. Built on the trusted infrastructure of the Nature Portfolio, Scientific Reports offers a platform where researchers not only reach global audiences but also gain the credibility and visibility needed to advance their careers.

The five researchers you met in the previous blog post all shared how they had successfully maximised their work’s reach by publishing at Scientific Reports. We asked them for their thoughts on how other researchers in similar situations could achieve similar success.

Here’s what they said.  

Amisha Singh

One of the most rewarding aspects of publishing my work has been seeing its impact on a global scale. For other researchers, I’d recommend focusing not only on the depth of your work but also on how it can be communicated effectively to wider audiences. Choosing the right platform, like an open access (OA) journal, is crucial for maximizing the dissemination and impact of your findings. Engage with readers, listen to their feedback, and stay open to the ways your work might influence real-world applications.

Faith Ka Shun Chan

You should look at the journal’s scope and aims but also look at the citation conditions, and have your paper published in Scientific Reports, which will create loads of buzz and attract more attention from the public and stakeholders. 

Anurag Roy

Publishing in OA journals ensures that your work is freely available to everyone, not just those affiliated with institutions that subscribe to journals. This increases the visibility and accessibility of your research, particularly for individuals outside academia or in regions where access to paywalled content is limited. 

Kristina Wolf

[L]ook out for special issues [Collections] as these could provide a good opportunity.

I recommend informing your network about your published work on social media, e.g. through a summary of your key findings, visuals, or even short videos...Continue to refer to your work even after publication. When you attend events and interact with other researchers, mention your work and how it fits into your overall project portfolio and expertise.  

Simona Francese

Don’t miss the opportunity to disseminate your work but strategically look for such opportunities, create and diversify them. Of course, publishing peer reviewed papers to give you and your research the appropriate credibility and the standing in the field is crucial and therefore so is the choice of the journal. Identify the communities that are the primary (and secondary) end users of your research and design activities to reach out to them, both through scientific journal publications and through other forms of dissemination (workshops, technical talks, public speaking, open days). This is all part of pathway to impact and dissemination is a really important impact activity leading to generate impact.

Watch the video: Meet Dr Simona Francese and hear how publishing in Scientific Reports led to significant media attention.

Conclusion

Oxford Language’s Google dictionary defines “hub” as “the effective centre of an activity, region, or network.” As your hub for global discovery, Scientific Reports publishes work at a central, and trusted, place. Our researchers received significant attention and saw first-hand how that increased attention supported their ongoing research and their careers. Publishing at Scientific Reports can do the same for you, too.

Scientific Reports is an open access journal publishing original research from across all areas of the natural sciences, psychology, medicine and engineering. As the 5th most-cited journal in the world, we offer authors a trustworthy and highly respected home for their research. Learn more about how we support researchers at every stage of their research career and how you can publish with us.

Catch up on the previous posts in this series: 

Findings from the Global Flourishing Study: Sharing knowledge for a thriving world

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu May 15 2025

Springer Nature is proud to be the publishing partner for the Global Flourishing Study (GFS), a comprehensive survey of human well-being across 22 diverse nations. The first wave of results – hosted in a dedicated cross-journal collection - highlights the importance of tracking a rich set of flourishing indicators for both science and policy.

Sharing knowledge is at the heart of everything we do at Springer Nature as we pursue our mission of finding solutions to global issues. We are delighted to be the publishing partner for the Global Flourishing Study (GFS) a longitudinal survey collecting nationally representative, multidimensional well-being data from more than 200,000 people in 22 geographically and culturally diverse countries.  To share and amplify findings from the first wave of the survey, more than 20 of our journals across the Nature portfolio, BMC, and Springer imprints have collaborated to launch a special collection of more than 35 articles. 

“The Global Flourishing Study expands our knowledge of the distribution and determinants of wellbeing, effectively creating an epidemiology of flourishing and thus providing foundational knowledge for the promotion of flourishing.”
Tyler J. VanderWeele, Director of the Human Flourishing Program at Harvard's Institute for Quantitative Social Science  

Findings from the Global Flourishing Study © springernature 2025

Well-being, according to the researchers, is multidimensional (a person is flourishing when all aspects of their life are good) and their comprehensive inventory of 109 items aims to capture this richness. The survey includes questions on happiness and life satisfaction along with demographic, social, economic, political, religious, childhood, community, health, and character-based questions. Findings from this study advance our scientific understanding of flourishing, but also have the potential to help national governments and international leaders understand what populations need to thrive‒and ultimately to help put policies in place that support not only survival, but also the possibility of a good life. 

Food for thought

So far, the findings have produced interesting insights:

  • Cultural Differences: While people in wealthier countries report higher financial security, people in many middle-income countries rate higher on prosocial behaviours, meaning and close relationships. This raises important questions as to how we can promote economic development without compromising meaning, relationships and pro-sociality.  
  • Sociodemographic Influences: Education, marital status, and gender have varying impacts on flourishing across different countries. For instance, in Brazil, men flourish more, whereas women in Japan report higher flourishing. Across countries, however, young people’s responses suggest that they may be worse off than previous generations. This tells us how important it is to focus more on the well-being of youth.
  • Impact of Childhood Experiences: Early-life adversity, including poverty and abuse, tends to predict lower flourishing in adulthood, although Germany showed an interesting exception. 

Springer Nature is at the heart of a vast knowledge network, in which researchers, clinicians, editors, and educators work to find, curate, and share insights and discoveries. This allows us to amplify the GFS’ findings‒and help them come to the attention of people who can make a difference in the world. 

Springer Nature is proud to be the publishing partner for the Global Flourishing Study, and the findings are being published in a special cross-journal Collection.

This cross-journal Collection of papers reporting results from the first wave of the GFS will be continually updated as more findings are released. By making these resources accessible to diverse audiences from diverse disciplines, we hope to showcase the value of tracking a rich set of flourishing indicators for both science and policy. 

Find out more about the Global Flourishing Study, and read the first wave of papers published in the multi-journal Collection ‘Global Flourishing Study – Wave I

Related content:
Highlighting the SDGs: Find and use research that makes a difference
The benefits of inclusive publishing and why we need more inclusive journals 

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Impact through mentorship: The ECR Program expands

T
The Link
By: undefined, Tue May 13 2025

In the two years since its launch in the US, Springer Nature’s Early Career Researcher (ECR) Program has been offering comprehensive support to ECRs on various important topics relevant to their professional growth. The ECR Program has now expanded, and extends tailored opportunities and resources to ECRs globally. We checked in again with the program’s initiator to hear about two mentoring initiatives and their profound impact on ECRs, as well as other initiatives to nurture the next generation of researchers.

Almost two years ago, Eseohe Arhebamen-Yamasaki, Head of Communications US at Springer Nature, launched the ECR Program. “Members of the ECR community receive different levels of support,” she explains, “with supervisors having varying degrees of expertise on topics like academic publishing, open access (OA), or funding opportunities.” This uneven landscape prompted Arhebamen-Yamasaki to create the ECR Program.

Working collaboratively across different teams in Springer Nature and with university librarians, the ECR Program offers training and support on publishing, OA, peer review, research integrity, and more. Throughout 2024, the ECR Program organised a series of workshops at universities across the US. “Working in tandem with libraries and research offices, what we really want to do with the ECR Program is to better support ECRs,” Arhebamen-Yamasaki says.

Recognising the profound impact that mentoring can have on a mentee’s personal and professional growth, the ECR Program offers hands on support and growth through mentoring to ECRs. Arhebamen-Yamasaki spoke with us about two global mentoring initiatives and their effects on participating ECRs. 

With examples of other activities to advance ECRs and support them in their journey in academic publishing, Arhebamen-Yamasaki explains how the ECR Program partners with the community to nurture the next generation of researchers globally.

Rising Scholars Breast Cancer program: Mentoring ECRs in underserved communities

Springer Nature introduced the Rising Scholars: Breast Cancer program, led by Andrea Macaluso, Springer Nature’s Director of Strategic Partnerships, Americas, together with the Breast Cancer Research Foundation (BCRF), to provide resources for professional and career development to ECRs in the field of cancer research.

Focusing on ECRs communities from around the world, the inaugural cohort of 25 ECRs is on board for two years. During this time, the ECRs receive seven Nature Masterclasses on topics such as scientific writing and publishing, communicating research, and data sharing and management, as well as free access to Nature Masterclasses Online.

The participating ECRs also receive professional developmental editing services, and the opportunity to share their work and gain invaluable feedback and experience in monthly mentoring sessions with Nature Portfolio editors, external senior researchers and clinicians, and BCRF leadership. The program team monitors qualitative metrics such as participants’ confidence levels and the calibre of journals they submit to assess how impactful the program has been for them.

Going global and impacting ECRs while gaining their perspectives
With its targeting of ECRS from globally-placed communities, Rising Scholars: Breast Cancer embodies Springer Nature’s commitment to helping researchers uncover new ideas and share their discoveries. “To provide novel solutions, we know that it's important for us to learn from as many different communities as we can about issues like breast cancer,” Arhebamen-Yamasaki says.

She enthusiastically mentions, among others, Dr. Simone Badal from the University of the West Indies in Jamaica who received the Anthony N. Sabga Award for Caribbean Excellence for her innovations in the field of Science and Technology and long-time supporter of Springer Nature’s efforts for ECRs, Dr. Antonio Baines from North Carolina Central University and the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Dr Baines previously participated in a Charleston Conference panel on the transition to open access (OA) alongside Springer Nature’s Vice President OA, Carrie Webster, and has recently received the 2025 Award for Excellence in Teaching from the UNC Board of Governors. Dr. Badal and Dr. Baines are just two of the 25 promising ECRs that the program supports in different parts of the world.

Editorial mentoring in immunobiology in Brazil: Supporting ECRs in publishing their research

Another exciting mentorship initiative began in 2024 with Springer Nature’s Brazilian institutional customer Bio-Manguinhos, the Institute of Technology on Immunobiologicals, together with editors of the journal In Vitro Models.

“Last year, Bio-Manguinhos asked us to provide mentoring sessions for researchers seeking guidance on publishing their academic work,” shares Andréa Gonçalves, Senior Account Development Manager at Springer Nature. Interested ECRs working in immunobiology submitted paper summaries for consideration, and Springer Nature editors selected which ones they wanted to support.

Two editors from the journal In Vitro Models agreed to act as mentors to the ECR authors: Professor Ketul Popat from George Mason University in the US and Professor Joaquim Miguel Oliveira from Universidade do Minho in Portugal. “Together,” Gonçalves explains, “they mentored ten groups of authors, who benefitted from the editors’ expertise to improve the quality of their manuscripts.”

Hands-on support for publication through editorial mentorship
The participating editors covered a broad spectrum of pertinent issues in the mentoring program, from the publication process and paper structure to statistical analysis importance and maturity of results. In their feedback, they reported excellent dynamic and interactions in the mentoring sessions with the ECR authors.

The works discussed, according to the editors, are timely, impactful, and of scientific relevance. Through the mentoring process, the editors aimed to equip the authors with perspective to assess the impact of their results and what is missing to get them published. Indeed, one ECR who participated in the mentoring sessions confirmed that the mentor highlighted important issues that required enhancement in order to improve the manuscript’s chances of being accepted for publication. This is the kind of personalised support that makes a real impact on an ECR’s publishing and professional journey.

Working with the communities we serve to share knowledge

Disparities in access to research and in research education are also features of the varied landscape in which the ECR community operates, which prompted the launching of the ECR Program. Springer Nature’s commitment to providing platforms and services to researchers is a driving force behind the ECR Program’s support of young researchers across the globe and its focus on communities-in-need.

Enhancing publishing knowledge at Case Western Reserve University
An illustrative example of this commitment is the ECR Program’s contribution to the Publishing Symposium held at Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland, Ohio in the United States in April 2024. In collaboration with the university library, Springer Nature’s Katherine Lang, Journals Executive Publisher, supported the symposium’s efforts to enhance understanding of the publishing process and open science for ECRs’ professional growth.

Lang spoke with ECRs from the university about peer review, research integrity, and reproducibility, as well as the value of open science and open access to ECRs. She was joined by Sana Loue, who shared the perspective of an experienced faculty and journal Editor-in-Chief.

By prioritising and empowering the next generation of researchers from across the world, through outreach and knowledge-promoting events such as the Case Western Reserve University presentation, the ECR Program brings meaningful impact to ECRs and the scientific community as a whole.

Promoting open science for ECRs globally as authors and reader
Recognising the importance of open science and OA publishing likewise fuels the ECR Program’s expansion globally. Making research available for all to use means increased accessibility, also to researchers from institutions and areas with limited resources, enabling them to contribute to scientific advances.

Encouraging ECR’s OA publication has been at the heart of the Program since its inception, as well as supporting collaboration between university libraries and their researchers. Workshops organised by the ECR Program with university libraries have indeed contributed to raising awareness and prominence of librarians within their institutions. Following one such workshop, a participant wrote for the university newspaper about OA publishing in collaboration with their librarian.

Empowering ECRs with Nature Portfolio Journals' co-review initiative
Academic publishing is an essential and substantial part of an academic career. ECRs need support in learning about the academic publishing environment and in gaining experience about the different roles they are expected to play in it. In a practical, specific, and smaller scale approach, a co-review initiative enables ECRs to participate in peer review, an invaluable experience for any young academic.

Nature Communication's Early Career Researchers pathways, a co-review with ECRs initiative, supports the career development of ECRs by offering a credited opportunity to review with an experienced colleague and to receive training and support for independent reviewing. “We launched the initiative because ECRs represent the future scientific communities we want to support through their careers,” said Nathalie Le Bot, Editorial Director, Health and Clinical Sciences at Nature Communications, where the initiative has delivered impressive results. 

Nurturing the next generation through the ECR Program

Arhebamen-Yamasaki strongly believes in the meaningful impact that Springer Nature’s ECR Program can have on ECRs through mentoring and support. Most memorable are the times when ECRs share their gains from program's initiatives. Like that time when a former participant in the Rising Scholars: Breast Cancer program shared with Arhebamen-Yamasaki and her colleagues that through her participation, training, and mentorship in the program, she had been empowered to submit a paper to a prominent Nature Portfolio journal.

Such individual stories are woven through the ECR Program, and they certainly drive the enthusiasm of all stakeholders to propel the program forward, expand its reach, and make a broader difference. Looking ahead, the ECR Program will work closely with the community to meet their needs, develop more tools to strengthen the publication process, and empower the future generation of researchers.

Interested in leveraging the ECR Program’s initiatives for the emerging scholars in your institution? Get in touch with Arhebamen-Yamasaki to explore the options.


About Eseohe Arhebamen-Yamasaki

Eseohe Arhebamen-Yamasaki © springernature 2024

A poet, multimedia artist and music producer with over 20 years of experience in strategic communications and media relations, Eseohe Arhebamen-Yamasaki is U.S. Head of Communications for Springer Nature. She leads Springer Nature's Early Career Researcher (ECR) Program which coalesces the company's efforts globally to support ECRs' success in the research and publishing ecosystem as part of Springer Nature's vision of an open science and open access future.

Related content

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

The hidden value of Q3 and Q4 journals in research

T
The Link
By: undefined, Wed May 7 2025

In the ever-evolving landscape of academic publishing, the value of research journals cannot be solely determined by their rankings. As articulated by Steven Inchcoombe, President of Research at Springer Nature, "all properly validated research is valuable." While journal ranking systems, such as the Journal Impact Factor (JIF), are often seen as benchmarks for quality, they can obscure the broader significance of research, particularly in lower-ranked journals.

Springer Nature’s white paper, Demonstrating journal value beyond rankings, sheds light on the often-overlooked contributions of quartile 3 and quartile 4 (Q3 and Q4*) journals. This blog breaks down the key points, explaining how such journals are key for incremental research, fostering inclusivity by amplifying diverse voices, and advancing niche and emerging fields.

Sharing innovative, exploratory and incremental research

One of the primary challenges researchers encounter is the pervasive emphasis on citation impact and journal rankings, particularly the JIF. While these metrics provide a snapshot of academic influence, they often obscure the broader significance of research published in lower quartile journals. The white paper asserts that "a narrow focus on highly citable topics can come at the expense of innovative or exploratory research." This is particularly concerning for academic librarians who must guide researchers in selecting relevant and impactful resources.

Q3 and Q4 journals often publish foundational studies and incremental research that is crucial for long-term scientific advancement. If the limitations of traditional metrics are fully understood, it will lead to a more inclusive dissemination of research.

Supporting diverse research communities

Academic librarians are increasingly called upon to support diverse research communities, including those from low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) and early career researchers (ECRs). Q3 and Q4 journals play an essential role in this regard, providing platforms for voices that may otherwise be marginalised. As Barbara Castelnuovo, Editor-in-Chief of AIDS Research and Therapy, notes, these journals accommodate the unique challenges faced by researchers in under-resourced areas. By promoting the visibility of research from diverse backgrounds, librarians can ensure that all validated research contributes to a more equitable academic landscape.

Librarians may face the challenge of demonstrating the value of research published in Q3 and Q4 journals. The white paper shares that these journals accounted for 22% of usage in 2023, with a year-on-year growth rate of 27%, surpassing that of Q1 and Q2 journals. This data underscores the importance of these publications to diverse research communities. By highlighting usage statistics and engagement metrics, librarians can advocate for the relevance and impact of research beyond traditional metrics, helping institutions and researchers appreciate the breadth of knowledge available.

Meeting the needs of specialised communities

Q3 and Q4 journals which cater to smaller, discipline-specific academic communities, generate vital knowledge for advancing understanding and innovation. As Sandra Hartz, Editor-in-Chief of Ornithology Research, describes, “They publish more descriptive and observational studies. They may be chosen by beginning researchers, many as undergraduates. They can be basic data sources for more emerging analyses and hypotheses.” Hartz also notes their importance for specific types of research, and “for studies of more local and regional importance.”

Evolving to reflect changes in impact

As the nature of journal rankings can be dynamic, the status of any journal can evolve over time. The white paper highlights that over 50% of Springer Nature journals which were initially ranked in Q3, Q4 or were unranked, have subsequently been given Q1 or Q2 status. This evolving landscape poses an opportunity for librarians to educate researchers about the potential of emerging journals to contribute to their fields, thereby fostering a more nuanced understanding of academic publishing.

Bridging the gap by leveraging open access

As the academic community shifts towards open access (OA), librarians face the challenge of ensuring equitable access to research outputs. The white paper emphasises that Q3 and Q4 journals are uniquely positioned to leverage the benefits of OA, making research accessible to practitioners and policymakers, particularly in LMICs. By championing OA initiatives, librarians can help bridge the gap between research and practice, ensuring that vital knowledge reaches those who need it most. As Castelnuovo poignantly states, "If you publish in a journal that only three people can read in Africa, then you're not going to have any impact."

Advocating for Q3 and Q4 journals

In the face of these challenges, academic librarians have a crucial opportunity to advocate for the recognition of Q3 and Q4 journals. By embracing the findings of the recent white paper, librarians can enhance their support for researchers, promote inclusivity, and foster a richer academic environment. Recognising the value of all validated research, regardless of rankings, is essential for building a more equitable and accessible scholarly landscape.

Read the full white paper for a deeper understanding of the contributions made by Q3 and Q4 journals. Encourage your institution to adopt a more inclusive academic publishing approach, ensuring that every validated research output has the opportunity to thrive.

Special thanks go to contributors Sandra Maria Hartz, Editor-in-Chief of Ornithology Research, and Patricia Price and Barbara Castelnuovo, Editors-in-Chief of AIDS Research and Therapy for sharing their views in the white paper.


*What are Q3 and 4 journals? Each year, Clarivate publishes Journal Citation Reports which provide quartile rankings based on rank for the Journal Impact Factor. Quartiles 3 and 4 are the lowest ranked journals in a category. Click for more information


Don't miss the latest news & blogs, subscribe to The Link Alerts!

Science for a Sustainable Future 2025 Webinar Series

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Wed May 7 2025

Join the fifth annual Science for a Sustainable Future webinar series by Springer Nature and the UN Sustainable Development Solutions Network, exploring science's pivotal role in accelerating SDG progress through policy collaboration and education data insights.

Every year, Springer Nature and SDSN bring together policymakers, government representatives, UN officials and leading global scientists to discuss and advance the objectives of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 

The result, Science for a Sustainable Future (SFSF), is an international discussion between academic, policy and technical experts, and clear recommendations to progress the goals.

What’s happening this year?
P_Sustainable future teaser image © Springer Nature 2025

We are inviting members of the research community to join the webinar series which explores the question: What is needed to make the SDGs happen by 2030? 

We’re hosting two webinars this year: 

  • Impacting SDG policy: the role of science and research in driving sustainable change (20 May, 13:00 CEST). This session will showcase best practice examples of policy and research collaboration and identify tangible recommendations to ensure policy makers and researchers work closely together for the benefit of global society. 
  • 10 Years of a World that Counts: Where has the data revolution taken us in global education? (27 May, 16:00 CEST). This session seeks to address if SDG data has been impactful, relevant, and sufficient to provoke the progress needed to meet global aspirations in education a decade after the UN’s A World that Counts report.

“We want to make sure each year Science for a Sustainable Future is of value to the research community by seeking out new voices and high-profile representatives who are leading global discussions on important SDG-related topics and can answer questions directly from our webinar audience.”
- Nicola Jones, Director, SDG Programme, Springer Nature

Further information as well as the policy briefings and summaries from previous years of Science for a Sustainable Future can be found on our main website.

We invite you to join us at one of the upcoming sessions to explore the question: What is needed to make the SDGs happen by 2030?

Related content

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Celebrating 10 years of Springer Nature

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Mon May 5 2025

10 years ago, a heritage of trusted brands including Springer, Macmillan, Nature and Palgrave came together to form Springer Nature. Building on nearly two centuries of advancement in science and education has helped shape the business we are today. I am incredibly proud of everything we have achieved together - through trusted brands and innovative products and services - to be part of progress.  

We continue to publish a strong portfolio of trusted content. Since 2015, we've expanded from around 2,000 journals to over 3,000 today, with full OA journals increasing from 550 to approximately 700. We've also strengthened our OA book publishing, growing from just over 160 in 2015 to nearly 3,300 in 2024.  Additionally, our article publications continue to grow from around 300,000 in 2018 to over 428,000 in 2024. As highlighted in our latest annual report, all these efforts support:  

  • Making science more open and sustainable.  In the last ten years we have nearly tripled the total number of OA articles – from around 90,000 in 2017 to over 241,000 – reaching our goal of having 50% of our primary research OA by the end of 2024.  From the first publish and read deal in 2015, to 66 Transformative Agreements (TA) by end of 2024 supporting researchers from over 3,700 institutions, we continue to pioneer new ways to make OA publishing a route for all. 
  • Ensuring the discoverability, usage and reach of our authors’ work. As the latest figures show, our research content is read and used more than that of any other publisher. Across our sites, we have seen a 5-fold increase in downloads per day, going from around 2 million in 2018 to now over 10 million downloads per day. 
  • Helping policymakers address global challenges. Since the launch of the UN SDGs in 2015 we have now published over 1million pieces of research aligned to the goals, with over 40% of our OA books also related to the SDGs. 
  • Remaining focused on reducing our impact on the plant.  Since 2020 we have been carbon neutral for our buildings, fleet, and flights. Moreover, we've supported health professionals in staying at the forefront of medical science and helped educators advance learning, reaching 30 million learners every year. 

Central to what makes us who we are, is and has always been, our people and the communities we work with. So, to reflect on the last decade, I have asked my ExCo colleagues who were here at the time of the merger to share their thoughts on what makes us Springer Nature and what they are looking forward to for the next decade:  

SN10 Quote_Carolyn

New Content Item

SN10 Quote_Matthias

SN10 Quote_Rachel

SN 10 Quote image_Steven

Whilst the heart of our mission remains unchanged, this next decade has already shown it will be a time of technological change for us all. I am excited about that future, particularly in light of our new chapter as a listed company. I look forward to working with you all as we continue to embrace innovation and technology to bring great discoveries and insights to the world. 


All data used in the post is publicly available across our Annual Report and previous Annual Progress and Sustainable Business reports from the equivalent years. 

What is research integrity?

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Thu May 1 2025

This article was originally published in 2019 and updated in May 2025.

Research integrity is the adherence to ethical principles and academic rigour in conducting and reporting scientific research, in order to maintain trust in science. At Springer Nature, the Research Integrity Group supports the research community by promoting use of best practices from the outset, and protects the publication record in case of integrity concerns. Watch an insightful video on the Research Integrity Group’s work to ensure every published research is reliable.

Academic publications drive scientific progress.  They communicate discoveries and support societal development by providing validated knowledge. They inform evidence-based solutions to global challenges. That’s why it is so important that the research we publish can be trusted and relied upon.

“Trust in research is absolutely critical. And in order to trust research, it of course has to demonstrate integrity.”
Chris Graf, Research Integrity Director, Springer Nature

Springer Nature’s Research Integrity Group investigates holistically and thoroughly any concern that is flagged regarding published content. Once the investigation is complete, its conclusions are referred to the editor-in-chief of the publication for final decision on what action to take.

Watch the video to hear from the Research Integrity Group about the various types of concerns they investigate and their commitment to safeguarding the scientific record:

 

Explore more comprehensive videos from the Research Integrity Group which elaborate the process of investigating integrity concerns and detail the steps involved in deciding what actions to take after an investigation is concluded:

Safeguarding the scientific record: Investigating a research integrity concern

Safeguarding the scientific record: Taking action after a research integrity investigation

Learn more about research integrity at Springer Nature.

Don't miss the latest news and blogs, sign up to The Source Monthly Digest!

Publishing the findings of the Global Flourishing Study

R
Research Publishing
By: undefined, Wed Apr 30 2025

‘Flourishing — a state in which all aspects of a person’s life are good — should be the goal of people and nations everywhere.’ That’s what the principal investigators of the Global Flourishing Study told Nature following publication of the first wave findings of a comprehensive study of human well-being across 22 diverse nations.

What is the Global Flourishing Study?

The Global Flourishing Study (GFS) features survey data from over 200,000 people across the world, collected annually for 5 years, from 2022 to 2027. It measures aspects of flourishing, including factors such as health, happiness, meaning, character, relationships and financial security.

The survey provides valuable insights into how different demographic groups thrive (or not) across countries. Some of the key takeaways from the data, which are available to read in full in Nature Mental Health, include:

  • Past research had shown a “U-shaped” relationship between well-being and age: younger and older people reported being better off than middle-aged adults. However, according to the GFS, that appears to no longer be the case: across all 22 countries surveyed, measures of flourishing for people aged 18 – 49 are essentially flat before increasing later in life. This suggests that many younger people may be worse off than they were in previous generations. 
  • Across countries, patterns of flourishing show both similarities and differences. Indonesians, for instance, reported the highest levels of well-being across a broad range of indicators, while respondents from Japan consistently rated their well-being the lowest. Digging deeper, the data reveals that people in wealthier nations like Sweden and the United States tend to score higher on material aspects of well-being—things like financial security. In many middle-income countries, a different kind of richness emerges. Respondents in these nations rated themselves higher on prosocial behaviors, close personal relationships, and a sense of meaning in life. These findings suggest that social and material aspects of flourishing don’t always go hand-in-hand.
  • According to the survey responses analysed by the authors, many countries did not see a substantial difference in flourishing across sexes, although the researchers found that men flourish more than women in Brazil, whereas women flourish more than men in Japan. 

How Springer Nature is helping to amplify the survey findings

We’re delighted to be the GFS publishing partner, working with the Human Flourishing Program at Harvard University, Baylor’s Institute for Studies of Religion, Gallup and the Center for Open Science to publish an initial collection of more than 30 papers related to the GFS findings across several of our journals.

At Springer Nature we are committed to accelerating solutions to the world’s most urgent challenges. For us, research and learning are the cornerstones of progress, and publishing is an essential link in this process. We sit at the heart of a knowledge network, made up of researchers, clinicians, editors and educators, with whom we work to find, curate and share the latest groundbreaking insights and discoveries. From this position we’re able to amplify some of the most important findings in the GFS to those who can use them to make change. We want the content we publish to make an impact in the real world, which is why we make sure it is shared widely, to provide decision makers with the evidence they need to create effective policy, especially in areas related to the Sustainable Development Goals. 

We will be publishing papers related to the survey across three of our imprints: Nature Portfolio, BMC and Springer. This means over 20 of our journals working in collaboration to launch a special collection of papers that will be continually updated as more findings are released.

This unique combined effort will further extend the reach and visibility of the data and discussion points contained within the survey across multiple audiences and disciplines.  Effective sharing of these findings can help national governments and international leaders understand what populations need to thrive. They will have the information available to better understand the challenges facing our global community and how to overcome them. We’re delighted to play a role in ensuring the survey, its data and the possible outcomes reach the right people and contribute to positive change. 

Further reading

For more information on the Global Flourishing Study and to access the research papers on the findings, visit Nature.com for the full collection. You can also read the flagship paper on the key GFS findings, published by Nature Mental Health.

Header image credit: stellalevi / DigitialVision Vectors / Getty

Related Tags:

A catalyst for visibility and collaboration: The power of multi-journal collections

T
The Researcher's Source
By: undefined, Tue Apr 29 2025

For researchers across every discipline, making sure your work reaches a broad, interdisciplinary audience is key, not only for recognition, but also for real-world impact. This is even more important if you’re struggling to find a home for your research because you work across disciplines or in an emerging area of research. At Springer Nature, we value all valid research and one of the ways we support researchers like you, is by publishing multi-journal collections. In this blog, we outline what they are and how they can help you reach a wide readership, grow your network, and encourage interdisciplinary collaboration and communication.

Multi-journal collections as a new approach

This is the vision behind Springer Nature’s multi-journal collections (MJCs). Designed to be responsive, and focused on topical themes, multi-journal collections bring together research from across multiple journals to break down disciplinary boundaries. By widening access to diverse fields of study, they drive interdisciplinary thinking and spark future collaboration.

“It’s wonderful to observe how every cross-journal collection can harness the unique strengths and expertise of participating journals, ensuring that manuscripts can find their ideal publishing destination!”
 — Yanyu Zhang, Team Lead, Collections Management & Acquisition at Springer Nature

What is a multi-journal collection?

A multi-journal collection, also referred to as a cross-journal collection, curates newly published articles from two or more journals around a shared topic. By gathering related research across disciplines, these collections make it easier for researchers to discover insights outside their traditional areas of expertise.

At Springer Nature, we’ve seen how multi-journal collections have proven to be valuable for researchers across disciplines at all stages of their career. Finding the right publishing home can be challenging if your research focuses on a trending topic or falls across multiple disciplines. In these instances, your work may not fit neatly into the scope of an existing journal.

Multi-journal collections, such as Marine heatwaves, Promoting youth mental health, and Child and adolescent health help solve this problem by offering a broader, interdisciplinary platform for your research. These collections also offer you the opportunity to connect with the collections guest editors and experts that are also conducting research on your research topic that you may not have otherwise discovered.

Boosting research visibility

One of the biggest advantages of multi-journal collections is the significant boost they offer to research visibility.

Grouped by topic, the articles are easier for readers to discover, leading to more citations and broader recognition. Many Springer Nature multi-journal collections are also open access (OA), removing barriers so that anyone, anywhere, can read, cite, and build upon the research enhancing the likelihood that the research will make a real-world impact. By removing barriers this enhanced accessibility further improves discoverability, especially on platforms that recommend content based on search behaviour and relevance.

Additionally, because multi-journal collections centre around trending topics, they naturally attract audiences already invested in the theme. When one paper in a collection gains traction, it often brings the entire collection, and all contributing authors, into the spotlight. Multi-journal collections need to contain research from a minimum of two journals, but they can often be a collaboration between many more journals. One notable example is Reducing poverty and its consequences, with open calls for papers from across 14 journals to support the International Day for the Eradication of Poverty and the UN Sustainable Development Goals: SDG1 and SDG10.

Promotion doesn’t happen by chance: Springer Nature’s Editorial, Publishing, Collections Management & Acquisition, and Marketing teams, among others, along with Guest Editors and contributing authors, actively promote collections through conferences, social media, blogs, newsletters, and more. This unified effort amplifies the impact of your research even further.

Driving collaboration across disciplines

Recent years have shown us the power of multidisciplinary research, from responding to pandemics to advancing sustainability initiatives and navigating the implications of artificial intelligence.

Multi-journal collections foster this kind of vital collaboration by connecting researchers across fields. They encourage new partnerships, drive fresh insights, and accelerate solutions that wouldn’t easily emerge within the confines of a single discipline.

By facilitating the exchange of ideas, multi-journal collections also speed up the transfer of knowledge between academic communities, helping new discoveries reach broader audiences faster.

At Springer Nature, we believe that every piece of research has the potential to contribute to progress. By grouping interdisciplinary articles together, multi-journal collections create opportunities for breakthrough innovations, such as combining expertise from biology, engineering, and computer science to revolutionize medical technology.

Ready to find out more?
Explore Springer Nature’s Collections and see which have open calls for papers.